Home

Isadora Manual v1.3

1. Wm A j II Will ID a THT ih TTT A TELE i Idi i WU output Input Properties e video 1 A video stream to be interlaced with the stream arriving at the video 2 input If no vide stream is linked to video 2 this stream will be interlaced with black e video 2 A video stream to be interlaced with the stream arriving at the video 1 input If this input is left disconnected black is used for the background e height The height of each row copied from the video 1 input expressed as a percentage of the stream s height e spacing The space between each row copied from the video 1 input expressed as a percentage of the stream s height This space is filled with the image appearing at the video 2 input or black 1f no input is specified 249 Isadora Manual e bypass When turned off this effect functions normally When turned on the effect is disabled and the video input is passed directly to the video output Output Properties e output The interlaced video output stream trigger mode Bi jump xtade Activates a new Scene after deactivating the current primary Scene The jump actor allows you to move from one scene to another When a trigger is received on the trigger input the all of the actors in the current Scene are deactivated and then all of the actors in the new Scene are activated Properties e trigger when a trigger is received on this input port the p
2. e Select the file you want to open by clicking on it and then click Open If you like you may shift click to select several files they can be of different types and then click Open To import one or more media references using Drag and Drop e Select the file or files you want to import in the Finder MacOS or in from the Explorer Windows e Drag the files over the Media Window Its outline will highlight to indicate that it is ready to receive files If the group of files you have selected contain a file type that Isadora cannot read 1 e not a Movie Sound File MIDI file or Picture then no highlighting will appear e Release the mouse button to import the files All of the files you have selected will be imported into Isadora and appear as reference in the Media Window The references will be stored in the first available bin of that matches the type of file you dragged Here is how the media window looked after we dragged in three movies one sound file and seven pictures and one 3D model Isadora Manual 67 AGA Untitled Media e DOI Bubbles wa D dancer mov 3 MM evezom mi P fe hamgy ER voca a GEI Ze BCE panem D ano 5x7 pel Cubecl edga mask EF Masa eC Mature Fest Pan Ground pal Tariu o pa A A Modala Cuba Ae RS SRH T KI i d Note the number to the left of the each media reference This number 1s used to identify the media when specifying which one you want to
3. Sends a MIDI Program Change message each time a trigger is received Input Properties e port The MIDI port on which the message will be sent These port numbers correspond to the Destinations shown in the MIDI Setup dialog e channel The MIDI Channel on which the message will be sent e program The Program Change message s program number from 0 to 16383 e trigger Sends a MIDI Pitch Bend message with the values specified by the other input properties each time a trigger 1s received on this input Isadora Manual 80 Send Raw MIDI Sends a MIDI message without any error checking for formatting each time a trigger is received The message may contain variable values To specify the contents of the raw MIDI message double click this actor s icon A dialog allowing you to edit the System Exclusive message will appear Edit Raw MIDI Message 90 p pi 91 p2 p3 Message data must be entered in hexadecimal There is no error checking done on this data You should have a clear understanding of the MIDI specification 1f you intend to use this actor as you MIDI devices may become confused or even freeze if they receive invalid data You can insert up to nine variable values in the message by using the codes P1 P9 instead of a valid hexadecimal number After you do this you should then set the params input to the desired number of variable parameters and the specified number of parameter value inputs will appear e g
4. e modifiers Specifies the modifier keys that must be held down before mouse movement will be seen by this watcher Options include MacOS Windows cmd d command key alt a alt key ctl c control key ctl c control key opt o option key win w windows key shf s shift key shf s shift key Note that when you save a file on MacOS and read it under Windows the cmd modifier becomes the alt modifier and opt becomes win The reverse is true when you move from Windows to MacOS To enter a new Set of modifiers click on the modifiers value edit box and type the codes for modifiers you desire separated by hyphens You can use either the three letter or single letter modifiers when typing the new modifiers If Isadora Manual 334 you wanted the watcher to only see the mouse move when the option and command keys were down enter opt cmd and press enter To remove all modifiers click on the modifiers value edit box press a space and press enter e limit horz Limits the range of horizontal movement that this watcher will see specified as a percentage of the width of the stage specified by the stage input property For example 1f you set this range to 0 50 the mouse will only be seen moving when it is in the left half of the stage e limit vert Limits the range of vertical movement that this watcher will see specified as a percentage of the height of the stage specified by the stage input property Fo
5. e trigger When the compare input changes and a match is found in one of the value inputs sends a trigger Loop Calculator Loop Calculator tyne Moo dur media file CO rate trigger Calculates a play length percentage for a specific movie or sound based on the tempo measured at the trigger input The Loop Calculator is useful when you want the play length 1 e loop length of a Movie or Sound player to match the beat of music you are hearing Typically one would connect the output of a Keyboard Watcher to the trigger input and tap the beat of the music using the computer keyboard Input Properties e type Specifies the media type of the file to be controlled Can be either movie or sound e media file Specifies the number of the media file for which the loop will be calculated as shown in the Media Window When the type input is set to movie then this is the number of a movie file when set to sound it is the number of a sound file e rate The playback rate of the media file The default setting 1s 1 0 If the media file that you intend to loop plays at a rate other than 1 0 you should adjust this setting to match that found in the Movie or Sound Player actor Otherwise the duration of the loop will not be calculated correctly Isadora Manual Ze e trigger Trigger this input to measure the tempo of the music being heard and calculate the loop duration You can connect any trigger out
6. Isadora Manual 160 Serial Port Setup Ensure that your serial input output interface is connected to installed on your computer Then start Isadora and choose Communications gt Serial Port Setup A dialog will appear that looks like this aria Poet Satur Port ae rao D Loes D an Pa El EN El eg Mgr EI Porn i mice ho e H 1 EA went PED Bi ln Pastis D Di ege Ek au zeg DI Para Piru im SA 0 T El E e ee D Par d t a d pI Ai d Ll i re TU Detect Sesial Porn Cancel Oli This window determines communications settings of Isadora s two ports and whether or not the port 1s enabled Preparing a Port for Serial Communications 1 Select the desired output device from the popup menu at the right After you do so the name of the device will appear next to the caption Device on the left side It will also indicate 1f the device 1s currently online 2 Set the speed parity and number of bits to transmit 3 If necessary set the Flow Control popup to Hardware to enable hardware handshaking or Xon Xoff to enable software handshaking 4 Repeat if necessary for Ports 2 3 or 4 5 Click OK to confirm your settings Enabling for Serial Communications To enable serial communications choose Communications gt Enable Serial Ports Isadora will report an error if there are any problems initializing the serial ports Otherwise you can assume that serial communications have been enabled Note that
7. Isadora Manual 21 the box labeled Show modes recommended for display in the window shown on the Main display You can also select the Color Depth using the Colors popup men near the top right of the window We recommend that you set the color depth to Millions for fastest performance Installing MIDI Interface Hardware amp Drivers If you plan on using MIDI as a way of controlling Isadora or 1f you need to send MIDI out of Isadora to control other programs you will need a hardware MIDI interface and driver software The sections below give general information on how to install the drivers for the various operating systems MacOS X MIDI support is built into MacOS X You will need to install OS X drivers for your particular MIDI interface before it will be recognized These drivers are generally included on a CD ROM that accompanies the interface Double click the installer application and follow the instructions provided You may need to restart your computer again after installing these drivers the installer will ask you to do this if it is necessary After installation is complete plug your MIDI Interface into your computer using the supplied cable Once the drivers are installed and the MIDI interface is connected its input and output ports should automatically show up in Isadora s MIDI Setup dialog See next section for information on setting up the MIDI Setup Dialog Windows MIDI support is built int
8. Sends a sequence of MIDI notes The Mini Sequencer 1s designed to allow you to trigger individual MIDI notes from a set you define You specify the number of notes by setting the notes property and then enter the pitches in properties labeled note 1 note 2 etc Two things happen each time you send a value to the select input First a note off message 1s sent for any previously sounding notes Then the pitch associated with the selected note property will be sent to MIDI port and channel specified by the port and channel properties The note continues to sound until you 1 send another note 2 trigger the quiet input or 3 leave the scene A green dot will appear next to the note that is currently sounding If there is no currently sounding note the green dot will not be shown You can use you can use the Counter to drive the select input and send the notes out in the order you have specified Or use the Random actor to randomly select the notes to be played Input Properties e port The MIDI port on which the message will be sent These port numbers correspond to the Destinations shown in the MIDI Setup dialog e channel The MIDI Channel on which the message will be sent e velocity The velocity for the next Note On message e select When a new value arrives at this input sends a MIDI Note On message with the pitch given by the corresponding note input Le if you input the value 3 here a Note On message will be sent with th
9. Some technical info You are not limited to standard machine sizes for binary integers You can do a int 3 to match 3 bytes treat as a little endian 3 byte integer and assign the value to a You can also do b int 15 to match 15 bytes but keep in mind that internally the actor can t really represent values wider than 4 bytes so the matched value will be truncated if it is too large Now sometimes you will want to only respond to input matches if certain parameters you define have certain values For example say a text mode device sends out a single character at the start of each line specifying the line type This actor currently does not have built in support for doing that kind of filtering You have two options to do this The first option is if possible to make sure that your pattern elements are specified in such a way that only the data you are interested in is matched for example if you are only interested in lines where the first word is a the specify an a element to take care of this Another option is to combine this actor with other Isadora actors that filter out certain values so you might take Isadora Manual 169 the first character at the start of each line and assign 1t to an output parameter and then run that output parameter into a Comparator actor to check for the values you want to respond to Serial Input Examples EE Matches any 5 bytes da ee Matches any string ending in an asterisk Hello M
10. e in min The minimum brightness from 0 to 100 if the brightness of the incoming video stream 1s below this value 1t will be limited to this amount e in max The maximum brightness from 0 to 100 if the brightness of the incoming video stream 1s above this value 1t will be limited to this amount e out min The minimum brightness of the output video stream from 0 to 100 e out max The maximum brightness of the output video stream from 0 to 100 Input Properties e video out The manipulated video stream Control Watcher Control Watcher pore port channel a channel controller controller e value i value trigger Watches for MIDI Control Change messages outputting the values associated with that message and sending a trigger when one is seen The Control Watcher can look for a specific controller message or a range of messages depending on the setting of the input property values When a message meeting all of the criterion specified by input properties is seen the values associated with that message are sent out of the output ports and a trigger is sent out of the trigger output Input Properties e port Specifies the MIDI Port on which the message must arrive to be seen These port numbers correspond to the ports shown in the MIDI Setup dialog You may specify a single port or a range of ports e channel Specifies the MIDI Channel on which the message must be received before it will seen by th
11. hand While holding the mouse button down drag the Scene Editor Scaling Values Between Outputs and Inputs Whenever you link an actor s numeric output to another actor s numeric input Isadora s default behavior is to scale the output s range of values so that they match the input s range of values Two pairs of values are used to calculate how values are scaled Output properties have a Limit Minimum and Limit Maximum value that give the lowest and highest possible values that can be sent by that output property Input properties have a Scale Minimum and Scale Maximum value that specifies the range to which any value arriving at that input will be scaled By changing these values for any pair of connected output and input properties you can control the way that values are scaled as they move from output to input Here is an example Output Input Limit Maximum 100 Maximum 100 Scale Maximum 60 Scale Minimum 20 Limit Minimum 0 Minimum 0 As the output property value on the left goes from 0 to 100 the input value will go from 1ts Scale Minimum and Scale Maximum values which have been set to 20 and 60 respectively Thus when the output property sends a value of 50 halfway Isadora Manual 80 between 0 and 100 the value at the input will see the scaled of 40 halfway between 20 and 60 You can also invert this relationship e g Scale Minimum is 60 and Scale Maximum is 20 so that as the
12. scrub the movie back and forth It is a bit like a DJ scratching a record but instead you are scratching video with the mouse movements In this last example each time you change the position property to a new value the movie jumps to the specified position within its play duration The movie doesn t continue playing because its speed is set to O 1 e still You can also try editing the other movie properties try setting the loop enable property off to cause the movie to play only once without looping Or import a movie with a sound track and or change the volume property to change its playback volume Tutorial 3 Interactive Control In the previous tutorial we used the Movie Player and Projector actor s to play a movie on the stage and you used the mouse and the keyboard to change how the movie played In this tutorial we will build on this setup to allow you to interactively control movie playback with the mouse Isadora Manual 32 e Close any currently open Isadora documents Then choose File gt Open and locate the file called Tutorial 3 in the Isadora Tutorials folder located in the same folder as your Isadora application e Above the Toolbox move the mouse over the number 5 the prompt below your group numbers should say Mouse amp Keyboard in yellow Click the number 5 to show that group of actors Drag the Mouse Watcher into the Scene Editor After depositing it there take a look at
13. 320 into the first one the width and 240 into the second the height Under the heading Stage 1 choose Screen 2 in the popup menu labeled Place On If you have a second monitor output on your computer the resolution of the screen will be shown in the pop up menu text 1 e Screen 2 640x480 If not 1t will just say Screen 2 Make sure that the popup labeled Stage Size in the Stage 1 section is set to Full Screen Under the heading Stage 2 Stage 3 Stage 4 Stage 5 and Stage 6 choose None in the popup menu labeled Place On e Click OK to confirm the new preference settings This setup will show one stage window on your second monitor output if a second monitor output is available If not then a smaller window will appear on your main screen You can find out more about showing stages setting them to occupy an entire screen and other preference settings in the Preferences section of the Isadora Reference chapter of this manual Isadora Manual 24 Tutorial 1 Playing a Movie Creating a New File To create a new Isadora file choose File gt New A new Isadora document that looks like this will appear 000 EJ Untitled 000000001 SURE SU Hands ap aae PEE ZIL EZ ag eeu Clee mlan Havalar EIET Eu Aa Ealar pagar Eoloet ar Gren Da epee Been ERE ald eel Le F Untitled ee E There are four main areas to the Isadora document The Toolbox
14. ISADORA User s Manual By Mark Coniglio V1 3 PRELIMINARY January 2009 2002 2008 Mark F Coniglio all rights reserved Isadora Manual 5 TABLE OF CONTENTS TABLE OF CON TEN Tester eege 2 ISADORA OVERVIEW E 15 What Eege 15 QUICK ee 16 REGISTRATION PROCEDURE css 18 TUTO RIA ou 20 Preparing Your COMPUTO sisiciiinn adidas 20 Download Ne rte EE 20 Basic System EE 20 Set Monitor Resolution amp Color Depth ooccccoonnoooncnnononoccnnncnccnonononnnnnnnonononnnnnncnnnnnnnoncnnncnnnnns 21 Installing MIDI Interface Hardware amp Drivers 22 Sette kadora Te 22 Tutorial 1 Playing a Movie conti tar tonneau wanninnnken 25 CPC acs GING TEE 25 Creatine EE 26 importas TE EEN 26 Uso TS re 27 Tutorial 2 Changing Actor Settings coomccccnnnccononcconanoconanocnannnnnannnnnannnnnans 30 Tutorial 3 Interactive Control oooooncccccnnnnannncnnncnonnnnnnnnnnnonnnnnnenenannnnanerennnna 32 Tutorial 4 Live Video Input ccoocconncononcnncconoconanenancnnaronanenannnnnronarnnannnannnnnrs 35 Tutorial 5 Real Time Video ProcessSingQ occoccccocccoccconocenanconnconarenanenannnnnos 37 IT Ve EE e e EE 39 Tutorial 7 USING SCONCS ui da 42 Tutorial 8 Fine Tuning Links and ActoOFS cooncconcconcconoconaccnanconanenanenannnnans 45 Understandinie EE cr Ee 45 Understandine Value SC a HAG iria 46 Minal zme Property Y alles uva lidia das 48 Isadora Manual 2 Tutorial 9 More Real Time Video Processing
15. OA e fade V1 1 Specifies a fade time over which the video and audio in the scene being deactivated will be faded out Note The visual aspect of the fade in will only work if Hardware Accelerated Rendering is turned on in the Video tab of the Preferences The visual result of the fade in depends on a number of factors what video is being rendered in the current scene the setting of the blend and layer inputs in the Projector actors that become active etc See the section Compositing with the Projector using Hardware Accelerated Rendering on Page 126 for more information on taking advantage of multiple projectors Decay Generator Decay Generator inc tig WARJE mc amt X Ip dec amt Generates a value that decays smoothly over time and that can be bumped up by specified amount each time the generator is triggered Input Properties e inc trigger when a trigger is received on this input adds the value given in the inc amt input property to the current output value e inc amt the number that will be added to the current output value each time the inc trig input is triggered ranging from 0 to 100 Note that this amount is added all at once so the output value will jump up by this amount each time a trigger is received e dec amt the amount by which the output value is gradually decremented every second ranging from O to 100 Note that this value isn t subtracted once per second but instead smaller amounts ar
16. Output Properties e min The minimum value ever received on any of the value inputs e max The maximum value ever received on any of the value inputs e range The range between minimum and maximum Le maximum minimum HSL Adjust hue offset La ro out ha D m WS saturation pS pip D luminance bypass Manipulates the hue saturation and luminance brightness of a video stream Input Properties e rgb in The input video stream If this stream is YUV it will automatically be converted to RGB hue offset How much to offset the hue from 360 to 360 degrees e saturation How much to change the saturation from O to 200 A value of 100 introduces no change Values below 100 make the image less saturated values above 100 make in more saturated e Luminance How much to change the luminance brightness from 0 to 200 A value of 100 introduces no change Values below 100 make the image darker values above 100 make the image brighter bypass When turned off this effect functions normally When turned on the effect is disabled and the video input is passed directly to the video output Output Properties e video out The colorized video stream in RGB format Isadora Manual 245 Image Tile wdeo in wdeo out tiles in tHe cols Die rows E E steps color bypass Displays the incoming video stream in the form of tiles of varying brightness that are created by from a second video s
17. Output Properties e video out The resulting keyed video image foreground Video out backorourd dest horz ctr dest vert ctr ES dest size scale Tg bypass Overlays a scaled foreground video stream on a background video stream The entire foreground image is scaled to the size given by the dest size property and matted on to the background image so that it s center is at the point specified by the horizontal and vertical center properties For a higher degree of control e g to scale part of the source image onto the background please see the Matte actor in the next section Here is an example Example Matte Horz Center 13 Vertical Center 12 Size 50 Isadora Manual 264 Input Properties e foreground The foreground video stream After this stream will is scaled it will be matted on to the background video stream e background The background video stream The scaled foreground will be matted on to this background e dst horz ctr Sets the vertical center of the area within the background video into which the source will be matted from 100 to 100 percent of the background video s width e dst horz size Sets the horizontal size of the area within the background video into which the source will be matted from 0 to 100 percent of the background video s width e scale fg When turned off prevents the foreground image from being scaled Normally if two incoming video streams to be combined are not
18. Y ou can select a group of scenes by clicking on the first one in the group and then shift clicking on the last one in the group Let s fix the order of our scenes so they go from one to four and so that we can go through all of them using only the space bar e Click on scene three Choose Edit gt Cut Click in between scenes two and four to show the insertion point there Choose Edit gt Paste e Now click on scene two Then shift click on scene four This will select scenes two through four Chose Edit gt Cut e Click to the right of the only remaining scene labeled one The blinking cursor will be to the right of scene one Choose Edit gt Paste Our scenes are now in order Now we have to fix the Jump actors e Click on scene three Click in the value box for the Jump actor s jump to property type the number 1 and press enter Now scene three will jump to scene four when you press the space bar e Finally click on scene four Set the Jump actor s jump to property to 3 This will jump backwards three scenes which means wel end up at scene 66 29 one e Now press the space bar repeatedly You ll see that you are now able to loop through all the scenes Remember we re using the Keyboard Watcher as an easy way to illustrate how input from the outside world can be used to move from scene to scene If you are interested in
19. ccocccoccccnccconcconononnnconanonaso 49 VIO CON Md daa 49 eta La PP AO OR EE SE PE OO E EE 50 EE 50 NAGS OCC OAC E 51 Tutorial 10 Making Your OWN AcCtOFS oonncconccccononcconancconanonnannnenannnenannnnnaas 51 Adding Your User Actor to the Too Dia 55 Using the Confirm User Actor Edit Dialog wl 321 55 Sharne our Usera llista 57 Tutorial 11 Getting the Most From the Projector V1 1 sscsseseees 57 OPTIMIZING FOR SPEED eege 62 ISADORA REFERENCE osr 66 Importing amp Managing Media ccooncconccicnncconccconaccnnacconancnnannnnannnnarennannnnas 66 Media Window EE 66 PMP OLIN Med EE 67 Selectine M dia References ii di 68 Manas no Mella oia 69 USING The Scene incitar 71 Actvatino amp Deactvatina HERE eet 12 A EE 12 Addins and Removins ee 12 FRE ORG CT COME Sra EE E 73 REMAINS ENEE 74 Chane ine tie W idro a EE 74 Editing Scenes and USING ActoOFS oooncccnnccnnnccnanccnnncenanccnancnnnnnenancnnannenanonas 74 Adding New Actors to a Scene Using the Toolbox ooooooooocccccccononooooocnnonnononcnnccocnnnnonnnnonnnnncnonnnnoss 75 Sel ctine ana Re EE 76 EE 76 Edini Acs ias 77 Makino Links EE E 77 Gemo Help tornan Aca 79 Navicatine Inside the Scene Editar 80 Scaling Values Between Outputs and Inputs 80 Presettme Property Y alo sa 82 Sek ett Property VAS ta ira 83 Collaps me Expande ACON tits 83 User Actors 8 Macros Creating Your Own ACHOIS cccceeseeeseeeeeeees 85 User Actor Synchronization
20. e Choose Windows gt Show Cue Sheet to show the cue sheet to the operator It will look like this ry En Untitled Cue Sheet Cue My Cue A ika VE E E EE at When the dancer moves upstac Scene e e To execute a cue hold down the Control key and press the Space Bar When you do Isadora will simulate pressing a key on the computer keyboard as defined for this particular cue in the Cue Editor window It will then immediately show the next cue For example for example the cue above When the dancer moves upstage left the Other radio button had been selected and the Send Key set to 1 Upon holding down the Control key and pressing the Space Bar Isadora would simulate pressing the number 1 on the computer keyboard Any Keyboard Watcher actors in the current scene set to watch for the key 1 would send a trigger thus allowing you to trigger a specific action when this cue is executed Isadora Manual AA Pausing and Resuming the Isadora Engine It is possible to create a patch that will never let you edit it again For example connecting the Enter Scene Trigger actor to the Jump actor would cause a jump to another scene as soon as the scene 1s activated The Pause Engine and Resume Engine commands in the Output menu can help you in just such a circumstance To edit a scene regardless of how it is programmed choose Output gt Pause Engine and then activate the scene by clicking on it When in this mode all of Isa
21. item them 2 item 3 1 1 1 _ ____ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ A A A 1 Cancel For 4 Control Properties e Control Title The title used to identify this control which appears inside the button e Width The width of the number control Height The height of the number control Font Popup menu selects the font used to draw text for this control Isadora Manual JA es Bold Italic Underline When checked uses the bold italic or underline variations of the specified font e Font Size Sets the size font used to draw text for this control e Show Value of Linked Properties This setting has no effect for the Monitor Actor e Control ID This number is used to identify the control when linking it to actor properties When this control s value changes because a user clicked in the control a message giving the Control ID and the control s value is broadcast to the active Scene Any actor properties that are linked to this Control ID will have their value set appropriately Generally speaking you will want this number to be unique within a given Control Panel e Background Color The background color of the popup menu e Text Color The color of the text drawn inside the popup menu e Items The items that will be displayed in the pop up menu Enter one line for each item you want to display The example above will show three
22. But if you set the brt override to 1 sec this object would be rendered at 100 brightness How many objects the override will affect is determined by the override wid input override wid Used in conjunction with brt override input this value determines how far the brightness override will extend Setting this to a higher value means that the brightness of more objects will be affected IsadoraManual T e x y z rotation Rotates the image around its X y Or Z axis e x y z translate Translates the image along the x y Or z axis e x y z velocity When creating new particles using the add img input these values determine the velocity of the particle along each axis Specified in units per second e x y z accel The positive acceleration of the particle along the each axis setting this to a non zero value causes objects to speed up over time e x y z decel The negative acceleration of the particle along the each axis setting this to a non zero value causes objects to slow down over time e x y z The initial location in space of the next particle when then add img input is triggered e add img Adds a new particle at coordinate x y z with an initial velocity specified by the velocity inputs and an acceleration specified by the accel and decel inputs 3D Player Renders a 3D object onto the stage or into a channel being rendered as a video stream by a 3D Renderer actor Note This actor only works when Hardware Accelera
23. Input Properties bkg color This determines the color of the output video stream There are two ways to specify the color first if you click on the colored square to the left of the title bkg color a standard color picker dialog will appear Or you may connect the output of the Color Maker actor to the bkg color input Output Properties e video out Outputs a video stream at the default resolution defined in the Video tab of the Preferences Blob Decoder v1 1 Reports the position size and velocity of one of the blobs being tracked by the Eyes actor Please see the documentation of the Eyes actor on page 236 for more information about how the tracking works One concept that may need further explanation is the centroid of an object Consider the blob and bounding box shown below Isadora Manual T1 The bounding box correctly reports the extent of the blob But the true center of the blob 1s actually to the right of the bounding box center Eyes calculates the centroid of each blob by measuring the brightness of the pixels assuming that brighter pixels will indicate where the object truly is In the example above you can see the centroid marked by the cross which is to the right and slightly below the bounding box center marked by the square This measurement may or may not prove useful depending on your setup you simply have to give it a try to see if it provides interesting results Output Properties
24. Look along the bottom of the mask there is a gradation that goes gradually from white to black in the middle portion In the resulting image you can see how that part of the image fades from the foreground to the background Input Properties e foreground a video stream that will become more visible as the corresponding area in the mask approaches white background a video stream that will become more visible as the corresponding area in the mask approaches black e mask a video stream that determines whether you see the foreground or background image Where the mask is white you will see only the foreground image Where it is black you will see only the background When the mask is a color or shade of gray you will see a mixture of the foreground and background showing more of the background as the mask approaches black e strength when this value is set to 100 the mask functions normally When set to a lower value you will see more of the foreground The internal effect is that the mask is lightened as the strength decreases By ramping this value from 0 to 100 you can fade in the mask by ramping from 100 to O you can fade it out e bypass When turned off this effect functions normally When turned on the effect is disabled and the video input is passed directly to the video output Output Properties e video out the masked video stream Auto Fade video in Widen out freq bypass ci Aut
25. Note that the limit min and limit max settings for this output are automatically updated when you change the out min and out max input properties Isadora Manual CT rgb out start horz start vert end Morz SS end vert IN ime width E ne color trigger bypass Superimposes a line of a specified color size and position on a video stream Input Properties e rgb in The source video stream on which the line will be superimposed If you leave this input disconnected the line will be drawn on a black background If this stream is in the YUV format 1t will automatically be converted to RGB e start horz The horizontal coordinate for the starting point of the line specified as a percentage of the incoming video stream sg width A vertical position of zero is halfway between the top and bottom edge e start vert The vertical coordinate for the starting point of the line specified as a percentage of the incoming video stream s height A vertical position of zero is halfway between the top and bottom edge e end horz The horizontal coordinate for the ending point of the line e end vert The vertical coordinate for the ending point of the line e line size The size of the shape s frame expressed as a percentage of the incoming video stream s width e line color The color of the line e trigger The line is drawn when a trigger is received at this input This is necessary so that you can set the starting and
26. SEN NonR g PRA Misc 308 Send Note EEE 309 1 PRON BON A E 310 Send Program Changed 310 Sena RaW MIDI A a aE NTE 311 Ce Hla i Abel CV A E EE 312 Isadora Manual 17 o E A O 313 Serial In Watcher Binary airis 315 CLA oo 316 Sequential Trigger ra 316 SNAPE REO A te aes te ae aged rece eaeteete cen neet esate 317 A e O ie eleavSieeleadlia aaa 318 Show Hide Stade Suisse alce oo 319 SimultanciV arranca cai 319 SESCA AP en o y O 320 leen dl CT en Da ND 320 Sound Frequency WatChel ccccssecsesseecceseeseseeseeneesenseesenseesensessoneees 321 Sound Level EEN 323 Sound Movie Player cccccccceesseccesseceeseeeeeneeseeseesonssesenseesenseesensessensees 324 Sound Pla Vernon 326 Sound Prelo d EE 328 ODIE aaa a me mer et ane me es ene me ere se nme en mere nen are 329 EE 330 Stage Background v1 2 E 332 Stage Mouse Watcher updated Vl B ooonncccnnciccnncccccncconcncnnncnnnnnancnnnnnnos 334 SINO OL Materia ee ee ee ce 336 O GE 336 ET E 336 A O aeaa 337 o A ach cpr aan 337 Isadora Manual 12 EE E DE 338 Text Draw Wi Dira 338 Text Formatter Vid iaa siciliana alan 339 VA CC 341 Me EGOE nacion 343 TNresnold Vil lacada 343 uer 344 TOO liura 345 TOO DGIAY ninas 345 dee E RI rs 346 Tagger TOKE V1 8 WEN 347 de ger String V1 1 errar 347 BR ele te VAE e 347 Update SINADS IO E 348 Valle Delay ln s seecssecedaesecseeaeseesstecsacestesancapeecsvecsteenss 348 Valle Selecta 349 VIGGO Delon veka decides hte
27. The sound output routing for this movie s audio std built in output e1 2 output on external sound device channels 1 and 2 e3 4 output on external sound device channels 3 and 4 etc If no external device is present when the movie is played or 1f that device does not have the requested channels the sound will be sent to the built in interface See the section Using External Multi Channel Sound Output on Page 162 for more information into ram When set to true Isadora attempts to load the entire movie into RAM Random Access Memory for faster playback NOTE This can consume large amounts of your system s memory be cautious when using this feature Output Properties e video out The video stream produced by playing the movie e trigger Sends a trigger each time a new frame of video appears at the video out port loop end Sends a trigger each time a the end of the play segment is reached e position Reports the current position within the play segment Isadora Manual 2 Movie Player Direct Movie Player Direct movie loop end visible position lt ctr h ci y height zoom keep aspect speed play start play length loop enable wolune pan Plays a movie directly to the stage allowing control over its scaling position and playback characteristics Movie Player Direct works in the same way as the more often used Movie Player Projector actor combination except that it bypasses Isadora
28. e Create a new document or open an existing document You need to do this because Isadora stores the sound routings with each document since it is likely that different documents will require different audio routing setups e Choose Output gt Sound Output Setup to display the Sound Output Setup Dialog It looks like this Isadora Manual gt E sound Dutput Setup Crap Mora 3 0 Output E Sound Output Aerin Charca lusts A EI Channe Baht bo EE Charnral 2 fiat de S Geet 10 Bust pm E Chewa 1 Hut in E Chee 1 1 Det iri a Charl 4 Mtt de OU Chame 53 Bet Ja EN Charral 5 His dr BA Charmal 13 fashi ir EF Channa 6 Pe ir FH Chami 4 Bush iri F Charal 7 fist de Ka Channel 15 Balt da E Channel 8 ah o El Chame 16 iuit in zi Lance on 4 At the top you will see the Driver pop up menu Select the device you would like to use for multi channel output If your device is not listed in the pop up quit Isadora and make sure that your drivers are properly installed and repeat the above process If you only need to route the sound of movies played by the Movie Player you can skip this step Otherwise if you are using the Sound Player actor to play sound and want to route their output to various channels on the external device you should set up the routing for Isadora s sixteen sound channels These channels correspond to the sixteen channels available in the play channel property of the Sound Player actor When you change t
29. or to create a new unique instance of the actor that is distinct from the previous versions User Actors are an advanced feature you may want to review the User Actor tutorial in the Tutorials section to fully understand how they work User Actor Synchronization Feature v1 3 As of version 1 3 you are able to automatically synchronize all copies of a given User Actor after you ve made changes to it This allows you to easily ensure the functionality a given User Actor is the same throughout an Isadora document Whenever a new User Actor is created it is assigned a unique identifier Each User Actor with the same identifier is called an instance in other words a kind of copy of the master User Actor This identifier is maintained for all instances of the User Actor whether it is created by copying and pasting or by dragging it into the Scene Editor from the Toolbox Whenever you make a change to one instance of a given User Actor you are given the opportunity to automatically update all instances 1 e all copies with the same unique identifier throughout document and in the toolboxes so that they match the newly edited version Any existing links into or out of the User Actor are maintained as long as the corresponding User Input or Output was not deleted and if the types are compatible If you change a User Input or Output from a number type to a video type for instance the link will be broken because these types are n
30. pan and sound output input for each track Note you can find out the number of tracks in a movie by looking at the Media Window If a movie has more than one sound track you see ST x after the name where x is the number of sound tracks in the movie e trk vol 1 trk vol 2 etc Sets the volume of one of the Movie s sound tracks expressed as a percentage of the sound track s normal volume trk vol 1 sets the volume for track 1 trk vol 2 sets the volume for track 2 etc A setting of 100 is normal volume O produces silence and 200 would amplify the sound to twice its normal level Note that using values above 100 may produce distortion e trk pan 1 trk pan 2 etc Sets the panning of one of the Movie e sound tracks from O to 100 0 is left 100 is right 50 is center trk pan 1 sets the panning for track 1 trk pan 2 sets the panning for track 2 etc e snd out 1 snd out 2 etc The sound output routing for the specified track std built in output e1 2 output on external sound device channels 1 and 2 e3 4 output on external sound device channels 3 and 4 etc snd out 1 sets the panning for track 1 snd out 2 sets the panning for track 2 etc If no external device is present when the movie is played or if that device does not have the requested channels the sound will be sent to the built in interface See the section Using External Multi Channel Sound Output on Page 162 for more information Sound Playe
31. that 1s to move it in and around the space between your speakers Using the previous tutorial as an example Note that if your default audio output as specified in the Audio MIDI Setup application is stereo 1 e two speakers the AUMixer3D will simulate movement of the sound in three dimensions this is best experienced with headphones If you have more than two outputs e g a quadraphonic speaker setup AUMixer3D will spatialize the sound within the field of that speaker configuration Isadora Manual O OR 1 2 3 4 5 6 1 Click on Toolbox Group 2 to show the actors available in the audio group Add two AUAudioHilePlayer actors to the scene Set the sound input of both actors to the number in the Audio Files Bin of the sounds you want to play To the right of the AUAudioHilePlayers add an AUMixer3D actor and set its inputs input to 2 This actor allows you to control the volume azimuth elevation and distance of each sound stream measured relative to the central point in the current speaker configuration Which you selected in the Audio MIDI Setup application To the right of the AUMixer3D add an DefaultOpututUnit actor This sends the mixed sound to the default audio output device Make links between the AUAudioFilePlayers audio outputs and the AUMixer3D s audio inputs Connect a link from the AUMixer3D s audio output to the DefaultOutputUnit s audio input As soon as you make this last link
32. the property s value This causes the control to display the property s current value at all times e Shape v1 1 Specifies the shape of the background from among seven possible options Rectangle Rounded Rectangle Oval the bordered versions Isadora Manual 860 of those shapes or a Picture the latter allowing you to use a Picture from the Media Window to draw the background Here is a summary of the various shapes that are possible Rectangle Border Rectangle Round Rectangle Border Round Rectangle Oval Border Oval If you choose Picture then the value of the Picture input determines the e Fill Color Determines the color of the background To change the color click on the colored box a Color Picker dialog will appear If the Shape is set to Picture this setting has no effect v1 1 e Border Color Determines the color of the line around the border This color is only used if you have chosen one of the bordered variations of the background shape To change the color click on the colored box a Color Picker dialog will appear If the Shape is set to Picture this setting has no effect v1 1 e Border Size The size of the border in pixels The border is only used if you have chosen one of the bordered variations of the background shape If the Shape is set to Picture this setting has no effect v1 1 e Round Rect Radius When the shape is either Round Rectangle or Border Round Rectangle spec
33. typing the value and pressing enter or return To specify the limits of an output property e Click on the name of an output property found just to the left of the output value box on the left right of an actor The name will turn yellow to indicate that 1t 1s selected and information about that property will appear just below the Scene Editor Isadora Manual 81 Settings for output Minimum O Maximum 1 Ctl Link Limit Mine e At the top is the name of the output along with the absolute minimum and maximum values allowed for this property Below are three value edit boxes Ctl Link Scale Min and Scale Max We ll discuss the Ctl Link value in the section on Controls e The values of Limit Min and Limit Max determine the minimum and maximum values that the output will send and are used in combination with the Scale Minimum and Scale Maximum input property values to determine how values will be scaled from an output to an input e Change Limit Minimum and Limit Maximum values to specify the lower and upper limit of values that can be sent by this property These value edit boxes work like the ones inside of any actor you can use the mouse to scroll through the possible values or you can enter a value into the box by clicking on it typing the value and pressing enter or return To invert the relationship between and output and an input e If you want to invert the relationship between the outpu
34. w PS 4 heet Be Zou np EI Mal e a ia Ad Pl air Ai d EI F is 16 i D ce al Isadora Manual 35 default First to select the video device from which you will capture you need to choose Input gt Live Capture Settings The dialog shown above will appear Ensure that the Channel Select popup menu shows 1 and that the Enable checkbox 1s checked Click the Scan for Devices button If you connect your video device after you start Isadora it may not be recognized until you click this button Under the heading Video Input select your capture device camera from the popup menu labeled Device If your device is not in the menu then the device is properly not connected to your computer properly Check the connections and power and click the Scan for Devices again After selecting your device click the Start Live Capture button After doing this a thumbnail preview of the live video stream should appear above the box labeled Channel 1 If you don t see live video in the Channel 1 box it probably means that you are using a capture device with a composite video input and that the camera is not connected properly Ensure that the cable between to your camera iand the capture device is securely attached Then click the Stop Live Capture button followed by the Start Live Capture Button to try again If you see the video thumbnail you ve verified you have live input coming into Isador
35. you will start to hear both sounds playing Try adjusting the various parameters on the AUMixer3D Changing the azimuth should move the sound in a circle around the central point Changing the elevation may give a sense of the sound going above or below you not audible in certain speaker configurations Finally the distance controls the apparent distance of the sound from the center point Higher numbers make the sound get softer 1 e it is moving away from you Set the active input of the DeafultOutputUnit to off the sound Isadora Manual 143 Live Video amp Audio Input To bring live video into Isadora you must have hardware that allows Isadora to see the video coming into your computer On contemporary Macintoshes and many Windows machines the Fire Wire input 1s the most ubiquitous way to input video In addition there are various capture boards PC Cards for laptops USB video capture devices etc Any of these can be used with Isadora as long as the operating system recognizes it as a valid video input device Technically speaking on MacOS X the device must have a valid VDIG driver so 1t will be recognized by QuickTime on Windows it must be recognized by the DirectShow sub system When using capture boards or other external video capture hardware the installation procedure varies from vendor to vendor Follow their instructions to install the video input hardware on your system Once all of the necessary dr
36. 1 to 16 You may specify a single port or a range of ports e pitch Specifies the MIDI pitch or range of pitches that will be seen from 0 to 127 or C 2 to G8 You can choose to see the pitches using their note names by clicking on the title pitch next to the value edit box and choosing Value gt MIDI Note e pressure Specifies the pressure value or range of values that will be seen from 0 to 127 For a Polyphonic Pressure message to be seen by this watcher 1ts values must fall within the range of values for specified by all four of the input properties Output Properties When this watcher sees a Polyphonic Pressure message that falls within the range of values specified by all four of the input properties the following values are sent to the outputs e port The MIDI Port on which the message arrived channel The Polyphonic Pressure message s MIDI Channel e pitch The Polyphonic Pressure message e MIDI Pitch e pressure The Polyphonic Pressure message s pressure e trigger Sends a trigger each time a message is seen Isadora Manual 298 Program Change Watcher Program Change Watcher gt port port channel channel prog num Ps prog num L trigger Watches for MIDI Program Change messages outputting the values associated with that message and sending a trigger when one Is seen The Program Change Watcher can look for a message with a specific program change number or a range of numbers de
37. Adds the colors of both streams together without limiting the result e add max add with limit maximum Adds the colors of both streams together limiting the sum to the maximum possible 255 for each color component e sub over subtract with overflow Subtracts the colors of the second stream from the first without limiting the result e sub min subtract with limit minimum Subtracts the colors of the second stream from the first limiting the result to a minimum of zero e xfer color See the blend and transparent modes for information on how this color is used Output Properties e video out The background video stream with the sprite superimposed upon it Stage Background v1 2 Changes the background color and or enables powerful feedback effects for a specific stage The simplest use of this actor is to change the background color of a stage to something other than black But you can also use the erase input and the feedback features to generate trails and feedback effects When feedback is enabled the entire contents of the Stage are copied to the stage just prior to the start of each rendering cycle You can control the scaling offset and rotation of the feedback using the various fb parameters Many interesting and potentially psychedelic effects are possible depending on the setting of these parameters Some example images taken from the Feedback and Mosaic example provided in the Isadora Exampl
38. Brightness Set the auto frames input to the number of frames you want to analyze e g 150 frames 1s five seconds of 30fps NTSC video Then trigger the auto measure input and have the person or object seen in the video feed move both very slowly and very fast The auto measure function keeps track of the lowest and highest brightness values measured and once the measurement is complete will start automatically scaling its measurements so that the output should go from 0 to 100 Input Properties e video in The source video stream e auto frames Specifies how many frames to examine when using the auto measure function see below e auto measure when triggered measures the brightness of the next n frames of video with n being specified by the auto frames input The minimum and maximum brightness measured is then used to automatically scale the brightness output for subsequent frames Output Properties brightness The brightness of the current frame of video with a black frame yielding a brightness of 0 a white frame yielding a brightness of 100 etc Calc MBT medi fe location Mes Lara beat tick trigger Isadora Manual Converts a measure beat and tick specification into a percentage that can be used to set the play start or play duration parameters of a Midi Player The play start and play length properties in the Midi Player actor are specified as a percentage of the MIDI file s total length There ma
39. Escape sequences like to the ones listed in the table above can be used in character sets to identify special characters like tabs and newlines note that a is just a plain old in character sets though unlike in strings ABCD The characters A B C or D KSE The characters A B C or D lacas a Any lowercase or uppercase letter English locale ASCII xyz A hyphen x y or z EK A hyphen or a numeric digit Kn Any character except a lowercase a UA Any character except hyphens and numeric digits AS ec A space a double quote an A B C or D a carriage return or a tab EEN Anything except a hyphen a b c space 2 4 M N O or tab Isadora Manual T66 Serial Input Elements bie set A byte_set 1s similar in spirit to a character set except you specify 2 digit hexadecimal numbers instead of characters You can separate individual values with spaces or commas whichever you prefer they are treated the same These appear in curly braces Here are some examples in single curly braces but double curly brace syntax also uses these To invert the set specify a caret as the first character be CLO OL The bytes 0 or 1 OA OD 10 The bytes OA OD or 10 hex oe OF Sie Oey O a The bytes 03 to 08 or FO to FF EE Anything except the bytes 30 to 39 hex SU Same as above just showing that you can leave out the spaces Serial Input Elements bitfields Frequently devices with binary f
40. Feature ML nice a hs ed tert ee eee 86 Considerations tor User Actors Created Before EK eege eee Eeer 87 Creatine and Bd mine a WU Ser Ee 88 Creating and Editing User Inputs and OutputS cocccccnnnonoconnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnananononnnnnnnnnnnnnnrnnnnonanonnnnnnss 89 Saving the Uset Actor Arter an Edit V13 EE 90 Convertine a Macro foa User Actor v h3 ved air E eege 91 Adding User Actors tothe LOLI id 92 Isadora Manual 3 Storing and Recalling Scenes with Snapshots cccccccccccccnncconncconnnonnnons 93 Siet WE e 94 Disabling Snapshot Recall for Specific Actors NI 31 95 USING COMPO PAMel S EE 96 Eege 96 Creating Deleting Control Panels using Split amp Join cccnnnnonccononaccnononononononananancnnncnccnnnnnnnncnnns 99 erer KEE Eegeregie 99 Usine Ee iert Control Panels oil 100 Adding New Controls to a Control Panel 100 Linking a Control to an Actor Input or Output sceniniai a E AERA 101 Unlinking a Control from an Actor Input or Outmut 103 Selcctine and Delet n Ee cd 103 Usine a Pictute as a Backs round Gy lal 104 Positioning Sizing and Aligning Controls een 104 Edine Gene 106 Setting the font font style and font size for a group Of controls 106 ISOC aere TEE 107 AT Ste the Gnid Snap NEE 107 Changing a Control s Sertmngs nn nnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnrnrnnncnnnnnnnss 108 setine Control Specitic OPUONS mio lirica 109 Seeing the Control ID Associated with Control 110 USING Freerrame PIUQ INS o 110 Saving Files
41. For example if the minimum is set to 1 maximum is set to 10 and step is set to 1 the slider will have 10 discrete steps 1 2 3 8 9 10 Setting step to 1 may be the most common setting as it allows you to send only integer values 1 e no numbers after the decimal point if desired Note however that counting starts at the value given by the Minimum Value setting If you set minimum to 1 5 and maximum to 10 5 in the example just given the 10 steps would be 1 5 2 5 3 5 10 5 e Dial Size The graphic of the dial comes in four sizes tiny small medium and large Show Dots When checked small white dots will outline the range of the dial e Display Value When this box is checked the slider will display its value as a number Vertical sliders display this number at the bottom Horizontal sliders display the number to the right e Display Format Determines how the number is formatted when the Display Value parameter is turned on There are three choices 23 123 4 or 123 45 Isadora Manual 869 The first displays no decimal point the second one number after the decimal point and the third displays two If Display Value is turned off this setting has no effect e Color Sets color of the dial When you click the color box a Color Picker control will appear allowing you to choose the new color Edit Text v1 1 some text Allows the user to enter text which can be sent to any property input that accepts
42. Isadora should not be running when you install the drivers otherwise it may not see the interface After you ve installed any required drivers you should connect the MIDI interface to your computer These interfaces are most often connected to a USB port with a standard USB cable Once you ve done this you re ready to start up Isadora Midi Setup Ensure that your hardware MIDI interface is connected to your computer Then start Isadora and choose Communications gt Midi Setup A dialog will appear that looks like this Aa CH Midi Setup Port Hame Ferris Cu puts B B c Be Ka Ben d aza SS U Ka BI KS Port G e W i H This window determines how the physical inputs on your MIDI interface will be associated with Isadora s MIDI input and output ports For sake of clarity we will refer in this document to the MIDI ports on your MIDI interface as Physical ports to differentiate them from Isadora s MIDI Input and Output Ports Isadora Manual gt TB Associating a Physical Input Port to an Isadora MIDI Input Port If you want to receive MIDI input from a particular port on your MIDI interface do the following 1 Choose an unused Isadora MIDI Input port to receive the MIDI data from Port 1 through Port 6 2 Click on the popup menu to the right of that port name under the heading Inputs 3 In the popup menu you will see a list of physical input ports available on your MIDI interface Choose the physica
43. Mouse Watcher mode modifiers M horz pos reset limit horz 2 vert pos bypass limit vert trigger Keyboard Watcher key range ANB key Each time you press the number 1 on the computer keyboard the buffer actor will capture 30 frames of video from the live input Note that since the mode is set to stop when all buffer frames have been stored the Buffer actor will stop and wait for another trigger You can then move the mouse horizontally to scrub through the stored images Input Properties e video in The video input stream buffers The number of buffers Ge frames of video that this actor can store Note that each frame requires a fair amount of memory so setting this value to a high number will consume considerable free memory e select Selects which buffer to send to the output from 1 to the number of buffers specified by the buffers input property When this value changes the contents of the specified buffer are sent to the video output If no video has Isadora Manual 199 been stored into the buffer you have selected a black frame will be sent to the output e mode Determines what happens when a frame of video is stored in the last buffer in the list When set to cycle the buffer continues storing frames starting over with the first buffer When set to stop the buffer stops storing frames until a trigger 1s received at the reset input e reset Resets the Buffer actor so that the next frame of video wi
44. Properties e source The video input stream e displace Video stream whose brightness determines how far to shift the pixels of the source video e amount The strength of the displace effect from 0 to 100 The higher the value the more profoundly the pixels of the source video will be shifted e displace angle Sets the angle of the line along which the pixels are shifted e offset How far to offset the resulting image from 0 to 100 If the displace video stream is too bright or too dark the resulting video may go off the edge of the stage Adjust this value to bring the image back into view again bypass When turned off this effect functions normally When turned on the effect is disabled and the video input is passed directly to the video output Output Properties e video out The resulting displaced video output Dither wdeo in video out r solution depth bypass Isadora Manual 28 Dithers the incoming video stream by copying to an intermediary buffer with a lower resolution and or bit depth Colors 16 Res Colors a Res 50 Colors 16 Res 50 Colors 256 E Res 50 Input Properties e video in the video input stream resolution specifies the resolution of the intermediary buffer from O to 100 of the incoming video stream s size Lower values will pixilate the image more e color Specifies the number of colors in the intermediary buffer Possible values
45. Scene you want to select which means that that Scene will be activated The highlighting on the previously activated scene if there was one will be removed the Scene you clicked on will be highlighted and the actors for the selected Scene will appear in the Scene Editor To select a range of scenes e Click on the first scene in the group you want to cut or copy It will highlight to indicate that it is selected e Shift click on the last scene in the group you want to select Isadora will highlight the second scene you clicked and all of the scenes in between Note that the Scene Editor will disappear because you cannot have more than one scene active at a time To make a discontinuous selection or to deselect one or more selected scenes e Hold down the Command key MacOS or Alt key Windows and click on the scenes that you want to select If it was not selected previously it will be selected If 1t was selected previously it will be deselected Adding and Removing Scenes To insert a new scene into the Scene List e Click to the left of the first scene to the right of the last scene or in between two scenes A blinking cursor will appear at the spot where you clicked This indicates where the new scene will be inserted Isadora Manual 72 e Choose Scenes gt Insert Scene A new scene will appear where the blinking cursor was previously You can see that 1t has been activated because the new scene will be highlight
46. Show Stage wih Openil Erubied To lead features Periorea Turn on the checkbox marked Hardware Accelerated Rendering When this box is checked video will be rendered to the stage using the hardware graphics accelerator built in to your computer It also enables several new features new in v1 1 Enabling hardware rendering should provide better performance most recently built computers If you have a somewhat older computer and you find that you don t see any output on the stage you may need to uncheck this box Then click the Stage tab at the top of the window to change the Stage settings isadora Preferences Leneral Video Stage Midd et Warnings Dotautt When Prefered Screen Not Ayallablo Rage Sipe hes Se EI 50 by 240 Place Ce Main Seren 1280 s A54 iage 1 Place in Miranin gige 2 q A gt 9 Siaga Sure Ful Sege A Place On Peon Stage J Saga Sire Full Screen EA Da e Cer Aen KE i 4 KE age age Hija Full Kascht i EA Pesca Dir Hang D He gt Se Stage See Ful Screen Si Pace Or Nore DU Siap v Soe STE Fill Gite EI Optians W Floating Stage Windows Cancel e In the area marked Default When Preferred Screen Not Available choose Custom Size from the popup menu labeled Stage Size Two text edit boxes will appear to the right of this menu These allow you to specify the stage Isadora Manual 23 window s dimensions in pixels horizontal and vertical respectively Type
47. Size will shrink the video to one half or one quarter of that maximum There are also other NTSC and PAL resolutions which scale the video to the specified size If you are unsure use the default setting of Half Resolution Select the Video Quality MacOS X Only The quality setting will effect the quality of the image as well as the amount of CPU power required to acquire the image Lower quality settings require less CPU power but degrade the image The best practice here is to look at the image once it s being shown on the Stage and find the quality setting that works best for you Enable Disable the Force 4 3 Aspect Ratio Option Some video sources notably NTSC DV are not delivered in a standard 4 3 aspect ratio Ticking this checkbox will scale the video to to a 4 3 ratio Isadora Manual 145 e Show Preview Clicking this button will show a full resolution preview for that video channel Make sure to close this window after using it as rendering the video there wastes valuable CPU resources e Edit Custom Capture Size See the topic Setting a Custom Capture Size on page for more information on the Custom Capture Size Feature Audio Input Section e Select the Audio Device The Audio Input section allows you to configure the audio input device for that channel To select a device choose 1t from the Device popup menu If you are using an external device and it does not appear in the menu ensure it is turned on and properl
48. The Note Off message s pitch e velocity The Note Off message s velocity e trigger Sends a trigger each time a message is seen Note On Watcher Note On Watcher 1 16 port port channel 4 channel pitch pat pitch oC Velocity E velocity lt trigger Watches for MIDI Note On messages outputting the values associated with that message and sending a trigger when one is seen The Note On Watcher can look for a specific Note On message or a range of messages depending on the setting of the input property values When a message meeting all of the criterion specified by input properties 1s seen the values associated with that message are sent out of the output ports and a trigger 1s sent out of the trigger output Input Properties e port Specifies the MIDI Port on which the message must arrive to be seen These port numbers correspond to the ports shown in the MIDI Setup dialog You may specify a single port or a range of ports e channel Specifies the MIDI Channel on which the message must be received before 1t will be seen by this watcher from 1 to 16 You may specify a single port or a range of ports e pitch Specifies the MIDI pitch or range of pitches that will be seen from 0 to 127 or C 2 to G8 You can choose to see the pitches using their note names by clicking on the title pitch next to the value edit box and choosing Actors gt Display gt MIDI Note e velocity Specifies the velocity or range of velocitie
49. The portion of the sound that will play is called the play segment The play segment is determined by the play start and play length properties both of which are expressed as a percentage of the movie s total length The play length indicates how long the play segment will be while the play start specifies where that chunk will start For example with a movie that was 60 seconds long a play start of 50 and a play length of 10 would indicate that the play segment would start 30 seconds into the movie and be 6 seconds long You can choose to play this segment continuously by turning the loop enable property on The green bar at the bottom of the actor shows the play segment in bright green The thin yellow line that moves across that bright green bar indicates the current movie position Note that the Movie Player actor does not output video to a Stage Instead it produces a video stream that can be connected to other video manipulation actors or that can be connected to the Projector actor to show the video on Stage Input Properties e movie The number of the movie you want to play as shown in the Media Window When the number of a valid movie is entered here its name will appear to the right of the number visible When turned on the movie plays and the resulting video stream is sent out of the video out output When turned off the movie stops playing and is unloaded from memory speed The speed of the movie from 10 to 10 time
50. This causes the control to display the property s current value at all times e Control ID This number is used to identify the control when linking it to actor properties When this control s value changes because a user clicked in the control a message giving the Control ID and the control s value is broadcast to the active Scene Any actor properties that are linked to this Control ID will have their value set appropriately Generally speaking you will want this number to be unique within a given Control Panel e Minimum Value The minimum possible value for this slider Can be any number It is permissible for the minimum value to be greater than the Isadora Manual T6 maximum In this case the slider value will decrease as you move it from left to right or from bottom to top Maximum Value The maximum possible value for this slider Can be any number It is permissible for the maximum value to be less than the minimum In this case the slider value will decrease as you move it from left to right or from bottom to top Step Determines the minimum of the step between values When Step is set to zero this setting has no effect When set to a value greater than zero the control value will step by this amount as 1t goes from the Minimum Value to the Maximum Value For example if the minimum is set to 1 maximum is set to 10 and step is set to 1 the slider will have 10 discrete steps 1 2 3 8 9 10 Setting step to
51. When set to O the cropped image 1s taken from the center of the incoming video stream As this number goes negative you will see more of the top side of the image As it goes positive you will see more of the bottom side of the image horz size In tandem with the vert size and zoom inputs determines the horizontal resolution of the output video stream as a percentage of the incoming video stream s resolution horz size In tandem with the horz size and zoom inputs determines the vertical resolution of the output video stream as a percentage of the incoming video stream s resolution zoom In tandem with the horz size and vert size inputs determines the horizontal and vertical resolution of the output video stream by zooming the cropped portion of the image by 0 to 1000 Internally the resolution of the incoming video stream that will be seen is determined by the horz size and vert size parameters The result of this crop is then scaled by the zoom factor which determines the final output resolution See description above for more examples Input Properties e video out The cropped video stream e horz The horizontal resolution of the output video stream e vert The vertical resolution of the output video stream Isadora Manual 208 Chroma Key ro fore mb back key hue hue width Saturation softness Verse aipha bypass Keys two video streams together allowing the background video stream to show through
52. a User Input and you change the Scale Min or Scale Max of the property to which it 1s connected the User Input s Scale Min and Scale Max will automatically be updated to match the new settings When you choose Integer or Float you can set the absolute minimum and maximum values for this property using the Minimum Value and Maximum Value fields Note to use the lowest possible value for the selected Data Type type MIN into the Minimum Value field To specify the highest possible value type MAX into the Maximum Value field Like inputs and outputs on normal Isadora actors the Minimum and Maximum Value fields determine the absolute minimum and maximum value that can be received by this input or that can be sent out of this output However like any input or output these limitations can be further constrained by using the inspector window to change the Scale Minimum Scale Maximum Limit Minimum and Limit Maximum values as needed e Click the OK button to confirm your settings saving the User Actor After an Edit v1 3 After you ve edited a User Actor and you choose File gt Close you will be presented with the following dialog box Confirm User Actor Edit Changes to User Actor User Actor have not been saved i This dalog allows you lo spacy how other comes of thes Leer Adiw will be updaled lo match e changes you Pave ual made Cek More Indo lor detalia Revert Cancel Convert To Macro New Ins
53. actor and drag The selected actors will follow the movements of your mouse until you release the mouse button Isadora Manual 76 Editing Actors To delete actors e Select one or more actors e Choose Edit gt Clear or press the Delete key Isadora will delete the selected actors To cut or copy a range of actors e Select one or more actors e Choose Edit gt Cut Isadora will cut the selected actors or e Choose Edit gt Copy Isadora will copy the selected actors e Note that when cutting or copying a group of actors all of the links between actors in the group will be kept intact When you paste these actors the links that were in place at the time of the cut copy will be restored To paste actors e Make sure that the Scene Editor is active by clicking on its background e Choose Edit gt Paste Isadora will paste the actors that you cut or copied previously The newly pasted actors will all be selected so you can click on any one of them and drag to move them to a new location Making Links Between Actors For Isadora s actors to work together you must define the way in which the data moves from one actor to another You do this by making links between the output of one actor and the input of another Property Types Each property is of one of the following types Integer Number without Decimal Points Float Number with Decimal Points Boolean Number only 0 or 1 often displayed as off or on Range A pa
54. add in the Toolbox The cursor will change into a plus sign to let you know you have selected a control e Move the mouse into the Control Panel Editor As you do you will see the control you selected appear following the movements of your mouse e Once you have the control in the position you desire click the mouse to confirm its addition to the Control Panel Note You can click again the Toolbox or hit the Escape esc key to cancel the addition of the control IsadoraManual 1700 Linking a Control to an Actor Input or Output After laying out your controls you will likely want to link those controls to properties of actors in the Scene s associated with your Control Panel An actor property is linked to a control through its Control ID Whenever the value of a control changes it broadcasts its Control ID and its new value to the currently active Scene Any input properties linked to that control will change their value based on the new value of the control Conversely whenever an output property is linked to a control and its value changes the linked controls will change their value based on the output property s new value This allows you to use controls as an output displaying an output property s current value To link an Actor input property to a Control e Choose Controls gt Show Actor Control Split When you do this the Control Panel and the contents of the current Scene will both become visible as shown
55. amt and decay amt determines the amount of blurring Higher values mean less blurring lower values mean more For best results the accum amt and decay amt inputs should be set to the same value However interesting results can be achieved by setting them to two different values Technically Motion Blur maintains an output buffer that is initially black As each new frame of video arrives at the video in input a percentage of it specified by the accum amt input is added to the buffer Simultaneously the output buffer is darkened by an amount specified by the decay amt input Isadora Manual OA Input Properties e video in The video input stream accum amt How much of the incoming video stream will be added to the buffer expressed as a percentage from 0 to 100 Lower values mean that new frames of video will have less influence on the existing image e decay amt How fast the output buffer will tend to darken expressed as a percentage from 0 to 100 Higher values mean that the buffer will decay to black faster e bypass When turned off this effect functions normally When turned on the effect is disabled and the video input is passed directly to the video output Output Properties e video out The blurred video output stream Mouse Watcher nod hers T horz pos nt horz eg vert pos imit vert 2 trigger Outputs the current position of the mouse optionally choosing to see changes in position when specific mo
56. an edge that is a significant change in color or brightness In the resulting image the edges appear as bright colored lines while other areas remain dark See below for an example om a Before Input Properties e rgb in The video input stream If this stream 1s in the YUV format 1t will automatically be converted to RGB bypass When turned off this effect functions normally When turned on the effect is disabled and the video input is passed directly to the video output Output Properties e rgb out The edge detected video output stream output in RGB format Threshold v1 1 Isadora Manual 343 Converts a video stream to a two color image with one color being used when the brightness is above a specified level and the other color being used otherwise Before After Input Properties e video in The video input stream e threshold The threshold of brightness from to 0 to 100 that determines whether the bright color or dark color will be used when color the image Portions of the video image whose brightness 1s above this value will be set to the bright color Portions that are below this level will be set to the dark color bright color The color used to replace portions of the video stream that are above the threshold level drak color The color used to replace portions of the video stream that are below the threshold level e bypass When turned off this effect functions n
57. as Run Only V1 1 ooooccccnnncononccononcnonncnenanonenannnenannnenannnenannns 110 Setting Preferences namas tn 111 General A 112 II TEE HERE 114 SN o A A teceantusectbomsalues 116 MIDUNet TEE 117 Warnes also 119 Status Window Monitoring Performance and External Inpult 120 Perro mae eege iii lille 120 Midi li MOVIE A EET E TER 121 Live uer GE 121 RRE Te 122 RTE cora a saad ease coaascwctona samckracdene ones cnekonatoncteneteneonaseaeiens 122 Creanno The Cue SINC GE 122 Et E ota 124 Pausing and Resuming the Isadora ENgiN occooocccnnnccnoccnnoncnnanonnnnnnnanos 125 VIDEO 8 AUDIO OUTPUT 00 eee eee eceeeeeneneeeeneeenseseneeeeneeeeneees 126 Compositing with the Projector V1 1 ccssssesssseecesseeseeseeseeseeseneees 126 Layer OCD FCI CII EE 126 Distortino the rr 128 Alpha hanno ais 128 Isadora Manual 4 YUV Video Processing Vl A coonconnconnconcconcconccnonenononaconccnnncnanenarenanonaronanons 129 EE UN ee 130 Recording the Stage Outlot icono acacia aia 131 Rendering Complicated High Resolution Scene 131 SEELEN 131 Ad jUstino the Compression Seto sa ci 132 Recordine Isadora S OU a 134 Mirroti e Video to an External Device ML Dai a 134 Using External Multi Channel Sound OUtpPUt ononcconnncconocccnnocccnnannnnannnnnnas 135 MANS Car Wa EE Ee 135 setting Up Multi Channel Sound A 135 Using Multi Channel Sound with Movies 136 Using Multi Channel Sound with Sound Fles cesessscccccessnne
58. audio outputs to audio inputs and vice versa 3 To the right of the AUAudioFilePlayer add an AULowpass actor This is a low pass filter with adjustable resonance 1 e Q 4 To the right of the AULowpass actor add an AUMixer actor This actor allows the volume and panning of multiple sound streams to be manipulated and mixed together 5 Note the inputs input on the AUMixer You can add an arbitrary number of input channels to this mixer by changing this value For our example we will work with 2 so set the inputs input to 2 6 To the right of the AUMixer actor add an DefaultOpututUnit actor This sends the mixed sound to the default audio output device Isadora Manual MAT 7 Make a link between the AUAudioFilePlayer s out 1 output and the AULowpass in 1 input Then connect the AULowpass out 1 output to the AUMixer s in 1 input Finally like the AUMixer s out 1 output to the DefaultOutputUnit s in 1 input As soon as you make this last link you will hear sound Note that the AUAudioFilePlayer and DefaultOutputUnit both have properties called active We will experiment with these momentarily but suffice to say that because both of these active properties were set to on connecting the last link caused sound to automatically start playing 8 Add a Mouse Watcher to the scene Connect the horz pos output to the cutoff frequency input of the AULowpass and the vert pos output the resonance input 9 Turn
59. be routed to the output This value can range between 1 and the number of inputs specified by the inputs property e inputs The number of value inputs available to be routed to the output e value 1 value 2 etc The value inputs that will be routed to the output Output Properties e output Passes on any value arriving at the input to the output specified by the select input property Isadora Manual 349 Video Delay wdeo in wdeo out b stages decay bypass Delays a video stream The Video Delay works by passing frames of video through a chain of video buffers called stages the more stages the longer the delay Each time a new frame of video is received it is stored at the front of the chain after all the other buffers are shifted to the right and the last buffer is sent to the video output buffer 1 buffer 2 buffer 3 Input Properties e video in The video input stream e stages The number of buffers used to delay the image The more stages the longer the delay e decay How much to darken each image as it goes from one stage to the next from 0 to 100 When this value is greater than zero each frame of video is darkened 1 e cross faded to black as it pass from one stage to another This is useful when implementing video feedback e bypass When turned off this effect functions normally When turned on the effect is disabled and the video input is passed directly to the video output Output Proper
60. because a speaker icon will replace what would normally be a thumbnail image First we HU work with the QuickTime movie audio e Select the Video Group in the Toolbox by clicking on the number 1 above the Toolbox Drag the Movie Player actor into the Scene Editor Isadora Manual 39 e Set the movie input property to 1 so that the Movie Player will play the thunder mov you imported above You should immediately hear the sound begin to play Note that you don t have to connect the Video Player to any other modules to hear the sound play Unlike video sound within a movie is sent directly to your computer s sound output and doesn t need a Projector actor for you to hear it e Select group 5 the Mouse amp Keyboard Group in the Toolbox and drag the Mouse Watcher actor into the Scene Editor Connect the horz pos and vert pos to the pan and volume inputs of the Movie Player actor After doing so move the mouse around on the screen When the mouse is towards the top the sound is soft towards the bottom it is louder Moving the mouse left and right will pan the sound to the left and right audio outputs on your computer You will only be able to hear the sound panning left and right if you have stereo speakers built in or otherwise attached to your computer s audio output Try some headphones if you d really like to hear the effect e You can also change the play start and play length parameters to play a porti
61. called multi casting that does not require the sender to know the IP address of the target What does matter is that your machine has a valid address 2 The computers must have a valid TCP IP address when Isadora is started up Input Properties e target id When this input is set to 0 the message will be received by every machine on the network When it is non zero then only the machine whose Net ID matches the specified value will receive the message The Net ID can be set in the Preferences under the Net tab e channel Specifies the channel on which this value will be broadcast Only Listener actors whose channel input property the value specified here will hear the broadcast Isadora Manual 28 e value Whenever a numeric value is received at this input it 1s broadcast over the LAN with the target id and channel specified Note that his input is mutable in that it will change its type integer float etc to match that of the output property to which it is linked Note Off Watcher Note Off Watcher port port channel Fat channel pitch e pitch velocity 2 velocity trigger Watches for MIDI Note Off messages outputting the values associated with that message and sending a trigger when one is seen The Note Off Watcher can look for a specific Note Off message or a range of messages depending on the setting of the input property values When a message meeting all of the criterion specified by inpu
62. camera or to other devices such as video output cards Start by installing the video card or connecting your FireWire device Then take the following steps e Choose the stage to be mirrored to the external video out Do this by choosing Isadora gt Preferences MacOS or Edit gt Preferences Windows and clicking on the Video tab There you can set the stage to be mirrored to the external output The default setting is Stage 1 Choose the device to which the Stage will be mirrored by selecting it from the External Video Output submenu found in the Output menu The default device will be FireWire but if you have a hardware video output card you will be able to choose it if QuickTime supports it as an output device Once you ve selected the video output device you will need to choose the output mode from the External Video Out Mode submenu also found in the Output menu For FireWire cameras you will choose the proper output mode for your camera NTSC 29 97 PAL 25 0 etc If you choose the wrong mode for your device 1 e PAL for an NTSC camera the output won t work Note The DV PRO options don t seem to work with a standard FireWire camera you will want to choose Apple FireWire NTSC or Apple FireWire PAL Once you ve made these choices show the stage Output gt Show Stages and then activate the output by choosing Output gt Start External Video Out You should now see the output of the stage appearing on your came
63. change their type integer float video etc to match the first link made to one of these properties Once a link has been made to any of the mutable properties their types will remain fixed based on that first connection until all have been disconnected Then the properties become mutable again Router can be especially useful when you want to feed video streams to multiple effects Typically you would connect a video effect Actor to each output and then connect all of their outputs to a Projector Actor Since data only goes to one effect at a time only one of the effects is actually processing video at any given moment saving on processing power And because only one video effect at a time outputs video this means that you can connect all of the effects outputs to a single Projector without worrying output seeing interspersed frames of video on the stage Input Properties e in Receives the data to be routed to one of the outputs e select Chooses the output to which data arriving at the in input will be routed e outputs Specifies the number of outputs Increasing this number adds more outputs reducing it removes outputs Output Properties e out 1 out 2 The number of outputs is specified by the outputs input property Data from the in input will be routed to the output number specified by the select input property Scale Value Isadora Manual W Multiplies the input value by a specified percentage limiting the
64. click a pre v1 3 User Actor that contains embedded references to 1tself you will see the following dialog This User Actor contains recursive references to itself Do you want to update the embedded User Actor references RG no hanger alen Lie Actor lo be recurra ely embedded within hera H you crac lUpdabe the Aierra Ds of the embedded User Actors will be updated making Ehari ditira rom Heir prenti Ar preven j iny P uthreg eeg Cancel Update If you choose Cancel the User Actor Editor will not be opened If you choose Update the embedded User Actors will be converted to the new format and assigned a new unique identifier to ensure they are distinct from the parent User Actor User Actors Files Before and After v1 3 Prior to version 1 3 Isadora User Actors files were saved with the extension za The extension for 1 3 and later User Actors is iua Isadora User Actor Isadora will continue to load Global User Actors in the Global User Actor Folder with the iza extension You can also use the Place command to add iza files to your document But all newly created User Actor files will have the extension ua to indicate that they are saved in the new format Creating and Editing a User Actor To add a User Actor e Select Toolbox Group 8 User Actors Select the User actor by clicking on 1t drag it into the Scene and click again to deposit it You will see an actor
65. determine the center point of the crop Lower values for src horz ctr move left higher values move right Lower values for src vert ctr move up higher values move down Note that as the src horz size and src vert size parameters decrease in value the effect of the src horz ctr and src vert ctr will become more profound When the two source size parameters are set to their maximum 100 changing the center parameters will have no effect because there is nowhere to move within the source video stream image Here is an example Matte Example Input Properties e foreground The foreground video stream After this stream will is cropped and scaled it will be matted on to the background video stream e background The background video stream The cropped and scaled foreground will be matted on to this background e src horz ctr When src horz size 1s less than 100 determines which part of the image will be seen Lower numbers move left within the source image higher numbers to the right e src horz ctr When src vert size is less than 100 determines which part of the image will be seen Lower numbers move up within the source image higher numbers to the down Isadora Manual 266 e src horz size Determines the horizontal cropping of the source video stream from 0 to 100 of the source video stream s width Lower numbers have the effect of zooming in horizontally e src horz size Determines the vertical cropping of the s
66. edit an existing cue e Select the cue from the list located in the bottom portion of the Cue Editor window e Edit the Cue Desc field and Send Key radio buttons shown in the top portion of the Window To remove cues e Select the cue s in the list located in the bottom portion of the Cue Editor window e Click the minus button or press the delete key or choose Edit gt Clear to delete the cue Or choose Edit gt Cut to cut the cue so that 1t can be pasted into another location the list Isadora Manual 123 To paste cues e Click between two cues to set the blinking insertion point This 1s where the cue s will be inserted when you paste e Choose Edit gt Paste To change the order of cues e Select the cue s in the list located in the bottom portion of the Cue Editor window e Drag them to a new location the blinking insertion point shows where the cues will be inserted e Release the mouse button To change the name of the cue itself e Option click MacOS or Alt click Windows the cue in the list located in the bottom portion of the Cue Editor window e A text edit field will appear showing the current name of the cue e Type the new name of the cue e Hit the return key to confirm the edit Using the Cue Sheet Once the cue sheet has been created for each scene you are ready to use the Cue Sheet feature Start by activating the first scene in the Isadora document Then do the following
67. entitled Storing and Recalling Scenes With Snapshots on page 93 Input Properties e snapshot The snapshot to recall when a trigger 1s received at the trigger input If this snapshot exists it is recalled If it doesn t exist nothing happens NOTE The snapshot property is not restored when a snapshot is recalled This would change the value in this property when the actor recalled a snapshot which ends up being quite confusing e trigger Recalls the snapshot specified by the snapshot property when a trigger 1s received on this input Resizable Bkg horz size vdeo out Eh Wert size force 4 4 Generates a video stream with a solid color at a specific horizontal and vertical resolution Isadora Manual 301 The Background Color actor generates a solid color video stream at the default resolution specified by in the Video Tab of the Preferences This actor allows you to generate a video stream of any resolution Input Properties e bkg color This determines the color of the output video stream There are two ways to specify the color first if you click on the colored square to the left of the title bkg color a standard color picker dialog will appear Or you may connect the output of the Color Maker actor to the bkg color input e horz size The horizontal output resolution in pixels e vert size The vertical output resolution in pixels e force 4 3 When this parameter is on changing the value of either th
68. fact you can invert the scaling by setting the number in Scale Min to a higher value than Scale Max Try this e Again click on the word speed in the Sound Player Now enter 1 0 in the Scale Min value edit box and 0 5 into Scale Max e Move the mouse from the left side of the screen to the right Now the playback speed of the sound goes from 1 0 to 0 5 as you move from left to right You ve inverted the behavior of the mouse movement Initializing Property Values Finally we should take a moment here to note the Init checkbox and the value edit box that accompanies it When you need to make sure that a property is preset to a specific value when its Scene is activated check the Init checkbox and enter the desired value into the value edit box to its right Let s create an example that illustrates why this feature is important e Click on the Scene called Initializing in the Isadora file Tutorial 8 you opened above Inside is an Envelope Generator that will ramp from O to 100 over a period of two seconds Its output 1s connected to the volume input of a Sound Player There is also a Keyboard Watcher looking for the space bar it will trigger a Jump actor to take us to the next Scene Note that though the sound is playing the current volume of the Sound Player is 0 so you hear nothing e Now click in the value edit box next to the trigger input property of the Envelope Generator You will see the r
69. fixed length messages with no delimiter use the Serial In Watcher Binary actor Values within the data are parsed and output from this actor according to a user specified pattern matching specifier To edit this specifier double click this actor s icon and the editor will open For documentation on the parsing serial input see Serial Input Parsing on page 162 Input Properties e port Specifies the serial port from which to receive data e enable When turned on reads all data from the serial port and attempts to match the specified pattern When turned off ignores data from the serial port This should be used with caution as enabling this input in the middle of a message may result in the data being read erroneously e eom char The character that signifies the end of a message De eom end of message Whenever this character is received the data accumulated in the buffer is parsed using the pattern matching specifier and values are sent to the outputs if a match is successfully made Output Properties e trigger Sends a trigger when a valid message has been parsed and it matches the pattern specified by the pattern matching specifier e value outputs The output for one of the parsed values The names and number of these outputs are based on the pattern matching specifier Sequential Trigger Sequential Trigger trig in trig 1 reset trig 2 outputs trig 3 Sends triggers out of multiple outputs sequ
70. found along the left the Scenes List along the bottom the Snapshots area across the top right and the Scene Editor which takes up the rest of the window A new Isadora document will have one untitled Scene already inserted into the Scenes list at the bottom of the window Note the green bar below that first Scene this indicates that the Scene has a Control Panel We will discuss control panels in a later tutorial Scenes are where you create the program that defines how the media will be manipulated and controlled when that scene is active You may have numerous Scenes inside of one Isadora document though generally speaking only one Scene is active at a time There is more about multiple scene activation in the Advanced Topics section of the manual Isadora Manual 25 Creating Scenes To insert a new scene into the Scene List e Click to the right of the last scene in the Scene List If a scene is active it will deactivate go from blue to gray and a blinking cursor will appear at the spot where you clicked This indicates where the new scene will be inserted e Choose Scenes gt Insert Scene A new scene called Untitled 1 will appear where the blinking cursor was previously You can see that 1t has been activated because the Scene Editor will be visible You can activate different scenes by clicking on that scene in the Scene List To activate the first scene simply click on 1t you can try this now with
71. from the hard disk all of the temporary media recorded during this session This operation is not undoable While using this Isadora document you recorded and stored temporary media into the Media Window Choose Yes to delete the media Choose No to keep the newly recorded media in the Media Window Choose Cancel if you do not want to close this file No f L Cancel If you choose Yes to delete the media then all of the movies you recorded will be deleted and their references in the Media Window set to lt Unassigned gt If you choose No then the movies will not be deleted and their references in the Media Window are unchanged This latter option means that when you next load the Isadora document you will be able to play the movies that you captured previously You can choose Cancel if you do not want to close or quit Isadora Manual TZ Communicating with External Devices MIDI Input and Output Isadora has a full complement of actors that allow for interactive control via MIDI But before you use the actors you must configure Isadora for MIDI Input and Output Hardware Interface Drivers Before you begin you must have a hardware MIDI interface that allows you to connect MIDI devices to your computer Before using this device with Isadora you must install the hardware drivers for the interface To do this please follow the installation instructions in the interface s manual Note
72. horz pos to the Movie Player actor s position input Move the mouse left and right to scratch the movie like a DJ would scratch a record e Now connect the vert pos to the Projector actor s zoom input You will be able to scratch the video by moving horizontally and zoom the video by moving vertically e Disconnect all of the links except the one connecting the video out from the Movie Player to the video in on the Projector Set the zoom input on the Projector to 100 Set the Movie Player actor s speed to 1 again Set the Projector actor s width and height properties to 50 Then connect the horizontal and vertical mouse positions to the Projector actor s top and left properties Move the mouse around to squeeze and stretch the video image on the stage You can also use the computer s keyboard to manipulate actors Disconnect all of the links except the one connecting the video out from the Movie Player to the video in on the Projector Set the Movie Player actor s speed to 1 again Set the Projector actor s width and height properties back to 100 e With the Mouse amp Keyboard group selected in the Toolbox click on the Key Table actor and drag it into the Scene Editor e Click on the num keys property value type the number 4 and press enter The actor will grow taller as three more inputs are added e Click on the key 1 property value type a e single quote the letter a and an
73. if the User Actor you are saving was created prior to v1 3 it will be converted to the new format and saved with a new unique identifier You can only add a User Actor to the Global Toolbox if there 1s not an actor with that name already in the Toolbox Isadora will warn you with an alert box if the name is already in use and you can choose to replace the actor or cancel Otherwise make sure actor names are visible and then choose Actors gt Rename Actor A text edit box will appear Type the new unique name and press the Return key Then follow the procedure above to add the User Actor To Add a User Actor to the Local Toolbox e Select the User Actor e Choose Actors gt User Actor To Local Toolbox The Toolbox will automatically switch to the User Actor Group and the new actor will appear be shown there You can only add a User Actor to the Local Toolbox if there is not an actor with that name already in the Toolbox Isadora will warn you with an alert box if the name is already in use and you can choose to replace the actor or cancel Otherwise Isadora Manual 92 make sure actor names are visible and then choose Actors gt Rename Actor A text edit box will appear Type the new unique name and press the Return key Then follow the procedure above to add the User Actor To Remove a User Actor from the Toolbox e In the Toolbox click on the User Actor you want to remove At the top right of the Toolbox a small trashcan will
74. image grows from the middle when set to top the image grows down when set to bottom the image grows up e add img Each time this input is trigger a copy of the image is created It will travel along the x y z axes at the speed set by the x y z offset inputs and decay towards being black or fully transparent over the duration set by the attack time and decay time inputs Isadora Manual T 3D Renderer channel wdeo out Le horz size vert size force 4 3 xX rotation y rotation zZ rotation x translate Y translate z translate Renders all 3D Objects on the specified rendering channel This actor only works when Hardware Accelerated Rendering is turned on in the Preferences This actor controls both which objects 1t will render and the position of the camera looking at those objects The channel input determines which objects will be rendered only objects displayed on the same channel by a 3D Player actor will be seen by this renderer The other parameters control the positioning of the camera in space and thus how the objects appear in the resulting rendered video output You can theoretically have up to 4 separate 3D Renderers in the same scene each set to a different channel How many you can really run simultaneously will depend entirely on the speed of your computer and on the speed of your 3D rendering hardware the computer s video card See the discussion under the 3D Player object for more information on
75. integer Output Properties e value Whenever a value is received from a Broadcaster it is sent out of this output Note that his input is mutable in that it will change its type integer float video etc to match that specified by the type input property e trigger Whenever a value is sent out of the value output property this output trigger is pulsed Logical Calculator v1 1 Performs logical bitwise calculations on two numeric values Isadora Manual o D Properties e operation Determines the operation to be performed on the two numbers You may choose and or xor sl for shit left or sr for shift right e valuel the first value for the operation This number will always be converted to an integer 1 e the portion after the decimal point will be discarded e value2 the second value for the operation This number will always be converted to an integer 1 e the portion after the decimal point will be discarded e output the result of the calculation For the five different operations this value 1s calculated as follows and bitwise logical and of valuel and value2 or bitwise logical or of valuel and value2 xor bitwise logical exclusive or of valuel and value2 sl valuel is shifted left by the number of bits specified by value2 Sr valuel is shifted right by the number of bits specified by value2 Lookup v1 1 Lookup Looks up a value in a table of values outputting the index of the mat
76. is darkened before the two are added together allowing you to produce crossfades With MultMix you can add together two or more video streams without reducing their brightness Isadora Manual 28S Input Properties e video in 1 8 Video streams to be summed together Output Properties e video out The summed video output stream MultiVid Video in video out columns TOPS moge bypass Makes multiple copies of the source video arranged as a grid of images Multi Vid allows you to tile an incoming video stream creating a grid made up of multiple copies of the original You can specify the number of rows and columns in the grid You may optionally choose to copy the images sequentially 1 e each time a new frame of video arrives copy it to the next position in the grid This option creates interesting delay effects as you see the sequential frames appear in the grid Multi Vid Original Image and Result 3 Columns 2 Rows Input Properties e video in The incoming video stream e columns The number of columns in the output grid from 1 to 16 e rows The number of rows in the output grid from 1 to 16 e mode When set to simul the incoming video stream is copied to all of the grid positions simultaneously When set to scan each new frame that arrives at the input is copied to the next position in the grid moving from left to right and then top to bottom Isadora Manual 284 bypass When turned
77. is important to understand that the Isadora document does not contain the actual media file data just a pointer to its location on your hard drive or other storage device If you later delete the file Isadora won t be able to find it It is a good idea to create a folder to hold your Isadora document and all of the media associated with it This should make it easier to manage your data when you are working with many files Isadora can import and play several types of movie sound and picture file formats namely Video Files QuickTime Movies mov Digital Video Files Shockwave Files swf Sound Files Audio Interchange Format Files at aiff Windows Wave wav wave Sound Designer II sd2 MIDI Files Standard MIDI Files mid Pictures Macintosh Pictures pic QuickTime Image qtif Windows Bitmap bmp Photoshop Documents psd Isadora Manual 66 TIFF tif Graphics Interchange Format gif PNG png SGI Image Files sg1 Mac Paint PNTG Targa Image Files TPIC 3D Object Meshes 3D Studio Max 3ds Importing Media To import one or more media references using a File Selector dialog e Choose Windows gt Show Media to show the Media Window Initially it will look like this aA fe United Media e Choose File gt Import Media A file selection dialog will appear e Or control click MacOS or right click Windows to show a pop up menu From that menu choose Import Media
78. items labeled Item 1 Item 2 and Item 3 Slider Displays a horizontal or vertical slider that sends a continuous range of values Sliders are most useful when you want to vary an actor s property over a range of possible values The sliders can be either horizontal or vertical and can display their current value as a number if desired Isadora Manual 7 Settings Dialog Control Settings Cor i Shear Witt i3 n ai 106 Lar Cii ara dl aty Sul Pap Unchartites Formi Sra q Seng ae of Linked Properties Contre Mee Macros Sup dq Wb at TS oe Background Peiro Than erie Cancel C o Control Properties e Control Title The title used to identify this control which appears inside the button e Width The width of the slider Note that if the slider is wider than it is tall the slider is horizontal and its indicator will move from left to right If the slider is taller than it 1s wide it 1s vertical and its indicator will move up and down Height The height of the slider Font Popup menu selects the font used to draw text for this control es Bold Italic Underline When checked uses the bold italic or underline variations of the specified font e Font Size Sets the size font used to draw text for this control e Show Value of Linked Properties When an actor input property is linked to this control and this box is checked the control s value will be set to match the property s value
79. like you can select multiple items in the file selection dialog by holding down he Shift key as you select multiple items and then click the Open button All of the files you have selected will be imported into Isadora and appear in the proper bin in the Media window Also note that you can add files by dragging them into the media window from the Finder MacOS or Explorer Windows Note the number to the left of the movie s name This number is important as it 1s how you specify which media file to play or manipulate within an actor Under each heading the numbers start at one and count up from there So if you have three movies and three audio files in the Media window the movies would be numbered 1 2 3 and the Audio Files would be numbered 1 2 and 3 Using Isadora Actors To define what a Scene does you drag actors from the Toolbox on the left side of the window into the Scene Editor and connect them to each other in various ways The Toolbox is where Isadora keeps all of the modules that are used to define a Scene These modules can be divided into four basic types e Actors Modules that act upon media or information e Generators Modules that create media or information e Watchers Modules that watch for information to come in from the outside world e Senders Modules that send information to the outside world The modules contained in the Toolbox are divided into eight groups You can see the names of
80. manually clicking on the scenes or by using triggers from the outside world This is useful when you are creating pieces with multiple sections that have different interactive setups In this tutorial we will illustrate several methods of working with Scenes e Close any currently open Isadora documents Then choose File gt Open and locate the file called Tutorial 7 in the Isadora Tutorials folder located in the same folder as your Isadora application e Choose Output gt Show Stages so that the stage is visible 99 66 e In the Scene List you will see three scenes label one two and three None of them are active because the default behavior is to start with all scenes deactivated when opening a file Activate the scene labeled one by clicking on 1t Isadora Manual 42 e After you activate the first scene you will see its actors appear in the Scene Editor You should also see a movie being played in the Stage window e Press the space bar You will see that scene one is deactivated and scene two becomes active and that the movie appearing in the Stage window changes e Press the space bar again Now scene two is deactivated and scene three is activated Again the movie shown in the Stage changes e Press the space bar one final time Scene three is deactivated and scene one becomes active again How does this work Take a look at the actors in scene on
81. object would be rendered at 100 brightness How many objects the override will affect is determined by the override wid input e override wid Used in conjunction with brt override input this value determines how far the brightness override will extend Setting this to a higher value means that the brightness of more objects will be affected e x y z rotation Rotates the image around its x y Or Z axis e x y z translate Translates the image along the x y or z axis e img x y z offset When creating multiple copies of the frame using the add img input these values determine how far the new object will travel along each axis each second e x y z The location in space of the center of the image e add img Each time this input is trigger a copy of the image is created It will travel along the x y z axes at the speed set by the x y z offset inputs and decay towards being black or fully transparent over the duration set by the lifespan input Isadora Manual 181 3D Quad Distort v1 1 3D Quad Distort video in stage visible layer blend intensity render back depth test draw mode Zoom keep aspect aspect mod x tation y rotation z rotation x translate y translate z translate x1 wi Ce We Ce Ve S Renders a video stream onto a rectangle that can be rotated and translated in three dimensions additionally all four corners of the image can be moved independently of each other allowing the image to adapt to com
82. of 64 it would be sent out with a velocity of 32 play start Determines the starting point of the play segment the portion of the MIDI file that will play as a percentage of the file s total duration ranging from 0 to 100 play length Determines the length of the play segment the portion of the MIDI file that will play as a percentage of the file s total duration ranging from 0 to 100 loop enable When this property is turned off the play segment will play once each time the restart input is triggered When turned on once the file starts playing it will continue to play by looping back to the start of the play segment each time the end of that segment is reached Min Value Hold Min Value Hold Si reset ix min a D inputs E al an value 1 I Outputs the minimum value that has been received since the last reset Input Properties e reset Resets the output to MAX inputs Specifies the number of value inputs for this actor from 1 to 16 e value 1 value 2 etc When a value arrives at one of these inputs it is compared to the output If it is less than the output the new value is stored and Isadora Manual O A sent out of the min output port If a value arrives that 1s greater than the current value of the output nothing happens Output Properties e min The minimum value that has been received since the last reset Mini Sequencer channel velocity select quiet notes note 1 note 2 note 3
83. on the foreground wherever the foreground matches a specified color or range of colors The Chroma Key module uses the color of the foreground image to determine whether you see the foreground or background video stream at the output This can be commonly seen on television when the person delivering the weather appears to be standing in front of a giant weather map The person is actually in front of a pure blue or green screen and map is keyed into the blue or green area creating the illusion In the Chroma Key actor you determine the color to match by adjusting the key hue property The range of colors that will trigger the key is set by the hue width property and how saturated or pure the color must be is specified by the saturation The sharpness of the edge between the foreground and background image can be adjusted using the softness property Here is an example kground Foreground Bac For this example the red background of the wall provides a good solid color that we can use to key the background image onto the foreground Red translates to value of 0 in the key hue property The hue width was set to 10 and the saturation was set to 66 Wherever the foreground image is red the background image shows through in the result The edges between the foreground and background images 1s softened somewhat because we set the softness property to 10 Isadora Manual 209 To help you understand what these values mean as you are wor
84. or Actor Output Help as appropriate Enjoy Mark Coniglio Isadora Manual 15 Quick Start If you don t like reading manuals here are the essential things you need to know to use Isadora e It is rather important that you set up the preferences correctly for your system At the very least follow the instructions regarding Setting Up Isadora Preferences under the Preparing Your Computer section of this Tutorials chapter below e If you intend to use MIDI you should specify the input and output routing to your MIDI interface by choosing Communications gt Midi Setup Note that you should plug your MIDI interface into your computer and install its drivers prior to starting up Isadora otherwise Isadora won t see the interface e An Isadora document has three main areas the Toolbox located along the left side the Scene List located along the bottom and the Scene Editor which takes up the remainder of the window Each Isadora Scene is a complete program made up of one or more modules called an actors in Isadora parlance that manipulate video sound or data e The actors used to create a Scene are found in the Toolbox There are eight groups of actors within the Toolbox click on the numbers above the Toolbox to see the actors associated with each group e To bring an actor into the Scene Editor click on the module name in the Toolbox The cursor will change into a plus sign to let you know you
85. out of the value output OSC Transmit v1 1 port address OM eil use type value Sends Open Sound Control messages to another application running on the same computer or to one running on another computer connected via a local area network Open Sound Control is a standardized way to send high resolution data from one application to another The OSC Transmit actor allows Isadora to send values to another application For more information on Open Sound Control please refer to Open Sound Control Support on Page 156 Isadora Manual 289 Input Properties e udp addr The IP address of the computer on which the target application 1s running You can use the special address localhost to send data to an application running on the same computer as Isadora e port The UDP port number on which the program is receiving data Check the target application to see the UDP port on which it 1s received e address The OSC address to which the data will be sent Check the documentation for the target application to find out the names of the OSC addresses 1t supports e use type When turned on the type tag information is sent along with the packet If you are sending data to another copy of Isadora this flag must be turned on otherwise the other copy of Isadora won t receive the messages e value The value to transmit Each time a new value arrives at this input an OSC packet with that value is transmitted to the
86. output to a range of O to 100 Input Properties e value The input value e scale The percentage by which the input value will be multiplied from 1000 to 1000 percent Output Properties e output The scaled output value Scaler v1 1 wdeo in video out Ll horz size wert size force 4 3 Scales a video stream to an arbitrary resolution Input Properties e vide The incoming video stream e horz size The horizontal output resolution in pixels e vert size The vertical output resolution in pixels e force 4 3 When this parameter is on changing the value of either the horz or vert size input will automatically adjust the other input so that the ratio between horizontal and vertical is 4 3 Output Properties e output The video stream scaled to the specified horizontal and video resolution Scanner source video out displace amount angle offset bypass Isadora Manual 304 Offsets the pixels of a video stream based on the brightness of a second video stream Displace shifts the pixels the source video stream using the brightness of the displace stream to determine how far to move the pixels For example assuming the displace angle is zero when the displace video is gray Oe 50 brightness the pixels of the source are not moved at all as it approaches black the source video pixels are shifted more to the left as it approaches white the source video pixels are shifted more to the right One
87. param 1 param 2 etc When a message is sent the codes P1 P9 specified in the editor will be replaced with the current value of the matching parameter inputs 1 e P2 in the message above is replaced by the value of the param 2 input Input Properties e port The MIDI port on which the message will be sent These port numbers correspond to the Destinations shown in the MIDI Setup dialog e trigger Sends the raw MIDI message each time a trigger is received on this input params The number of variable parameter inputs Increasing this number adds parameter inputs decreasing it removes them Isadora Manual Bn e param 1 param 2 etc variable value parameters that will be inserted into the message See description above for more about using variable parameters Send Serial Data v1 1 port trigger im params param 1 Sends data to the currently specified port 66 99 For more information on setting up serial communications see on page 160 in the Isadora Reference section To edit the message double click this actor s icon A dialog will appear in which you can specify the serial data to be sent Edit Serial Data isadora Sd A Cancel 1 To edit the data that will be sent double click the Send Serial Data actor a dialog will appear that allows you to edit the text Normally the editor expects a list of hexadecimal numbers e g 01 2F 37 To send ASCII text you must enclose
88. parameter value ranges between 8192 and 8191 In this mode the input value is scaled to the actual MIDI range of 0 to 16383 by adding 8192 8192 yields 0 O yields 8192 8191 yields 16383 e port The MIDI port on which the message will be sent These port numbers correspond to the Destinations shown m the MIDI Setup dialog e channel The MIDI Channel on which the message will be sent e param The MIDI parameter number from 0 to 16383 e value The MIDI parameter value The range of values depends on the setting of the mode property e trigger Sends a MIDI Non Registered Parameter message with the values specified by the other input properties each time a trigger 1s received on this input Send Note channel pitch welocity duration trigger quiet Sends a MIDI Note On message each time a trigger is received optionally sending a MIDI Note Off message after a specified amount of time has elapsed Input Properties e port The MIDI port on which the message will be sent These port numbers correspond to the Destinations shown in the MIDI Setup dialog e channel The MIDI Channel on which the message will be sent e pitch The Note On message s pitch from 0 to 127 or C 2 to G8 You can choose to see the pitches using their note names by clicking on the title pitch next to the value edit box and choosing Actors gt Display gt MIDI Note e velocity The Note On message s velocity from 1 to 127 Per the MID
89. properties of the actor to which 1t was connected This includes the Property Type integer float video etc Minimum and Maximum values and the Scale Min Max or Limit Min Max values Setting input and output properties e Double click the User Input or User Output actor A dialog box will appear that allows you to define 1ts characteristics Set User Property Info Paper Ae rout Daa Typa Fosas E Mirriam y ahat D Marias y LENZ Cancel ORE e Set the name of this property as it will appear in your User Actor by typing the name into the Property Name text edit box Isadora Manual 89 e Set the data type using the Data Type pop up menu There are five possibilities 1 Match Property 2 Integer Whole numbers with no decimal point 3 Float Numbers with a decimal point 4 Trigger A trigger input 5 On Off An on or off 1 or 0 only input 6 Video A video stream 7 Movie A movie file number from the Media Window 8 Audio File An audio file number from the Media Window 9 Picture File A picture file number from the Media Window 10 MIDI File A MIDI File number from the Media Window 11 3D File A 3D File number from the Media Window The most common setting is Match Property When this option is selected the User Input or Output will automatically adapt itself to match the characteristics of the input or output property to which it is connected E g if you have
90. property e min level The minimum level that must be exceeded before the energy level will be sent to the energy output from 0 to 100 percent e trig level Whenever the measured energy level level goes above this value a trigger will be sent out of the trig output Output Properties e energy The amount of energy within the frequency band defined by the frequency freq width and freq slope inputs e trig Sends a trigger whenever the energy level goes above the value specified by the trig level input Isadora Manul 288 Sound Level Watcher Sound Level Watcher channel left level left min level right level night min level left trig left trig level right trig right trig level Measures the amplitude volume of audio arriving on one of the Live Capture input channels The Sound Level Watcher allows you to use the control other actors based on the amplitude of a live audio signal To use this actor you must first enable Audio Capture by choosing Input gt Start Live Capture See the section entitled Live Video amp Audio Input on Page 144 for more information on setting up live audio input To use this actor start by setting the left min level and right min level input properties These set the levels above which the Sound Level Watcher will see the audio input Whenever the level is above the left min level or right min level values values will be sent to the left level or right level outputs
91. pulse generator to pause by setting 1ts value to off the reset input allows you to start the timing cycle over again We ll only be modifying the freq input here which you should set to 0 1 Hz This means that the trigger output will pulse once every ten seconds e Connect the trigger output of the Pulse Generator to the trigger input of the Jump operator At this point even 1f the Pulse Generator sends a trigger nothing will happen because there is only one scene e Select the Pulse Generator and Jump actors and choose Edit gt Copy In the Scene List click to the right of the one existing scene and then choose Scenes gt Insert Scene Click on the Scene Editor to activate 1t and then choose Edit gt Paste to paste the two actors into the scene e Finally change the jump to property of the Jump Actor to 1 and then wait Then next time the Pulse Generator sends a trigger you will jump to the first scene If you then wait another ten seconds you will jump to the second scene This loop will continue indefinitely Of course we didn t put any actors in these scenes that show movies or otherwise manipulate media But the principal of how to automate the jump process would be the same regardless of the contents of the Scenes Tutorial 8 Fine Tuning Links and Actors This chapter is vaguely mathematical because of the subject matter Nevertheless for those who dislike things mathematical I strongly encourage you to take the t
92. reference to choose Cut from a pop up menu Isadora Manual 69 To clear unassign a media reference e Select the media references you want to clear e Choose Edit gt Clear to clear the references from the Media Window Or control click MacOS or right click Windows the media reference to choose Clear from a pop up menu e After a reference is cleared its title will read lt Unassigned gt Attempting to play a media reference that has been unassigned has no effect the media simply doesn t play To hide the media references within a bin e Click on the downward pointing arrow to the left of the bin s title The items within the bin will be hidden To show the media references within a bin e Click on the sideways pointing arrow to the left of the bin s title The items within the bin will be shown To reorder media references within a bin or to move them to a different bin e Select the media references you want to move You should only select media references of the same type 1 e only movies only audio files etc e Click a second time on one of the selected items and drag the media references As you do an insertion point will appear between pairs of existing media references or below an existing bin This let s you know where the media references will be inserted when you release the mouse e Release the mouse button when the insertion point indicates the desired position of the medi
93. registration code The code will appear near the bottom of the page e Using the mouse select the Registration code and choose Edit gt Copy e Go back to Isadora and paste the code into the field at the bottom of the Registration dialog either by pressing Command V MacOS or Control V Windows or by clicking the Paste button After the registration code appears in your web browser Copy and paste it inte the space below and click the Register burton In PShl 7 MZA A EM y FEM Ase FY NHST Paste Cancel Register e After you have correctly entered the registration code the Register button will become enabled Click it Your copy of Isadora is now registered Isadora Manual 19 Tutorials Preparing Your Computer Download the Tutorials Before you begin you should download the tutorial files from the TroikaTronix web site The address is http www troikatronix com files isadora tutorials zip After decompressing this document you will have an Isadora Tutorials folder with six Isadora documents and seven media files Basic System Requirements Here are the basic system requirements needed to run Isadora Macintosh Requirements e MacOS 10 2 or better e 500 Mhz PowerPC G4 or better processor 1 GHz recommended e 512 MB of RAM Minimum 1 GB or recommended Windows Requirements e Windows XP or better e 1 5 MHz Processor or better e 512 MB of RAM Minimum 1 GB or more recommended Optional e Secon
94. right and or up and down within a source video image Panner is the cousin of the Zoomer actor the results are similar but the way in which you control the panning is slightly different You start by giving the width and height of the source rectangle that is the rectangle that determines how much of the source image you will see You can visualize this by looking at the graphic in the center of the actor The green area is the size of the frame the light green rectangle 1s the portion that you can see You then control the panning by manipulating the horz and vert properties This moves the source rectangle around within the source video image controlling which part of the source image you see at the output Note that the lower the values of the width and height properties the more you will be able to pan This is because more of the source image is left over again use the graphic in the center of the actor to visualize this Input Properties e video in The video input stream e width Specifies how much of the source image you will see horizontally from 0 to 100 percent of the source image s width The smaller this value the more zoomed in you are horizontally Isadora Manal Zei height Specifies how much of the source image you will see vertically from O to 100 percent of the source image s height The smaller this value the more zoomed in you are vertically e horz Specifies the horizont
95. route the output of the 3D Renderer to an Isadora video processing actor to impose additional effects to the image Note the texture map input if you leave this input disconnected then the object will be rendered with any texture maps referenced by the 3DS file If you connect a video stream to this input the video will be texture mapped on to the object in real time but only if the object had a texture map assigned to it when the 3DS model was created When you assign a texture map to an object the model s texture coordinates are generated Without these coordinates Isadora cannot apply the texture to the model Input Properties e 3D object Specifies the number of the 3D object file as displayed in the Media Window e stage v1 1 When turned off the 3D object will be rendered to the 3D Renderer actor rendering on the same channel as specified by the channel input When turned off the object 1s rendered directly to the stage specified by the channel input e channel The channel on which the object will be rendered When the stage input 1s set to off the 3D object will be rendered to the 3D Renderer object in this scene whose channel matches the one specified here When the stage input is on the object will be rendered to the stage specified by this number Le Stage 1 2 Stage 2 etc e visible When on the object is visible and will be drawn When off it is invisible Isadora Manuel 177 e layer Dete
96. router or switch via a built in Ethernet interface or via a wireless interface If you intend to send Open Sound Control packets between two computers the first step 1s to ensure that both computers have been assigned a valid TCP IP address On MacOS X you can find the TCP IP address of your computer by opening the System Preferences and clicking on Network You will then see the active TCP IP interfaces on your computer e g built in Ethernet AirPort etc and their IP Addresses Any of these addresses may be used to receive data Receiving Open Sound Control Packets Generally speaking when sending messages from another computer you will specify three pieces of information to define where the information will go the target machine s IP address e an internet address like 123 234 555 121 a UDP port number between 1 and 65535 and the OSC address e isadora 1 You also usually need able to specify whether or not to send type tag information with the OSC packet this must be turned on for Isadora to receive the packets and interpret them correctly Isadora has 100 Open Sound Control addresses to which data may be sent They range from isadora 1 through isadora 100 Isadora expects receive either floating point or integer numbers on these inputs The type tag must be sent with the data or the message will be ignored The OSC Listener actor will receive values sent to these channels based on the channel setting e g a
97. s video processing engine and renders the video directly to the Stages This means that it will give the highest possible frame rate when playing the movie but that you won t be able to process the video stream with any other actors nor will you be able to fade it in composite it with other video streams etc See Movie Player actor above for a definition of the play segment and other characteristics that these two actors share Input Properties e movie The number of the movie you want to play as shown in the Media Window When the number of a valid movie is entered here its name will appear to the right of the number e visible When turned on the movie plays and the resulting video stream is sent out of the video out output When turned off the movie stops playing and is unloaded from memory e ctr h The horizontal center of the image expressed as a percentage of the stage width Positive numbers move the video image to the right negative numbers move it to the left Isadora Manual W e ctr v The vertical center of the image expressed as a percentage of the stage height Positive numbers move the video image down negative numbers move it up width The width of the rendered video image expressed as a percentage of the stage width height The height of the rendered video image expressed as a percentage of the stage height zoom The zoom factor of the projected video image expressed as a percentage of the stage
98. same time A Scene activated through the Activate Scene actor will remain active until 1 you deactivate 1t using the Deactivate Scene actor 2 you make the secondary scene primary by jumping into it using the Jump actor or 3 if you make it primary by clicking on it in the Scene List with the mouse Secondary scenes are indicated as active in the Scene List by being drawn in a light blue color as opposed to the deeper blue used to indicate a primary active Scene In the picture below scene one is primary and scene three is secondary ae ewo f aree Properties e trigger When a trigger is received on this input port the secondary Scene indicated by the mode and scene properties is activated scene Indicates which Scene to activate This field works in tandem with the mode field When mode is set to relative the number in this field indicates the scene to activate relative to the current scene 1 would be the scene after this scene 1 would be the scene before this scene 2 would be the second scene after this scene etc When mode is set to absolute the number in this field indicates a Scene in the Scene List by its position where 1 is the first scene in the list two 1s the second scene etc When a valid scene has been specified in this property its name will appear after the number mode Determines how the number in the scene property is interpreted When this property is set to relative the scene to be activat
99. setting up and rendering 3D Objects in Isadora Properties e channel Determines which 3D Objects will be rendered by this actor Only a 3D Players set to the same channel as specified here will have their objects drawn by this Renderer e horz very size Specifies the size of the rendering surface in pixels 320 by 240 is a reasonable compromise between speed and detail Depending on the speed of your computer you may notice slower performance when using a setting like 640 by 480 e force 4 3 When this parameter is on changing the value of either the horz or vert size input will automatically adjust the other input so that the ratio between horizontal and vertical is 4 3 e x y z rotation Rotates the camera around the x y or z axes by the number of degrees specified Isadora Manual 187 e x y z translation Translates the camera along the x y or z axes by the number of degrees specified 3D Stage Orientation v1 1 Stage Orientation alaba mode Xx rotation y rotation z rotation x translate y translate z translate Determines the x y z rotation and translation of the camera for a specified stage This actor the position of the camera looking at all 3D Object being rendered to a particular stage This is used in tandem with the 3D Player actor when its stage input is turned on Properties e stage the stage for whose rotation and translation will be set e mode when set to local orientation c
100. shows the current value of that property This is useful if you need to have a controller show the current value of an input property even though it is being changed by messages sent from another actor Isadora Manual 98 Creating Deleting Control Panels using Split amp Join Since the Control Panels travel with the Scenes as you edit them there are separate commands that allow you to create or delete a Control Panel They are the Split Control Panel and Join Control Panel respectively For both commands you must first click in the space between two Scenes so that the blinking cursor appears If the Control Panel for the Scenes on either side of the blinking cursor 1s the same 1 e an unbroken bar the Split Control Panel command will be enabled When you perform this command the Control Panel for the Scenes to the left remains unchanged while a new Control Panel is created for the Scenes to the right If the Control Panels for the Scenes on either side of the blinking cursor are different 1 e a cursor is blinking between a broken bar the Join Control Panels command will be enabled When you perform this command the Control Panel for the Scenes to the right are discarded and the Control Panel for the Scene to the left now extends until the next Control Panel To create a new Control Panel for a group of Scenes e Click in the space just to the left of the Scene where you want the new Control Panel to appear A blinking curs
101. size 100 percent will project an image that fills the stage Lower zoom out make the image smaller higher numbers zoom in make the image bigger keep aspect v1 2 HAR When turned on the aspect of the incoming video stream will be used to determine the aspect ratio of the rectangle into which the image 1s rendered The resulting image will be letterboxed horizontally or vertically as needed When turned off the video image will be scaled to fill the entire stage Note that the final aspect ratio 1s also affected by the width and height parameters speed The speed of the movie from 10 to 10 times normal speed The default setting is 1 0 which plays the movie forward at normal speed 0 5 would play the movie forward at half speed 2 0 plays the movie forward at twice normal speed Negative values play the movie in reverse position Jumps to the specified position within the play segment whenever a new value is received on this input The play segment is defined by the play start and play length properties see below This parameter is expressed as a percentage of the play length from O to 100 play start Determines the starting point of the play segment the portion of the movie that will play as a percentage of the movie s total length ranging from 0 to 100 play length Determines the length of the play segment the portion of the movie that will play as a percentage of the movie s total length ranging from O t
102. supports his capebiily Othewaise pou reed lo ask pour nelwork admimnisiratos fo Ine approprala F eier Ubtan an IF address auhomeaticaly fe Line the foflowang IP address IP adden I 168 Subrel mas E Zi Zi Chet Sul ja Even Lice the folloveng ONS server addiesses Freterred INS served Akemale ONS server Advanced ok Cancel e Click the button that says Use the following IP address e Set the IP address 166 84 250 2 e Set the subnet mask to 255 255 255 0 e Click the OK to save your changes and dismiss this window e Click OK to save the changes to Local Area Connection e Click Close to close the first window Serial Input Output v1 1 Isadora can transmit and receive data via standard serial RS 232 RS 485 hardware installed on your computer using the Send Serial Data Serial In Watcher Binary and Serial In Watcher Text actors Hardware Interface Drivers Before you begin you must have a hardware serial interface that allows you to connect serial devices to your computer Before using the interface with Isadora you must install its drivers To do this please follow the installation instructions in the interface s manual Note Isadora should not be running when you install the drivers otherwise the interface may not be recognized After you ve installed any required drivers you should connect the install the serial device or connect it to your computer as appropriate
103. t exist a solid gray background will be used e Use the Placement popup to determine how the picture is drawn Choose Tile to repeat the image over and over to create a continuous background Choose Top Left to draw the image once aligned to the top left of the control panel Choose Scale To Fit to scale the image to match the size of the control panel IMPORTANT NOTE If you choose the Tile option it is very important that you use an image whose horizontal and vertical dimensions match one of the following values 4 8 16 32 64 or 128 The horizontal and vertical dimensions don t have to match each other e g 16 x 641s OK When the horizontal and vertical dimensions match one of these sizes optimized routines are used to tile the background If either dimension is not one of these values drawing can be very slow especially for small images Positioning Sizing and Aligning Controls Isadora gives you several ways to organize and beautify your Control Panel Beyond the normal dragging you can 1 Use the arrow keys to precisely move or size your controls 2 Use the alignment commands to align and or distribute your controls 3 Lock controls in place so that they aren t moved accidentally during editing This section covers all of these editing features Isadora Manual 104 To move controls within the Control Panel Editor e Select one or more controls e Click on one of the selected controls and drag The controls wi
104. text Settings Dialog Control Sentimngs WH i Hg L Forn Cira El Es Amd Rat pierre lara Sven Ya H Orked Popeia f Ru hon Alqueria cont mt q Cancel bi Control Properties Control Title The title used to identify this control which appears inside the button Width The width of the number control Height The height of the number control e Font Popup menu selects the font used to draw text for this control es Bold Italic Underline When checked uses the bold italic or underline variations of the specified font e Font Size Sets the size font used to draw text for this control e Show Value of Linked Properties This setting has no effect for the Monitor Actor Isadora Manual 870 e Control ID This number is used to identify the control when linking it to actor properties When this control s value changes because a user clicked in the control a message giving the Control ID and the control s value is broadcast to the active Scene Any actor properties that are linked to this Control ID will have their value set appropriately Generally speaking you will want this number to be unique within a given Control Panel e Initial Text The text field will be initialized to this text when the Control Panel is first loaded e Color Sets color of the text When you click the color box a Color Picker control will appear allowing you to choose the new color FPS Displays the current rend
105. text for this control Show Value of Linked Properties When an actor input property is linked to this control and this box is checked the control s value will be set to match the property s value This causes the control to display the property s current value at all times Control ID This number is used to identify the control when linking it to actor properties When this control s value changes because a user clicked in the control a message giving the Control ID and the control s value is broadcast to the active Scene Any actor properties that are linked to this Control ID will have their value set appropriately Generally speaking you will want this number to be unique within a given Control Panel Minimum The minimum possible value for this dial Can be any number It is permissible for the minimum value to be greater than the maximum In this case the slider value will decrease as you move it from left to right or from bottom to top e Maximum The maximum possible value for this dial Can be any number It is permissible for the maximum value to be less than the minimum In this case the slider value will decrease as you move it from left to right or from bottom to top Step Determines the minimum of the step between values When Step is set to zero this setting has no effect When set to a value greater than zero the control value will step by this amount as it goes from the Minimum Value to the Maximum Value
106. the audio input Whenever the level is above min level values the energy values will be sent to the energy output You can use the energy output as continuous control input to other actors Note that when you set the min level property to a value greater than zero the value at the output is scaled so that as the input level varies between the minimum level and 100 the output will vary between 0 and 100 E g if you set the minimum to 50 and the incoming audio level is 66 7 one third of the way between 50 and 100 the output value will be 33 4 one third of the way between 0 and 100 The trig level input property determines when the trig output will send a trigger Each time the output level goes above these minimums a trigger will be sent out of the trig output This allows you to trigger events based on the energy of the sound at the specified frequency Input Properties e channel The live audio input channel that will be measured See the Live Capture Settings window on Page 150 for more information on configuring live capture e frequency The center frequency to be monitored specified in Hz Used in combination with the freq width and freq slope inputs e freq width Specifies the width of the band of frequencies to monitor centered around the frequency specified by the frequency input e freq slope Specifies how sharply the frequency response will fall off from the center frequency to the width indicated by the freq width
107. the first scene in the list It will highlight to indicate that it 1s active and the other scene will deactivate This will mean more when you have actually inserted some actors into the two scenes To rename your Untitled Scene choose Scenes gt Rename Scene and type in your new scene name You can find out more about cutting copying pasting and deleting scenes in the Scene List section of the Isadora Reference chapter of this manual Importing Media Isadora allows you to process both live and prerecorded images and sound If you want to use prerecorded media you will need to import it into Isadora Isadora can play and manipulate four types of files Digital Video Files Digital Audio Files AIFF WAVE or Sound Designer IT Pictures Standard MIDI Files or 3D Object Files 3DS To import a media file into Isadora Choose Windows gt Show Media to show the Media Window It will look like this AOA Untitled Media zal SIDO When you create a new Isadora document 1t starts with five bins one for each type of media file that can be loaded into the window You can make new bins using the buttons at the top of the window Isadora Manual 26 Choose File gt Import Media A file selection dialog will appear Find the dancer mov QuickTime movie in the Isadora Tutorials folder The movie will be imported into Isadora and appear in the Media window as shown below CH CH United Media BO If you
108. the range the key top and key bottom properties If you do not connect any video stream to this input the background defaults to black e key src Specifies whether the foreground or background video stream will be compared to the key top key bottom inputs to used to create the mask for the image e key top Specifies the top of the range of brightness that will allow you to see the foreground image Used in conjunction with the key src input key bottom Specifies the bottom of the range of brightness that will allow you to see the foreground image Used in conjunction with the key src input e softness Determines how hard the edge between the foreground and background images is Experiment to see what setting looks best e alpha When turned off the output is a standard RGB video image with no transparency When turned on the output image is encoded with an alpha channel ARGB based causing the image to be transparent where the foreground brightness falls between the key top and key bottom inputs Or Isadora Manul 268 the inverse of this if the inverse input is turned on The Projector actor will respect this alpha mask when compositing images on the stage For more information on this using alpha channels see Compositing with the Projector on page 126 bypass When turned off this effect functions normally When turned on the effect is disabled and the video input is passed directly to the video output
109. the same size Isadora will scale one of the two videos so that their sizes match even if this were to distort the aspect ratio of one of the two streams You can prevent the foreground image from being scaled and thus preserve its aspect ratio relationship to the background by turning this property off e bypass When turned off this effect functions normally When turned on the effect is disabled and the video input is passed directly to the video output Output Properties e video out The resulting matted video image Matte foreground wdeo out background src horz ctr Src wert ctr sre horz size src Vert size ost horz cor dst vert ctr dst horz size dst vert size scale tg bypass Overlays a scaled zoomed and or panned foreground video stream on a background video stream Isadora Manual 265 A portion of foreground image cropped according the four src parameters Then it is scaled to the size specified by the dest horz size and dest vert size properties and placed at the point specified by the dst horz ctr and dst vert ctr properties The cropping of the foreground image is set by four properties The amount of cropping is specified by src horz size and src vert size which are specified as a percentage of the source image s size When set to 100 all of the foreground video Stream will be seen Smaller values show less which has the visual effect of zooming in The src horz ctr and src vert ctr properties
110. the specified direction To place controls in front of other controls e Select one or more controls e Choose Controls gt Bring to Front to place all of the selected controls in front of other controls in the panel To place controls behind other controls e Select one or more controls e Choose Controls gt Send to Back to place all of the selected controls in behind of other controls in the panel Isadora Manual T05 Editing Controls To delete controls e Select one or more controls e Choose Edit gt Clear or press the Delete key Isadora will delete the selected controls To cut or copy controls e Select one or more controls e Choose Edit gt Cut Isadora will cut the selected controls or e Choose Edit gt Copy Isadora will copy the selected controls To paste controls e Make sure that the Control Panel Editor is active by clicking on its background e Choose Edit gt Paste Isadora will paste the controls that you cut or copied previously offsetting their position slightly from their original position Note that normally the Control IDs for the pasted controls will automatically be updated to avoid conflicts with other controls in the Control Panel You can disable this behavior by unchecking Auto Renumber ID Conflicts in the Control menu e The newly pasted controls will all be selected so you can click on any one of them and drag to move them to a new location e You can choose Edit gt Paste Over t
111. the text in double quotes Le to send the word hello you would enter hello When specifying ASCII text you can send various control characters by using one of the special escape sequences shown below OxOA New Line a OxOD Carriage Return uv 0x09 Tab Backslash Isadora Manual M Double quote 0x00 Null Note that to include a double quote or a backslash inside of ASCII text you must precede 1t with a backslash as well To send the value of one of the input parameters you use P1 P9 in place of a pair of hexadecimal digits where P1 is Parameter 1 P2 is Parameter 2 etc Note that the value of the variable parameters are sent out as one byte so 1f parameter 1 has the value 0 then the byte sent will be 0 not the ASCII character 0 which is decimal 48 Some examples QE 11 CO sends the three hexadecimal bytes OE 11 CO which are decimal 14 17 and 192 respectively plr sends the characters p and T followed by a carriage return hex OD decimal 13 05 hello 0A OD sends eight bytes starting with 5 then the characters h e T T o followed by hex OA and 0D which are 10 and 13 in decimal FF P1 P2 sends four bytes starting with hexadecimal FF 255 decimal followed by the character and ending with two bytes that give the value of Param 1 and Param 2 respectively Input Properties e port Specifies the serial port to w
112. this setting is saved with the Isadora document If you save the document with the serial ports enabled Isadora will attempt to open those ports automatically the next time the document is opened Isadora Manual o OA Disabling for Serial Communications To disable serial communications choose Communications gt Enable Serial Ports Note that this setting 1s saved with the Isadora document If you save the document with the serial ports disabled Isadora will not attempt to open those ports automatically the next time the document is opened Receiving Serial Data v1 3 For information on how to receive data from to the serial port see the documentation for the text and binary versions of Serial In Watcher actor starting on page 315 Sending Serial Data See the documentation for the Send Serial Data actor on Page 312 for information on how to send data to the serial port Serial Input Parsing Overview v1 3 These actors allow you to attach an external device to a serial port on your computer and read data coming from that device over the serial connection You specify a pattern that defines the format of the data coming from the device and you can also define custom output parameters and assign data read from the device to your output parameters For example say you have a light level sensor attached to your serial port and you want to use the detected light level in Isadora You can use this actor to read and interpr
113. to avoid this delay by loading sounds into RAM in anticipation of their later playback Input Properties e preload Preloads the specified sound when a trigger is received e mode This property can be set to either play or forever When set to play the sound is kept in memory until a Sound Player actor starts and then stops playing it Once that actor stops playing the sound it is removed from memory When set to forever the sound is kept in memory until it is preloaded again with the mode set to play or until Isadora quits Use this option with caution It is easy to fill up your RAM with sounds that you no longer need to play sound low The number of the first sound you want to preload as shown in the Media Window If you want to preload only one sound set the number of the sound you want to preload and leave the sound high input set to 0 Otherwise to specify a range of sounds to preload set this to the number of the first sound you want to preload and the sound high input to the last sound When the number of a valid sound is entered here its name will appear to the right of the number e sound high The last sound in a range of sounds you want to preload Use this in conjunction with the sound low input to specify a range of sounds to be loaded when a trigger is received at the preload input Spinner video in Video out angle horz ctr wert ctr Zoom bypass Isadora Manual 829 Rotates the incoming video stre
114. to crop and scale the captured video This is useful if you only want to see a portion of the incoming video stream To set the Custom Capture Size do the following 1 Start Video Capture using the Input gt Start Video Sound This isn t absolutely necessary you can set the custom capture size without live video coming into the computer But if video capture is active the dialog will provide a preview that will make help you visualize the portion of the image that is being captured 2 Select the desired channel in the Live Capture Settings window and then click the Custom Size button 3 The following dialog will appear Isadora Manual 148 Set Custom Capture Size Cropping Preview source Size 1600 x 1200 Left 125 Top 125 Width 75 Height 75 Cropped Size Left 200 Top 150 Width 1200 Height 900 Destination Size Width 320 Height 240 Cancel 4 The cropping of the image is set using the Left Top Width and Height boxes under the Cropping heading These are specified as a percentage of the incoming video s native resolution from 0 to 100 As you change the values in these boxes the size of the cropped image in pixels will be shown in the area just below In addition a yellow rectangle will appear over the live video preview to give you a sense of the cropped video image 5 The final resolution of the video stream as 1t will appear at the Video In Watcher actor s o
115. trying out an example that uses MIDI Note On messages to move from scene to scene try the tutorial file Tutorial 7 Midi If you d like to try out this file quit Isadora make that your MIDI Drivers are installed and that your MIDI interface is plugged in Then start Isadora again and load Tutorial 7 Midi Set up your MIDI Input Ports by choosing Communications gt Midi Setup See the tutorial on MIDI for more help If you connect a MIDI keyboard to your MIDI interface and press keys on the keyboard the Note On messages will do what the space bar did in the example above As a final example well set up a document that automatically moves from one scene to another without any user or performer intervention as this is often useful for self running museum installations e Close any currently open Isadora documents by repeatedly choosing File gt Close Then choose File gt New As usual you begin with one scene called Untitled Isadora Manual 44 e Choose the Control Group by clicking on the number 7 above the Toolbox Drag a Jump actor into the Scene Editor Choose the Generator Group by clicking on the number 4 Drag the actor called Pulse Generator into the Scene Editor This actor will send a trigger at a regular interval It has four input properties and one output property The freq input allows you to set the frequency of the pulses in pulses per second the run property allows you to allow the
116. turned on flips the video image vertically bypass When turned off this effect functions normally When turned on the effect is disabled and the video input is passed directly to the video output Output Properties e video out The flipped video output stream Float Counter Float Counter add Sub mode amount X 2 OC lala maximum cur valpe Isadora Manual 240 Counts up or down when a trigger 1s received The Float Counter and 1ts companion Counter allows you to count up or down each time a trigger is received by adding or subtracting a value to from its output value You have the option of limiting the output value to a range of values or to let that value wrap around when it exceeds those limits This actor allows floating point numbers 1 e values with numbers after the decimal point while the Counter uses integer numbers Input Properties e add Adds the value specified by the amount input property to the current value at the output The resulting value is limited by the minimum and maximum properties subtract Subtracts the value specified by the amount input property to the current value at the output The resulting value is limited by the minimum and maximum properties mode Determines how to constrain the output value when it exceeds minimum or maximum When set to limit and an addition or subtraction 1s made to the output value that would exceed minimum or maximum the output value is lim
117. turned on the image is rendered on both the front and back side ensuring that it is visible from any viewing angle depth test When turned on the depth z coordinate of this taken into account when rendering this object other 3D objects images that are in front of this object will obscure it When turned off only the layer input is used to determine whether or not this object will be obscured by other objects in the scene draw mode When set to always a rectangle is always rendered regardless of whether or not there is a valid video input When set to vid in the rectangle is only rendered if a valid video image is present at the video input zoom Scales the image from 0 to 1000 of its normal size keep aspect v1 2 When turned on the aspect of the incoming video stream will be used to determine the aspect ratio of the rectangle into which the image is rendered The resulting image will be letterboxed horizontally or vertically as needed When turned off or when no video input is present the aspect ratio of the rectangle defaults to 4 3 Note that the inputs that manipulate the corners of the image will effect the final aspect ratio of the image aspect mod allows the aspect ratio of the image rectangle to be manipulated Negative values will produce taller images positive values will produce wider images e x y z rotation Rotates the image around its x y or Z axis e x y z translate Translates the image along the x
118. useful technique is feed the same video into the both the source and offset video inputs This results in three dimensional effect that harkens back to some nice analog video synthesizers of the past Source amp Displace Video Output Input Properties e source video The video input stream e displace Video stream whose brightness determines how far to shift the pixels of the source video e amount The strength of the displace effect from 0 to 100 The higher the value the more profoundly the pixels of the source video will be shifted e displace angle Sets the angle of the line along which the pixels are shifted e offset How far to offset the resulting image from 0 to 100 If the displace video stream is too bright or too dark the resulting video may go off the edge of the stage Adjust this value to bring the image back into view again bypass When turned off this effect functions normally When turned on the effect is disabled and the video input is passed directly to the video output Output Properties e video out The resulting displaced video output Isadora Manual 805 Selector select mputs value value Z value 3 Routes multiple inputs of any type to one output The Select or actor will route data from one of several inputs to an output When a particular value input is selected with the select parameter any values that arrive on that input will immediately be sent to output In addition
119. width and height inputs to match the size of the picture Note that any alpha channel information encoded into the picture is used when drawing the image on its background allowing you to create unusual shapes drop shadows etc Thumb Picture v1 1 Set this to the media index of a Picture in the Media window to provide a custom thumb the moving indicator for your slider If the slider is horizontal the thumb will be scaled vertically to match the height of the slider but the width will remain unchanged If the slider is vertical the thumb will be scaled horizontally to match the width of the slider but the height will not be changed Note that any alpha channel information encoded into the picture 1s used when drawing the image on its background allowing you to create unusual shapes drop shadows etc Isadora Manual AS Video Picker 2543 4 Cep ing Shi a wa EI wal y water clouds pen in de L f awn milen mumi Allows the user to pick a movie from a group of movies that you select NOTE The functionality of the Video Picker has been superseded by the more powerful Bin Picker control We recommend that you use the Bin Picker for any newly created files The Movie Picker works in conjunction with the movie input of the Movie Player Movie Player Direct or Movie Player VR actors When you click on a movie in the picker the number of that movie in the Media Window is sent to any input that is listening to thi
120. will appear Cancel E Metoek A e Type the password into the Password field and click Unlock to unlock the document so that 1t can be edited To lock a previously unlocked document e Choose File gt Lock Document The document will return to locked mode To remove the password from a Run Only document e Choose File gt Remove Password The following dialog will appear Cancel nia e Type the password into the Password field and click Unlock to unlock the document and remove the password protection from it At this point Isadora will ask you to save the file so that it will be saved on disk with the password protection disabled Once you ve done this the document will open without any restrictions on what other users can do with it Setting Preferences To edit Isadora s preferences choose Edit gt Preferences Isadora Manual IT There are three sections in the Preferences window General Stage and Alerts Each section can be selected by clicking the appropriate tab at the top of the window General Preferences hadora Prelerences r General dedo Stage Midi Ae War mind Frame Rate Sleep Time Trigat Frame Hate 30 Tea 8 Seen Tree J aS 11 101 kee Servo Tasio Every TI BL a Surtup Acton fei Create hies Windya Sow Open Te Dining e bal us Afier Loading File Fioatng Windows Dori ArCtzeate dr Scene _ Shades Windies fo Activate Fe Scene Wickes in Previa Bestoe Scenes Active Vihan Save
121. with no inputs and no outputs To edit a User Actor e To open a User Actor s editor window double click the User Actor A new window will appear that looks like an Isadora document except that there will be no Scene List across the bottom The title of this window will have two Isadora Manual 88 parts separated by a colon indicating the owning document and the name of the user actor e g MyDocument User Actor In this editor you add Isadora actors as well as User Input and User Output actors to define the functionality of your actor Adding Isadora Actors to a User Actor e To add an Isadora actor into a User Actor click on the actor in the User Actor Editor s Toolbox and deposit it into the User Actor s editor Creating and Editing User Inputs and Outputs Adding inputs or outputs to a User Actor e In the User Actor Editor select Toolbox Group 8 User Actors There you will find the User Input and User Output actors Drag a User Input and or User Output to the Scene Editor and deposit it by clicking They will look like this initially User Output output 1 e After adding a User Input or User Output actor inside of the User Actor Editor a corresponding input or output will appear as part of the User Actor that you are modifying Important Note At the moment you connect a User Input or User Output to another actor all of the properties of the User Input or Output mutate to match the
122. would normally be 50 brightness But 1f you set the brt override to 1 sec this object would be rendered at 100 brightness How many objects the override will affect is determined by the override wid input e override wid Used in conjunction with brt override input this value determines how far the brightness override will extend Setting this to a higher value means that the brightness of more objects will be affected e x y z rotation Rotates the image around its x y Or z axis e x y z translate Translates the image along the x y or z axis e img x y z offset When creating multiple copies of the frame using the add img input these values determine how far the new object will travel along each axis each second e x y z The location in space of the center of the image e width The width of the object expressed as a percentage of its normal width Oe 200 would be twice as wide as normal height The height of the object expressed as a percentage of its normal height e 200 would be twice as wide as normal e max width n a e max height n a e horz ref Determines from which edge the rectangle will be drawn as the width input is changed When set to center the image grows from the middle when set to left the image grows to the right when set to right the image grows to the left e vert ref Determines from which edge the rectangle will be drawn as the height input is changed When set to center the
123. y or z axis e x1 y1 Offsets the top left corner of the image Negative values make the corner move left x or up y positive values make the corner move right x or down y e x1 y1 Offsets the top left corner of the image Negative values make the corner towards the center positive values move the corner away from the center e x2 y2 Offsets the top right corner of the image Isadora Manual B e x3 y3 Offsets the bottom left corner of the image e x4 y4 Offsets the bottom right corner of the image 3D Rect Project v1 2 3D Rect Project A video in stage visible layer blend Intensity render back depth test Zoom aspect mg count decay time brt owemnide owernrda wid x rotation y rotation z rotabion x translate y translate z translate x offset y offset z offset X z width height max width max height vert ref Se e ge ee gea ee ege ee e ga e ge ee gege eg ege e e e Expanding on the capabilities of the 3D Projector this actor renders a video stream onto a rectangle that can be rotated and translated in three dimensions and can create multiple copies of the image that travel automatically through space In addition you can control the height and width of the resulting image independently as well as controlling which Isadora Manual 184 edge 1s referenced as the origin when rendering The latter feature 1s to control how the image 1s positioned 1f the source video s aspect rati
124. you selected following the movements of your mouse e Once you have the actor in the position you desire click the mouse to confirm 1ts addition to the Scene e Note You can click again the Toolbox or hit the Escape esc key to cancel the addition of the actor To move an actor into a different Toolbox group e Click in actor you want to move in the Toolbox The cursor will change into a plus sign to let you know you have selected an actor e Click on the group number at the top of the Toolbox The following dialog will appear Mae Actor H Move actor 3D Projector to Control Group Cancel E OK A e Click OK to confirm the move Upon doing so Isadora will switch to the actors new group and show displays it along with the other actors Selecting and Deleting Actors To select an actor e Click on the main portion of the actor with the mouse To select multiple actors e Hold down the shift key while clicking on the actors you want to select To select a group of actors e Click on the Scene Editor s background and drag the mouse A selection rectangle will appear When you release the mouse any actors under the selection rectangle will be selected e If you hold down the shift key before you click the actors under the selection rectangle will be added to the current selection Organizing Actors To reposition actors within the Scene Editor e Select one or more actors e Click on the main body of the
125. 1 may be the most common setting as it allows you to send only integer values 1 e no numbers after the decimal point if desired Note however that counting starts at the value given by the Minimum Value setting If you set minimum to 1 5 and maximum to 10 5 in the example just given the 10 steps would be 1 5 2 5 3 5 10 5 Display Value When this box is checked the slider will display its value as a number Vertical sliders display this number at the bottom Horizontal sliders display the number to the right Display Format Determines how the number is formatted when the Display Value parameter is turned on There are three choices 23 123 4 or 123 45 The first displays no decimal point the second one number after the decimal point and the third displays two If Display Value is turned off this setting has no effect Color Sets color of the slider The color you choose will be the color of the indicator the background of the slider will be a darker shade of the same color To change the color click on the colored box A Color Picker control will appear allowing you to choose a new color Note if you are using a Picture to draw your button see below this setting has no effect v1 1 Background Picture v1 1 Set this to the media index of a Picture in the Media window to provide a custom background for your slider The picture will be scaled to fit the rectangle that encloses the slider to prevent scaling set the
126. 1t has always been possible to position and shape the image within the frame This is accomplished using five parameters left top width height and zoom Left and Top control where the image appears on the stage from 0 to 100 of the Stage width and height respectively Width and Height control how wide and tall the image is again from O to 100 of the stage width and height Zoom controls the size of the image and can range from 0 invisible to 50 half size to 100 normal size all the way up to 1000 1 e 10 times the normal image size Below are some example settings Width 50 Height 100 Left 25 Top 0 Zoom 100 Width 100 Height 100 Left 0 Top 0 Zoom 50 Isadora Manual Width 100 Height 50 Left 0 Top 25 Zoom 100 e SES Width 100 Height 100 Left 25 Top 0 Zoom 50 59 Note that when you change the Width and Height parameters the image will be squeezed in one direction or another By changing these parameters you can reshape the image and change its aspect ratio Experiment with these five settings to see how they affect the image When you are done restore the projector to 1ts default values by selecting the Projector actor and choosing Actors gt Reset to Default Values Three of the new features available only when Hardware Accelerated Rendering 1s enabled in the Preferences have to do with how the image 1s shaped They are spin aspect and perspective Sp
127. ANGIN GANGEN j Measures the intensity within a specific frequency band of audio arriving on one of the Live Capture input channels The Sound Frequency Watcher allows you to manipulate parameters in relationship to the frequency content of the audio signal arriving at the Sound Capture input To use this actor you must first enable Audio Capture by choosing Input gt Start Live Capture and you must ensure the Sound Frequency Analysis item in the Live Capture Settings window is checked See the section Live Video amp Audio Input on Page 144 for more information on setting up live audio input To use this actor you must start by specifying the frequency band to be watched by setting the frequency and frequency width inputs also known as the pass band All frequencies between frequency frequency width and frequency frequency width will be seen by this watcher The final parameter 1s the slope input This adds in more energy above and below the specified pass band but with less influence as the frequency extends beyond the pass band Once you have specified Isadora Manal O A these parameters the watcher will start reporting the total audio energy within the specified band To help you visualize what frequencies the actor will see a graph of the current pass band is drawn in the center of the actor The min level input property sets the level above which the Sound Frequency Watcher will see
128. Absolute Value ii Outputs the absolute value of the number received at the input Input Properties e in The input value Output Properties e out Outputs the absolute value of the input value Activate Scene Amount v1 1 Activate Scene Amount mode scene my anitensity auto deac Activates a secondary Scene at a specific intensity in addition to the primary Scene Isadora Manual 189 This actor 1s similar to the Activate Scene actor except that 1t allows you set intensity of the Secondary Scene 1 e the brightness of the video and the volume of the sound The setting of the intensity input determines whether or not the secondary Scene 1s active When the intensity 1s O the secondary scene 1s not active When intensity rises above O the secondary scene is activated and its intensity set the appropriate value Please refer to the Activate Scene actor for a more complete description of Secondary Scenes Properties e mode Determines how the number in the scene property is interpreted When this property is set to relative the scene to be activated is relative to the position of the current scene in the Scene List When this property is set to absolute the Scene to be activated is based on its position in the Scene List See scene property above for more information scene Indicates which Scene to activate This field works in tandem with the mode field When mode 1s set to relative the number in thi
129. DI Note Off message to all currently sounding notes on all MIDI Output Ports Isadora keeps track of what how many Note On messages have been sent to each MIDI channel on each MIDI Output Port so that 1t only sends the messages it needs to turn off all of the currently sounding notes This 1s different than the MIDI Panic actor which sends a Note Off messages for every possible MIDI Note on all of the ports Properties e all notes off when a trigger is received on this input port MIDI Note Off messages are sent to silence all currently sounding MIDI Notes Alpha Mask foreground backround mask strength bypass Mixes two video streams together using the brightness of a third video stream to determine whether you see the foreground or background or a mixture of the two Where the mask video stream is white you will see the foreground video stream where it is black the background When the brightness of the mask is a shade of gray you will see a mix of the foreground and background images based on the mask s brightness When the mask is light you will see more of the foreground where it is dark you will see more of the background Below are examples foreground background and mask image and the result of combining them through the alpha mask Isadora Manual 198 You can that where the mask is light you see the blue background and the dark letter A Where it is dark you see the red background and the light letter B
130. I Specification a Note On message with a velocity of 0 is a Note Off message e duration The amount of time to wait before a Note Off message corresponding to the previously sent Note On is sent If this value is set tot then no Note Off message will be sent e trigger Sends a MIDI Note On message with the values specified by the other input properties each time a trigger 1s received on this input If the Isadora Manual 209 duration property 1s greater than zero then a corresponding Note Off message will be sent after that duration has elapsed e quiet When turned on silences any previously sounding note before a new note on message is sent This is useful when you want to make sure that notes don t overlap regardless of the speed with which this actor is triggered Send Pitch Bend send Pitch Bend port channel bend value trigger Sends a MIDI Pitch Bend message each time a trigger is received Input Properties e port The MIDI port on which the message will be sent These port numbers correspond to the Destinations shown in the MIDI Setup dialog e channel The MIDI Channel on which the message will be sent bend value The Pitch Bend message s bend value from O to 16383 e trigger Sends a MIDI Pitch Bend message with the values specified by the other input properties each time a trigger is received on this input Send Program Change Send Program Change port channel program de d triggar
131. Isadora Manual gt gt gt man Input Properties e port Specifies the MIDI Port on which the message must arrive to be seen These port numbers correspond to the ports shown in the MIDI Setup dialog You may specify a single port or a range of ports e channel Specifies the MIDI Channel on which the message must be received before it will be seen by this watcher from 1 to 16 You may specify a single port or a range of ports e value Specifies the pressure value or range of values that will be seen from 0 to 127 Note that for a Monophonic Pressure message to be seen by this watcher its values must fall within the range of values for specified by all three of the input properties Output Properties When this watcher sees a Control Change message that falls within the range of values specified by all of the input properties the following values are sent out of the outputs e port The MIDI Port on which the message arrived e channel the message s MIDI Channel e pressure the message s pressure value e trigger sends a trigger each time a message is seen Motion Blur v1 1 dea in wdeo out vider accum amt decay amt ern Blurs a video stream by gradually adding in the input video stream while it simultaneously darkens the existing output The net effect of Motion Blur is that things that are still in the image 1 e the background look normal but anything that is moving is blurred Setting the accum
132. Keyboard Watcher actors in the current Scene By setting the Keyboard Watcher to look for a specific key coming from the Cue Sheet you can trigger actions in response to the operator executing a cue Creating The Cue Sheet Each Scene has its own list of cues numbered starting at Q1 You can access the cues for a particular scene by clicking on a Scene to activate it Note that if you copy paste or duplicate a scene the cues associated with that scene will be also be duplicated To add a new cue e Activate the Scene whose cues you wish to edit e Choose Windows gt Show Cue Sheet Editor to show the Cue Editor window Initially 1t will look like this Isadora Manual 122 Geh CH OH Untied Cues e Click the Plus Sign to add a new cue After you do fields will appear that allow you to edit that cue AAA Untided Cues E Ae fe Ce ee aa A e Next to the prompt you can type the text that will be shown to the operator Generally this will describe something that is happening on stage which will cause them to execute the cue e To the right of the Send Key prompt you can choose the character that will be sent to Isadora Keyboard Watcher actor Using the radio buttons you may choose from the Space Bar Return Key Enter Key Escape Key or Other If you choose Other then you need to enter the character you want to be send to the keyboard watchers in the text field to the right of the Other radio button To
133. Manual O A Channel Select popup and 3 turning on the Sound Frequency Analysis checkbox There 1s also a pop up menu that allows you to choose the maximum frequency of this display This is particularly useful if you are trying to determine the frequency spectrum of a particular sound and need a finer resolution in the lower end of the spectrum See the Sound Frequency Watcher actor on Page 321 to find out how to use the frequency spectrum of the live sound input to control other actors DV Devices If you connect digital video cameras or other devices that allows transport control via your computer s Fire Wire port then those devices will appear here It will report the device s unit ID its name its status and the current frame number of its media if available When you see a device here you will be able to control it using the DV Device Control actor Use the unit ID shown here to identify which device you wish to control with the DV Device Control actor Cue Sheets Isadora has an integrated Cue Sheet feature that is useful when you are creating a performance that is linear e g a play that goes from the one scene to the next This feature allows you to trigger events in Isadora while simultaneously displaying text to an operator to prepare them to take the next cue The cue sheet works by simulating key presses on the computer keyboard Whenever the operator triggers a cue the specified character is sent to all
134. Matches exactly one character in byte_set Matches some number of bytes in the input data and extracts integer bitfields from the matched bytes This can be used to read bitfields from binary integers The type specifies the endianness of the matched integer is optional and is either B or L Default if not specified is B See below for more details 165 Serial Input Elements String Some characters or character sequences in a string inside single or double quotes have special meaning Es This matches any character in the input at all Use this to match an actual question mark since a lone question mark has a special meaning Ge A double quote GES A single quote n A linefeed ASCII 10 Nr A carriage return ASCII 13 Ne A tab ASCII 9 SE A backslash So the element ack will match any of the following input data for example back HACK pAcK Serial Input Elements Character_set A character set consists of a set of characters and character ranges These are specified inside square braces If you want to include a literal hyphen in a character set specify that hyphen first If you want to invert the character set Oe all characters not specified put a caret as the first character Here are some examples these examples are inside single square braces double square braces use the same syntax Note that spaces inside a character set are significant they match spaces in the input
135. Mosaic from an incoming video stream allowing control over the number of tiles number of vertexes per tile and scaling and magnification of the tiles TO BE DOCUMENTED See Feedback and Mosaic example file contained in the Isadora Examples folder 3D Particles v1 2 override wid x notation y rotation z rotation x translate y translate z translate x velocity y velocity z velocity x gravity y gravity z gravity surface pos absorption fiction Isadora Manual 174 Creates a 3D Particle System The initial position of the particle is controlled by the x y z inputs while the movement of the particles 1s controlled by the velocity and acceleration inputs Input Properties e texture map The video stream that will become the texture map for each particle If no video stream 1s connected to this input the particle will be rendered using the solid color specified at the color input e tex map scale Scaling of the texture map on the particle e stage The stage on which the particle system will be rendered e visible When turned on the particle system is rendered to the stage When turned off the system is not rendered which also reduces the processor load e layer Determines the order in which this actor will be rendered in relation to any other 3D actors in the scene other 3D Projectors 3D Player 3D Quad Distort etc Higher numbered layers are in front of lowered numbered layers 1 e they a
136. Mouse Watcher s horz pos varies between 0 and 100 the Sound Player s speed input ranges between O and 10 This is Isadora s default behavior when you link an input to an output namely scale the output value to match the input value This particular sound the recording of the singer we used in Tutorial 6 seems a bit comical when playing at 10 times normal speed Let s limit the range of speed so that it goes from 0 5 to 1 e Click on the word speed in the Sound Player An inspector window appear At the top is the name of the input or output along with the absolute minimum and maximum values allowed for this property Below are four value edit boxes Ctl Link Init Scale Min and Scale Max By changing Scale Min and Scale Max you can change the minimum and maximum values of the input and thus change the way Isadora scales the values Isadora Manual 47 Note that these fields work like any value edit box you can use the mouse to scroll up or down through the values or click in the box type a new value and press enter e Click in the value edit box next to Scale Min type 0 5 and press enter Now enter 1 0 into the Scale Max value edit box e Move the mouse left and right again You see and hear that as the horz pos output of the Mouse Watcher varies between 0 and 100 the speed of the sound will go between 0 5 and 1 0 It is important to know that Scale Min doesn t have to be less than Scale Max In
137. Scene and a secondary active Scene See the Activate Scene actor for more information Isadora Manual 187 on secondary Scenes or the Net Broadcaster to send values to other machines on a Local Area Network Whenever a new value is received at the value input that value is broadcast to all active scenes on the channel specified by the channel input property Any active Listener actor that is set to receive on the same channel will hear the value and send it out of its value output You can however use the Broadcaster Listener pairs within the same scene if desired since values are broadcast to all active scenes Properties e channel Specifies the channel on which this value will be broadcast Only Listener actors whose channel input property are set to the same value as that specified by this property will hear the broadcast e value Whenever a value is received at this input it is broadcast on the channel specified by the channel input property Note that his input is mutable in that it will change its type integer float video etc to match that of the output property to which it is linked Widew in Video out Frames last buf select f made reset bypass Captures an arbitrary number of frames of video allowing them to be recalled in any order and at any rate You can visualize the buffer as an ordered list of video frame buffers and two pointers into that list a store pointer and a recall po
138. Settings ep pun hue sample rate ofc when meting and stopping lve input Note that starte and sop Pes input may Pn takt nobcaab y longer External Video Output Stage To Mirror Stage 1 a SW Disable External Video Output FreeFrame Plugin Directory Ed Une Default Path Pati Library Appication Support FreeF rams Default Resolution v1 1 This specifies the default horizontal and vertical resolution used by Isadora when processing video streams Isadora won change the resolution of two video images when their resolution and format are the same In that case this setting has no effect the scaling of the When Combining Video setting described below controls how the two video streams are scaled Isadora Manual m However this setting is important when working with an actor whose video inputs provide a default black video stream when left unconnected E g the Video Mixer actor In that case the resolution of the black buffer 1s set to the default resolution This can affect the resolution of an actor s final output When Combining Video Popup These settings how Isadora combines processes video as 1t flows through the program The When Combining Video popup menu determines how video images of differing sizes will be combined when they are processed by a single actor e Scale To Largest When this option is chosen Isadora will combine video images that are of different sizes by scaling the
139. Sound Output Setup dialog See the explanation above under Setting Up Multi Channel Sound When you play sound using the Sound Player you specify the Sound Channel on which it will play using the play channel property sound play channel Since a Sound Channel is associated with a given pair of outputs setting the play channel will determine where the sound will be heard For example let s say that you set up the first three channels of the Sound Output Routing as follows Sound Output Routing Channel 1 Hf Channel 2 Built In L gt Channel 3 Ext 5 6 L With this setup sound files played on Sound Channel 1 will be heard on channels 3 and 4 of your external device those played on Sound Channel 3 will be heard on channels 3 and 6 Sounds played on channel 2 will be heard on your computers built in sound output Isadora Manual 188 Creating a Multi Channel Audio Movie Using QuickTime Player Pro QuickTime Player Pro allows you to create QuickTime Movies that have multiple audio tracks If you import these movies into Isadora you can use the Sound Movie Player actor to control the volume panning and output channel of the individual tracks Multi channel audio movies can be created using the editing functions available in QuickTime Player Pro QuickTime Player comes and QuickTime is a free download from Apple You can upgrade to the Pro version of QuickTime Player by visiting http www apple com quic
140. Sound Player jumps to the specified position within the play segment The play segment is defined by the play start and play length properties see below This parameter 1s expressed as a percentage of the play length from O to 100 e play start Determines the starting point of the play segment the portion of the movie that will play as a percentage of the movie s total length ranging from 0 to 100 e play length Determines the length of the play segment the portion of the movie that will play as a percentage of the movie s total length ranging from O to 100 e loop enable If this property is turned off the play segment will play once each time the Sound Movie Player s Scene is activated or when its on off property is turned on If this property is on once the movie starts playing it will continue by looping back to the start of the play segment when the end of that segment is reached e preload When this input is triggered the movie s sound data is prerolled so that you can achieve an instantaneous start when turning the on off property on Note that the on off property must be off for preload to work If the movie is playing triggering this input has no effect e mstr volume Sets the master volume for all audio tracks in the movie being played by this actor Isadora Manual 288 e track count Specifies the number of tracks in the QuickTime movie When you increase this value the actor will add a volume
141. UDP address port and OSC address specified in the udp addr port and addr inputs Overlay Box Superimposes a rectangle of a specified intensity size and position on a video stream Input Properties e rgb in The source video stream on which the rectangle will be superimposed If you leave this input disconnected the rectangle will be drawn on a black background If this stream is in YUV format it will automatically be converted to RGB e horz pos The horizontal center of the shape specified as a percentage of the incoming video sream s width A horizontal position of zero is halfway between the left and right edge e vert pos The vertical center of the shape specified as a percentage of the incoming video stream s height A vertical position of zero is halfway between the top and bottom edge Isadora Manual 290 e width The width of the shape specified as a percentage of the incoming video stream s width height The height the shape specified as a percentage of the incoming video stream s height bright The brightness of the rectangle from O to 100 bypass When turned off this effect functions normally When turned on the effect is disabled and the video input is passed directly to the video output Output Properties e rgb out The rectangle superimposed at on the input video stream in RGB format Panner video In video out width height horiz vert bypass Pans left and
142. a Then create a new file by choosing File gt New Drag the Video In Watcher and Projector actors from the Video Group into the Scene Editor Then connect the video out output of the Video In Watcher to the video in input of the Projector actor You re patch should look something like this e The link between the modules should be green indicating that video is flowing from one to the other Now choose Output gt Show Stages to show the stage window You should see the video from your camera or other video source on the stage In subsequent tutorials we will use a movie as a video source because it 1s something that every Isadora user will be able to try Just remember that video is video is video in Isadora regardless of its source you can try using live input instead of prerecorded video in any tutorials where it seems appropriate or interesting Isadora Manual 36 Tutorial 5 Real Time Video Processing Isadora offers a number of video processing actors that can manipulate a video image in real time These can be found in the Toolbox if you choose the Video Group by clicking the number 1 in the Toolbox While the function of the video processing actors varies the basic concept is the same video comes into the actor 1t manipulates the video image based on parameters that you set and sends the result to its video output Most video processing actors have just one video input though some may have two or even three vi
143. a given sound channel This means that if you start playing one sound on a given channel and then play a different sound on the same channel the second sound will interrupt playback of the first To be able to hear two sounds play simultaneously you must send them to different channels IMPORTANT When a sound is being played and manipulated by the Sound Player it is loaded entirely in your computer s Random Access Memory RAM The Sound Player is not the best choice when playing extremely long sound clips as it may cause you to run out of RAM and they can take a long time to load A better method of playing long sounds 1s to save the sound as a sound only QuickTime movie and use the Movie Player to play it Even though there won t be any video sent out of the Movie Player s output port you will still be able to control the volume pan and even the play segment The disadvantage of using the Movie Player is that it doesn t loop short play segments very well Input Properties e sound The number of the sound you want to play as shown in the Media Window When the number of a valid sound is entered here 1ts name will appear to the right of the number e play channel The channel on which the sound will be played from 1 to 16 Note that to play two sounds simultaneously they must be on different channels e restart Starts playing the sound from the beginning of the play segment e speed The speed of the movie from 10 to 10 times
144. a references When you do they will be moved to that position QuickTime movies and the High Quality Flag Since version 1 1 Isadora has respected the high quality flag setting for each movie This flag is most important for movies that contain interlaced video notable DV NTSC and DV PAL When the high quality is turned on both fields of the video are rendered when turned off only one field will be rendered and the other field will be interpolated You can set the high quality flag for a movie using QuickTime Player Pro or other applications In the Media Window you can set a flag to force Isadora to render the movie at either high quality or standard quality Setting either of these flags overrides the high quality flag stored with the movie To force high quality playback of your movies e Select the movies references you want to play in high quality mode e Click the HQ button at the top right of the Media Window An HQ marker will appear to the right of each movie in that was selected Isadora Manual 70 e Or you can right click or control click on Mac OS and choose Set Force High Quality from the popup menu To force standard quality playback of your movies e Select the movies references you want to play in standard quality mode e Click the SQ button at the top right of the Media Window An SQ marker will appear to the right of each movie in that was selected e Or you can right click or control click on Mac OS an
145. a video stream on one of the Stages you will need to use the Projector actor It does the work of rendering the video stream to a Stage and also allows you to scale the resulting video image and control its placement Input Properties e video in The video stream that will be shown on the stage e left Specifies the location of left edge of the image expressed as a percentage of the stage width A value of O aligns the left edge of the image with the left edge of the stage positive numbers move the video image to the right and negative numbers move it to the left e top Specifies the location of the top edge of the image expressed as a percentage of the stage height A value of the O aligns the top edge with the top of the stage positive numbers move the video image down and negative numbers move it up e width The width of the rendered video image expressed as a percentage of the stage width height The height of the rendered video image expressed as a percentage of the stage height e zoom The zoom factor of the projected video image expressed as a percentage of the stage size 100 percent will project an image that fills the stage Lower zoom out make the image smaller higher numbers zoom in make the image bigger e keep aspect v1 2 HAR When turned on the aspect of the incoming video stream will be used to determine the aspect ratio of the rectangle into which Isadora Manual 29 the image 1s rendered The resu
146. above You may find that increasing or decreasing this value improves frame rates on your machine Generally speaking if you can use a higher number more time will be available for other tasks within Isadora Startup Action You can choose what action Isadora will take when the program starts up There are three options e Create New Window Creates a new empty window on startup e Show Open File Dialog Shows the open file dialog and asks you to open a file on startup e Nothing Does nothing on startup Click the radio button for the desired option After Loading File You can choose whether or not Isadora will activate a Scene when a file is loaded There are three options e Don t Activate Any Scene After loading a file no Scene is activated You must activate the first scene manually e Activate First Scene After loading a file activate the first Scene in the Scene List e Restore Scene Active When File Was Saved After loading a file activate the Scene that was active at the time the file was saved Click the radio button for the desired option You can also choose to automatically show the Stage window s after loading the file Check the Automatically Show Stages checkbox to enable this feature Floating Windows This selection allows you to specify which of windows will be normal windows which go behind other windows when deactivated and which will be floating windows which al
147. acOS X only at this time Allows you to control the playback transport of a DV camera or videotape player attached to your computer Effect Mixer rgb out D rgb in 2 Combines two video streams using various mathematical operations The operations available are e addovr add with overflow Adds the colors of both streams together without limiting the result e addmax add with limit maximum Adds the colors of both streams together limiting the sum to 255 e subovr subtract with overflow Subtracts the colors of the second stream from the first without limiting the result e submin subtract with limit minimum Subtracts the colors of the second stream from the first limiting the minimum result to zero e xor logical exclusive or Performs an exclusive or operation on both Streams Isadora Manual e 228 and logical and Performs an and operation on both streams or logical or Performs an or operation on both streams mult multiply V1 1 Multiplies corresponding pixels of both streams and outputs the result e min minimum V1 1 Compares corresponding pixels from both streams and outputs the lesser of the two e max maximum V1 1 Compares corresponding pixels from both streams and outputs the greater of the two diff difference V1 1 Subtracts corresponding pixels from both streams and outputs the difference between the two Below you will see some examples of th
148. actor s Scene 1s activated e output Outputs the value specified by the value input property when this actor s Scene is activated Envelope Generator Envelope Generator trigger a output segments ger end trigaer trig mode value O rate value Generates values that ramp from one point to another over time The envelope generator is useful in situations where you need a value that ramps from a starting point to an ending point over a specific amount of time Because you can have up to nine segments in the ramp each with their own starting value ending value and rate you can create envelopes that are fairly complex Input Properties e trigger When trig mode is set to all triggers starts ramping the envelope from the beginning When trig mode is set to ind one starts ramping the next segment of the envelope See trig mode for more info e segments Specifies how many segments are in the envelope from 1 to 9 This number determines how many pairs of rate and level input properties will be found along the left edge of the actor Isadora Manal 291 e trig mode specifies what will happen when a trigger is received at the trigger input and when triggers will be sent out of the end trigger output When this property is set to all and a trigger is received the envelope starts ramping from the first segment each time a trigger is received and continues until the last segment is complete At the completion of the last
149. age will be sent e bank The MIDI bank number from 0 to 127 e program The MIDI program change number from 0 to 127 e trigger Sends a MIDI Bank Select message with the values specified by the other input properties each time a trigger is received on this input Send Control channel controller value trigger Sends a MIDI Control Change message each time a trigger 1s received Input Properties e port The MIDI port on which the message will be sent These port numbers correspond to the Destinations shown in the MIDI Setup dialog e channel The MIDI Channel on which the message will be sent e controller The MIDI controller number from 0 to 127 e value The MIDI controller value from 0 to 127 e trigger Sends a MIDI Control Change message with the values specified by the other input properties each time a trigger 1s received on this input Send HiRes Control Send HiRes Control port channel cl bb ki value trigger Sends a MIDI High Resolution Control Change message Isadora Manual 202 Input Properties e port The MIDI port on which the message will be sent These port numbers correspond to the Destinations shown in the MIDI Setup dialog e channel The MIDI Channel on which the message will be sent e ctl msb The controller number on which to send the most significant byte from 0 to 127 e ctl Isb The controller number on which to send the least significant byte from 0 to 127
150. ahie Sie y output trigger Sends a value each time a trigger is received Input Properties e value The value to send to the value out property each time a trigger 1s received at the trigger input e trigger Sends the value to the output when a trigger is received Output Properties e value out Sends the value shown at the value input each time the trigger input receives a trigger Isadora Manual M Update Snapshot Updates an existing snapshot by re recording the input values of all actors in the current scene This actor simulates choosing Update Current Snapshot command from the Scenes Menu For more on Snapshots see the section entitled Storing and Recalling Scenes With Snapshots on page 93 Input Properties e snapshot The number of the snapshot that will be updated when this actor 1s triggered e trigger When this input is triggered the input values of all actors in the current scene are re recorded into the specified snapshot If the specified snapshot does not exist then triggering this actor will have no effect Value Delay Line L ak elt wafue out Delays a value by passing it through a specified number of stages You can imagine the delay line as a series of numbers in a pipe Each time a new value arrives the number at the end of the pipe is sent to the output the values remaining in the pipe are shifted one to the right and the new value is placed at the beginning of the pipe The
151. al contiguous bins e You can hold down the Command Apple key MacOS or the Alt key Windows and click a bin to toggle its selection state Managing Media To add a new bin to the Media Window Click on the appropriate button at the top of the Media Window Add Movie Bin Add Sound Bin Add Picture Bin Add Midi Bin Add 3D Bin Button Button Button Button Button A new bin of the specified type will be added to the end of the Media Window Automatically Adjusting Media Numbers When you delete or move a media object the number of the media objects will change and Scenes that reference a given media object will not play the same file they played before the change Often this is the behavior you want but it may be that you want to ensure that all the actors still play the same media after you have deleted or moved some object in the Media Window To do this you need to enable the Auto Adjust Media feature in the Media Window a s m EA a Pas Auto Adjust Auto Adjust Media Enabled Media Disabled To enable or disable the Auto Adjust Media feature e To turn on the Auto Adjust Media feature click the button in the top left of the Media Window e To turn off the feature click the button again To delete a media reference or bin e Select the media references you want to clear e Choose Edit gt Cut to remove the references from the Media Window Or control click MacOS or right click Windows the media
152. al position of pan from 0 to 100 percent How much you can pan depends on the setting of the width property When width is close to 100 you won t be able to pan much because there isn t much of the source image left over e vert Specifies the vertical position of pan from 0 to 100 percent How much you can pan depends on the setting of the height property When height is close to 100 you won t be able to pan much because there isn t much of the source image left over bypass When turned off this effect functions normally When turned on the effect is disabled and the video input 1s passed directly to the video output Output Properties e video out The panned video output Pass Value v1 1 e output ok minimum A o OO Maxim Only allows values to pass through to the output when they are within a specified range Input Properties e value the value to be compared to the low and high value inputs minimum the low value to which the value input will be compared maximum the high value to which the value input will be compared Output Properties e output When a value arrives a the value input and it is within the range specified by minimum and maximum the value is sent out of this output If it 1s outside the specified range the incoming value is discarded Picture Player Picture Player picture CH video out videc visible y trigger Isadora Manual o Generates a video stream from a pi
153. alpha channel information embedded in the video stream will be used when rendering the 3D object See the Add Alpha Channel actor for more information about alpha channels Isadora Manual 18 3D Projector v1 1 depth test draw mode zoomi keep aspect mg count lifespan brt override override wid X rotation y rotation z rotation x translate y translate z translate img x offset img y offset img z offset Renders a video stream onto a rectangle that can be rotated and translated in three dimensions This actor can also create multiple copies of the image that travel automatically through space This actor only works when Hardware Accelerated Rendering is turned on in the Preferences This module share many input properties with the standard Projector actor but has can do more manipulations of the image in 3D space Its other main feature is the ability to multiple copies of the image and have them move through space This is accomplished by setting the object count to a value higher than 1 and triggering the add img input Once you do this a copy of the current frame will drift away from its original location at a rate determined by the x y z offset inputs Isadora Manual 17 Input Properties e video in The video stream to be rendered e stage The stage to which the image will be rendered e visible When turned on the video is rendered to the stage When turned off the video is not rendered which also redu
154. am around a moveable center point optionally zooming it in the process Input Properties e video in The source video stream e angle The angle by which the source video stream will be rotated specified in degrees from 720 to 720 Positive values rotate the image to the right negative values to the left horz ctr The horizontal center point around which the source video stream will be rotated from 0 to 100 of the source stream s width To rotate the incoming video stream around its center use 50 vert ctr The vertical center point around which the source video stream will be rotated from 0 to 100 of the source stream s width To rotate the incoming video stream around its center use 50 zoom Sets the zoom factor for the incoming video stream from 0 to 1000 Setting this value to a number greater than 100 will make the image bigger and so can prevent you from seeing the edge of the frame as the video image rotates bypass When turned off this effect functions normally When turned on the effect is disabled and the video input is passed directly to the video output Output Properties e video out The rotated video stream Sprite video out background visible dest horr chr hea dest vert ctr CZ vu dest size mode _ xfer color Overlays a video stream onto a background video stream without scaling the sprite stream to match the size of the background using a variety of transfer modes Nor
155. amp run from 0 to 100 The volume of the Sound Player is now 100 e Hit the space bar You will be in the Scene called Init Part 11 This scene looks for the space bar to take you back to the previous scene Hit the space bar again We return to the Scene called Initializing but unlike last time we can hear the sound playing because the value of the volume was 100 when we left the Scene Remember when you leave a Scene every Isadora value is remembered so that when you return to the Scene things will function exactly as they did when you left But what 1f you wanted to make sure that upon returning to this scene the sound always started off with a volume of O so that it would be silent until you clicked the Envelope Generator s trigger input That s where the Init value comes in Isadora Manual 48 e Click on the word volume in the Sound Player The inspector for that property will appear Click the checkbox next to Init to check it Enter the value 0 into the value edit box next to the word Init e Again click the trigger input of the Envelope Generator and then hit the space bar to go to Init Part II Then hit the space bar again to return to Initializing You won t be able to hear the sound as its volume has been initialized to Q e Now click the trigger input of the Envelope Generator The sound will fade in its volume going from 0 to 100 Fully understanding how to scale and initializ
156. an track a colored object by using the setting the Chroma Key s key color to the color of the object you want to track and feeding its output to the video input of Eyes Isadora Manual 234 Input Properties e video The source video input to be analyzed e columns and rows Specifies the number of columns and rows in the grid used to determine the object s location Higher numbers give finer resolution but this does not necessarily mean that Eyes will track more accurately Experimentation is the key to finding the right values for these inputs e threshold The brightness threshold An object s brightness must be above this value for Eyes to see it If the monitor is on and the brightness is below this value that gird point will be drawn as black e inverse Turn this property on to track the darkest point in the frame instead of the brightest e smoothing When this property is greater than zero the values sent out of the obj ctr h obj ctr v obj size and velocity outputs will be smoothed reducing the amount of jitter as the object is tracked Higher values smooth the outputs more Be cautious of setting this value too high as the object center outputs will begin to lag behind the object being tracked by a noticeable amount e watch col and watch row Specifies a specific grid location that will be watched When an object enters this location the enter output will send a trigger When an object leaves this location the exi
157. and drag the mouse up or down The value will go up or down as you drag the mouse e Click in the value edit box It will turn blue and the current value will disappear to indicate that you are about to type a value Type the new value and press enter Note that if the value you are editing is displayed as text e g the wave type property of the Wave Generator which can be set to sine square triangle etc you can type the first few letters of the text and press enter Isadora will find the value that most closely matches what you typed and enter it for you It is possible that this feature may not be implemented on some third party actors if this is the case you can always type a number usually starting with 1 for the first item to select the correct value e Click in the input port the blue dot of a value A combination slider value edit box control will appear You can edit the property s value by moving the slider s indicator up or down or by typing into the value edit box This feature is especially useful if you ve collapsed the actor as it is the only way you can change the value without first expanding the actor Collapsing Expanding Actors Each actor has three main components the body the rectangle on which the other elements sit property value boxes and the property value titles The latter two can Isadora Manual 83 be shown or hidden independently allowing you to make an actor much smaller Here i
158. and click OK The next time you start up Isadora it will look in the specified folder for FreeFrame plug ins Stage Preferences isadora Prererences Lenera Video Stage Midi Men Warnings Detautt When Preferred Screen Not Available Rage ra Luggesee De E7 50 by 240 Placa Main Screen 1780 854 E Stage 1 p Lampe Nie Ful Sorter A Place n Mora ED Silage i iss SE e Dima Garg Ful Soren A Place On Prowl Stage 3 Size ADA Fill erger Placa Ce Ann ay Stage 4 az gt ap Saga Size Full Screen Pesca Dr berg D Stage 5 z Stage Sze Full Screen Pace Ce Hori DU Sage 6 Sree Sore fi Gea El Optica Sd Posting Stage Windows Cancel i ox Isadora supports up to six video output channels called Stages The Stage Settings section of the Preferences window allows you to set the screen 1 e monitor output on which a stage will appear when it 1s shown Isadora Manual 116 Stage 1 2 3 4 5 amp 6 v1 1 Under the areas labeled Stage 1 through Stage 6 you will find a popup menu labeled Place On and Stage Size Use Place On to specify the screen on your computer on which that Stage will appear when shown If a screen 1s currently available on the computer its dimensions will appear next to the name in the Place On popup menu e g Screen 2 640 x 480 You may also select None if you don t want a Stage to be visible on that screen In the popup menu labe
159. and its velocity 1 e speed of movement The rows and columns inputs determine the size of a grid As each frame arrives Eyes analyzes the image looking for the grid coordinate that is brighter than all the others It then reports the position of that object To help you configure the Eyes inputs turn on the monitor input When you do a miniature monitor window will appear in the center of the actor The red crosshairs show the center of the object and the yellow rectangle shows the bounding box of the object as it is tracked Because displaying the monitor consumes some of your CPU speed you should turn it off once you have configured eyes to your satisfaction You may optionally set a grid location to be watched using the watch col and watch row properties When an object enters this grid location the enter output will send a trigger when the object disappears the exit output sends a trigger Generally speaking the higher contrast the incoming video image the easier it will be for Eyes to track placing a performer in a light colored costume on a black background is ideal You can also improve tracking by filtering the video before you attempt to track it The two actors that can be quite useful in this respect are Difference and Chroma Key If you connect the output of the Difference actor to Eyes video input you can track the location of an object that is moving in the frame even in poor lighting conditions You c
160. ant to see the video as it moves from actor to actor e Contextual menus are available throughout the program Control click MacOS or right click Windows to display a pop up menu with the currently available choices e To show help for an actor or one if its inputs or outputs control click MacOS or the right click Windows to show a pop up menu From that menu choose Actor Help to display help information for the actor or Actor Input Help or Actor Output Help to show help for an input or output e To insert more scenes click to the right of the last scene in the Scene List at the bottom of the window When you see the blinking cursor choose Scenes gt Insert Scene A new empty scene will appear e To delete a scene click on the scene and chose Edit gt Clear or press the Delete key e To activate a different scene click on it in the Scene List The old scene will be deactivated and the new scene and its actors will be shown in the Scene Editor e You can jump from one scene to another using the Jump actor found in the Control Group section of the Toolbox Isadora Manual 17 Registration Procedure Before you will be able to save your work in Isadora you must register Isadora on your computer This section outlines the registration procedure Step 1 Download You should download the latest demonstration version from the TroikaTronix web site The demonstration version becomes fully enab
161. appear e Move the cursor to the trash can the cursor will change into a downward pointing arrow e Click on the trashcan The User Actor will be removed from the Toolbox To Save an Individual User Actor to Disk You may want to share a User Actor with another Isadora user To facilitate this you can save an individual User Actor e Select the User Actor e Choose Actors gt Save User Actor A save file dialog will appear e Using the file dialog name your user actor and chose the place to which it will be saved Then click OK e Note that if the User Actor you are saving was created prior to v1 3 it will be converted to the new format and saved with a new unique identifier To Bring a Saved User Actor into the Scene Editor If you have received a User Actor file and you would like to bring 1t into your document use the Place User Actor command e Choose Actors gt Place User Actor An open file dialog will appear e Select the User Actor file in the dialog e Click OK The actor will appear in the Scene Editor as if you had just clicked on it from the Toolbox Position the actor within the Scene window and click to deposit it Storing and Recalling Scenes with Snapshots The Snapshots feature of Isadora allows you to memorize the current value of all of input ports of all of actors within a Scene You can then use these snapshots to restore the actor s settings This becomes useful when you want to create s
162. ard Group by clicking on the number 3 above the Toolbox Drag the Keyboard Watcher actor into the Scene Editor This actor allows you to trigger other actors when a key on the computer keyboard is pressed e Click on the key range input value and type single quote the letter a and then another single quote and press enter The key range value box should read a This causes the Key Watcher to look only for the key a Note that it will not see A or a capital a just a small letter a Each time you press a on Isadora Manual 40 your computer keyboard the Keyboard Watcher sends the letter a out of the key output Connecting the key output to the restart input of the Sound Player so that you can trigger the sound each time you press a e So now press the letter a on your computer keyboard Make sure your Caps Lock key is off so you re not typing a capital A When you type the letter you should hear the sound begin to play If you press the letter a again the sound will start playing from the beginning If you don t press a again the sound will play to the end and stop e Note that the sound stops playing when it gets to the end This is because the loop enable property 1s turned off If you change the loop enable property to on and press the letter a again the sound will play continuously So what s the difference between the Sound Player and Movie Player The m
163. are 2 4 16 256 and Thousands bypass When turned off this effect functions normally When turned on the effect is disabled and the video input is passed directly to the video output Output Properties e video out the dithered video output Isadora Manual 226 rgb in rgb out dot size moda color scaling bypass Makes a video stream look like a screened image in a newspaper consisting of dots whose size varies depending on the brightness of the source image video in size 4 mode dots color off LL 8 H Th WL TEE i i Wh E bi Wu Ga d 2 E E a T video in size 4 mode boxes color on Input Properties e rgb in The video input stream If this stream is YUV it will be automatically converted to RGB e dot size The size of the dots or boxes e mode Either dots or boxes When set to dots the screen 1s circular When set to boxes the screen is rectangular Isadora Manual lt 227 e color When turned off the output video stream 1s black and white When turned on the color of the video input stream is preserved bypass When turned off this effect functions normally When turned on the effect is disabled and the video input is passed directly to the video output Output Properties e rgb out The resulting video output in RGB format DV Device Control NOTE M
164. arp As each frame of video comes in this actor copies one line to the destination moving down one line each time Works best with a stationary background and a slowly moving object in the foreground Try pointing a camera at your face and moving it slowly Zoomer Allows you to zoom in or out on the source video stream with the additional capability of dimming the image as it passes through the filter This can be especially useful with the Luminance Keyer more on that actor later to create beautiful feedback effects The most important thing that you can do 1s to experiment wildly Our experience with any software is that the most interesting things occur when you attempt to misuse it We encourage you to do the same with Isadora Tutorial 6 Sound Isadora allows you to play and manipulate digital audio files though in a somewhat more limited fashion than video Currently there are two ways to play sound from a QuickTime movie or from a digital audio file AIFF WAVE or Sound Designer II formats Let s start by importing some media e Create a new Isadora document Choose File gt Import Media From the Isadora Tutorials folder import the files called voicel aif chords aif and thunder mov Note that the first two are digital audio files in the AIFF format while the second is a QuickTime movie that has audio only no video You can identify a sound only QuickTime movie in the Media Window
165. at each video effect must process a substantial number for even the fastest computers By reducing the resolution of your movies to one half 1 e 320 x 240 you reduce the number of pixels that must be processed by 75 resulting in an equivalent speed up in processing You may also have noticed that 360 1s exactly half of 720 the standard DV NTSC width so why store your movies with a horizontal resolution of 320 and not 360 This is because you want the aspect ratio the ratio of width to height of the Isadora Manual 62 video image and the output device De a video monitor or video projector to match The aspect ratio of a DV frame is 3 to 2 while a second monitor or projector attached to your computer will almost always have an aspect ratio of 4 to 3 A video with a resolution of 320 x 240 has an aspect ratio that matches the output device allowing Isadora to use optimized code to render the image to the screen If you would like to have a bit more resolution you can compress your movies at 400 x 300 But this means that you should also set your output device to 800 x 600 to get the highest rendering speed see below You can use a number of software tools to convert your 720x480 DV NTSC files to a 320 x 240 format But perhaps easiest is the Pro edition of Apple s QuickTime Player See Tip 10 for instructions on how to use QuickTime Player to compress your video Tip 5 Keep all video resolution consistent When Isa
166. atches the string Hello case sensitive moveto Matches strings like MoveTo 6 8 2 3 89 or MOVETO 9 x float NEE y float Zo S a ebe Matches a string such as 43 apples 8 oranges 98 en si ese Ope EE monkeys assigning the values 43 8 and 98 to the integer digits 1 output parameters a b and c respectively EE E Matches a string like 4F 8B 9A converting the Sales int 2x ve hexadecimal values to integers and assigning to output val int 2x parameters O OS Match and parse the values of an HTML color such as E 2 gt FF0020 D3 LNC 2Xx Isadora Manual T Actors Reference 2D Velocity v1 1 Calculates the velocity of a point as it moves in 2D space This module calculates the velocity of a point in 2D space as specified by its x and y coordinate Each time a new value is received at the y input the current x y values and the previous x y values are used to calculate the velocity The velocity is actually the result of the standard formulate for the distance between two points i e the square root of x2 x1 y2 y1 where x2 y2 is the current point and x1 yl is the previous point One possible use of this module is to measure the velocity of the movements of the mouse Try connecting the Mouse Watcher s horizontal and vertical outputs to the x and y inputs of the 2D Velocity module for an example Input Properties e x The x coordinate of the point e y The y c
167. ate when the mouse is released When set to Toggle the button goes between on and off each time it is clicked es Don t Send Off When this box is set the off value is never sent This is useful when you want a link this button to an actor property that expects a trigger input as it prevents a trigger when the button turns off e Style When set to Colored Background the color specified by the Color drop down menu determines the background color of the control When set to Colored Indicator the background is always gray and the Color drop down menu determines the color of the on off indicator in the control e Color The color of the control s background or its indicator depending on the Style setting see Style above for more information To change the color click on the colored box A Color Picker control will appear allowing you to select the color Note if you are using a Picture to draw your button see below this setting has no effect v1 1 e Picture v1 1 Set this to the media index of a Picture in the Media window to provide a custom image for your button The image should 1s divided into two parts when drawing the button the top half is used to draw the button in its up state while the bottom half is used to draw the button in its down state For example consider the image below which is 100 pixels across and 100 pixels high The top 50 pixels will be used to draw the button in its up state the lower 50 pixels used t
168. ated the shimmer effect specified as a percentage of the total available frames show in the frames input bypass When turned off this effect functions normally When turned on the effect is disabled and the video input 1s passed directly to the video output Output Properties e video out The shimmered video stream Isadora Manual W Show Hide Stages show stage ste y hide stage SN Allows you to programmatically show or hide the Stages Using this actor is essentially a simulation of the Show Stages Hide Stages command in the Output menu Input Properties e show stages Trigger this input to show the stages e hide stages Trigger this input to hide the stages Simultaneity num Eras trigger out time frame se se trigger 1 trigger 2 trigger 3 Sends a trigger when triggers from multiple inputs are all received within a specified amount of time Often it is useful to trigger an action when multiple things happen at once The Simultaneity actor allows you to do this by sending a trigger if any only if a trigger is received on all of its trigger inputs within a specified amount of time By adjusting the time frame property you can control how close the triggers must be before a trigger 1s generated at the output Input Properties e num trigs The number of triggers that this actor will be looking for e time frame The time frame within which all of the triggers must be received before a trigger wi
169. be inserted release the mouse button The Snapshots will move to that location To Renumber Snapshots e Choose Scenes gt Renumber Snapshots All of the Snapshots will be renumbered starting from 1 Disabling Snapshot Recall for Specific Actors v1 3 Sometimes it is useful to prevent an actor from having its input values changed when recalling a snapshot You can control which actors respond when a snapshot 1s recalled using the Enable Actor Snapshot and Disable Actor Snapshot items in the Actors menu Initially an actor will respond if it was in the Scene when a Snapshot was taken If however you select one or more actors and choose Actors gt Disable Actor Snapshot a special icon will be added to the actor s title to indicate that it will not respond when a snapshot is recalled Before Note that this setting has does not change the way a snapshot 1s taken All of the input of all actors are always recorded when a snapshot 1s taken Instead the Disable Actor Snapshot features prevents the actor from responding to the stored values when a snapshot is recalled Isadora Manual 95 To Disable Snapshot Recall on Specific Actors e Select the actors you will to disable in the Scene Editor e Choose Actors gt Disable Actor Snapshot If the actor names are visible an icon will appear to the right of the actor s name to indicate it is not responding to snapshots To Enable Snapshot Recall on Specific Actors e Selec
170. below aAA E united e Click in the Control ID shown at the top right of the control and drag the mouse A red line will track your mouse as you do e Move the mouse to the input of the actor to which you want to link it and release the mouse e Once you have done this a small link indicator will appear to the left of the input showing the Control ID linked to that actor input Isadora Manual m Color Maker HHE saturation brightness Once you see the link indicator you know that whenever a control with that Control ID changes value this input property will see that change and automatically set its value appropriately e Note that if you want the control to track the value of the input property when it is changed by another actors or when you change it manually you will need to turn on the Show Value of Linked Input Properties checkbox in the Control s Settings Dialog Once you are done linking controls to actors you can choose Controls gt Show Actor Control Split again to hide the actors and only show the Control Panel To link an Actor output property to a Control While controls are most commonly linked to actor inputs sometimes you may want to link a control to an output so that you can monitor some changing value in the Control Panel To link a control to an actor output do the following e If the Control Panel is not currently visible choose Controls g
171. ber of variable parameter inputs Increasing this number adds parameter inputs decreasing it removes them e param 1 param 2 etc variable value parameters that will be inserted into the text See description above for more about using variable parameters Isadora Manual 340 Output Properties e out When a trigger is received at the input sends the formatted text as determined by the formatting information in the Text Entry dialog to the output Text ure rob in Ca horz pos WEIL pos rotation ine font al Eem a bypass La ke a font height bc kel Superimposes text on a video stream Text ure allows you to superimpose text on a video stream controlling its font size position and color In addition you can choose to enter several lines of text and choose which line to show The first step 1s to enter the text you want to display To do this double click the Text ure actor A window will appear that allows you to edit the text Edit Text Some Liras of Tex Cancel Geh If you just want to show one word or phrase type it and click OK If you would like to have multiple words or phrases that you can choose on the fly put them on separate lines by hitting the Return key In the example above the four words Some Lines Of Text will be able to be recalled individually using the line input Click OK when to confirm the new text Isadora Manual A Then choose the font by cli
172. bottom of the window to get a good range Starting Stopping Live Capture From the Live Capture Settings Window e To start live capture from the Live Capture Settings window click the Start Live Capture button e To stop live capture from the Live Capture Settings window click the Stop Live Capture button Isadora Manual 146 From the Main Menu e To start capturing video and audio choose Input gt Start Live Capture When you do Isadora will attempt to start capturing both video and audio on all enabled channels e To stop capturing video and audio choose Input gt Stop Live Capture Verifying Live Capture After doing starting live capture you will see a video thumbnail of the incoming video and VU meters showing the incoming audio in the corresponding Channel box Remember if you did not enable the channel it will not capture video or audio Likewise if you chose None for a video or audio device on a particular channel no input from that device will be shown If you don t see live video in the channel box at the bottom it probably means that you are using a composite video input device and that the camera is not connected properly If your device appeared in the Device popup menu Isadora is seeing the capture device itself but that does not mean that the connection from the camera is properly connected to the device e Ensure that 1 your camera is turned on 2 that you have
173. c negative of the input Other colors produce unpredictable though interesting results You can set this color by linking the Color Maker actor to this property or you can click on the value edit box and choose the color from within a Color Picker dialog box bypass When turned off this effect functions normally When turned on the effect is disabled and the video input is passed directly to the video output Output Properties e video out The inverted video stream Video Mixer Wideo Mixer video in vdeo out video in 2 f mix mount bypass Mixes two streams of video allowing a crossfade between the two Input Properties e video in 1 The first video input stream e video in 2 The second video input stream e mix amount Determines the mixture between the two video input streams from 0 to 100 When set to 0 you see only the first video input stream As Isadora Manual BL the value moves towards 100 you will see more of the second stream When the mix amount reaches 100 you will see only the second stream bypass When turned off this effect functions normally When turned on the effect is disabled and the video input is passed directly to the video output Output Properties e video out The mixed video stream Video Noise MUNI SEOP msn Video OUT ES rate pd a color Generates video noise Input Properties e run stop When turned on this actor produces frames of video noise at t
174. ceeceeesssssseeeceeeeesseseeeeeeseeeegs 137 Creating a Multi Channel Audio Movie Using QuickTime Player Pro 139 Isadora 8 CoreAudio v1 2 MacOS X Ol ecoooncconccccocccccnoncnnnannnnannonnaas 139 Setting Up tor Molt Channel Sound i 140 Manipulating Pre Recorded Sound Tutorial ooccccnnnooonoccnnnnononnnnononcnnnnnnnnnnnnnccnnnonnnnncnnnnn nos 141 GEET 142 LIVE VIDEO amp AUDIO INPUT oooccocccconoconccconccconcccnonnnccnannonannnnnnnnas 144 Lave Capture setine Window Vi edad 144 Startine Stoppine LIVE CAPS ees suai tacntsiste eevee ee 146 Ee LAS Caplio diaria 147 Interactively Starting or Stopping Capture amp Recording Capture Input 147 Controlling Video Capture Pertormance a NEEN 148 Capturing Video and Audio To DISK ccseccceeeseeeeeneeeeeneeeeeneeeeaneeeennees 150 Starnes Capture To DIS bado 150 Stop pine Capre To DAS tn A AA A traia 151 Specifying the Location on Disk for Captured Med 151 Deletine Captured Menta EE 152 COMMUNICATING WITH EXTERNAL DEVICES 153 MIDI Inputtand OU pUliosnina nina 153 Hardware ER 153 RO 153 Isadora Virtual MIDI Inputs amp Outputs v1 1 Mac 155 Open Sound Control OSC V1 1 onoaconnniconinonociconcconncccnnccnnnccnnnncnannnnnanennns 156 How Open Sound Control Communicates cceecccccceceessessseceeeeesneeceeeccesseeecsneeeeseesnaeeeeeeseseeeegs 156 Receiving Open Sound Control Packets sin cceccicdnesecnseciccecevecncdedadadneddeendeencasv
175. ces the processor load e layer Determines the order in which this actor will be rendered in relation to any other 3D actors in the scene other 3D Projectors 3D Player 3D Quad Distort etc Higher numbered layers are in front of lowered numbered layers 1 e they are drawn last blend Determines the opacity of the video image in conjunction with the intensity input When set to additive the image 1s added to the background image lower intensity settings reduce the brightness of the image When set to transparent lower intensity values make the object more transparent allowing you to see more of the image underneath When set to opaque lower intensity values will fade the image to a black background that obscures the background image render back When turned off the image is only rendered on the front side of the rectangle This means that if you rotate the image it will be invisible when viewed from the back When turned on the image is rendered on both the front and back side ensuring that it is visible from any viewing angle depth test When turned on the depth z coordinate of this taken into account when rendering this object other 3D objects images that are in front of this object will obscure it When turned off only the layer input is used to determine whether or not this object will be obscured by other objects in the scene draw mode When set to always a rectangle is always rendered regardless of whet
176. ched value The Lookup actor shown above is configured to have three value inputs which are set to 3 5 and 8 If the value 3 was sent to the compare input the index output would be set to 1 and the trigger output would send a trigger if the value 5 was sent to the compare input the index output would be set to 2 etc If the value 22 was sent to the compare input the index output would be set to 0 since no match was found You can prevent a value from being sent when there is no match using the mode input Input Properties e compare Each time this value changes it is compared to all values in the table If a match is found the index of that value is sent to the index output and the trigger output sends a trigger Isadora Manual 260 e mode Determines what will happen if a value arriving at the compare input cannot be found in the list of values specified by the value inputs When set to no match the output index is set to 0 when a match cannot be found When set to match the output index will be set only when the compare input matches one of the values specified by the value inputs e values Sets the number of values in the lookup table Increase this value to add input values decrease 1t to remove input values e value 1 value 2 etc The values in the lookup table Output Properties e index When the compare input changes and a match is found in one of the value inputs sends the index of the value that was matched
177. cher key range ANZ ker direction He Watches for a key or range of keys on the computer keyboard to be pressed released or both Isadora Manual Z With the Keyboard Watcher you can specify a single key or range of keys that the watcher will see When the watcher sees one of those keys and it is going in the direction specified by the direction input 1t will send that character associated with that key the output Input Properties e key range Specifies the key or range of keys that the watcher will see Specify a single key by typing it into this value edit box enclosed by single quotes e g the capital letter B is entered as B To specify a range of keys type two keys separated by a hyphen e g A Z Note that the key range is case sensitive in that the keys Z and z are considered to be different e direction Determines whether the watcher will see keys that are pressed down released up or both Output Properties e key When a key is pressed on the computer keyboard that matches the key or range of keys specified in key range input and it is traveling in a direction that matches the direction input that character associated with that key is sent out of this output Remember that you can link the output of the key watcher to the input of a trigger if you would simply like to trigger an event when the user presses a key LanBox Channels v1 1 LanBox Channels udp addr udp port bu
178. cking on the value edit box for the font property A pop up menu will appear that allows you to select the font from all of the fonts available on your computer After these steps are done you can use the size input to set the size position and color of the font The size is based on the height of the video frame if you set it to 100 the font will be as tall as the video output is high The horizontal and vertical position inputs determine the position of the text within the frame O is centered negative numbers move the text to the left positive numbers to the right Finally you can click on the value edit box for the color property to set the text color If you have entered multiple lines of text you can select which line you will see by sending the number of that line to the line input When you do the text for the Text ure actor will display that line Input Properties e rgb in The video stream on which the text will be superimposed You can leave this input disconnected if you would like the text to appear on a black background If this stream is in the YUV format it will automatically be converted to RGB e horz pos The horizontal center of the text specified as a percentage of the width of the frame from 100 to 100 percent e vert pos The vertical center of the text specified as a percentage of the height of the frame from 100 to 100 percent e font height This is given as a percentage of the output stage heigh
179. control To have an actor input listen to a particular control you will set the Control ID Link for that input accessed via a pop up window that is shown when you click on the title of an input in the Scene Editor From that point on whenever the control is adjusted the actor input s to which it is linked will hear the values coming from the control Similarly it is possible to link an actor output to a control This can sometimes be useful if you want to monitor a output changing value in the control panel e g by connecting the position output of the Movie Player to a Slider control A horizontal bar drawn below Scenes in the Scene List represents control Panels visually The bar indicates the Scene or Scenes with which the Control Panel is associated If a Control Panel is associated with two or more Scenes the bar below those scenes will be unbroken One Two Three e Same Control Panel for All Scenes OO pp Control Panel for Scenes One amp Two different Control Panel for Scene Three Different Control Panels for Each Scene It is important you understand that when editing a Control Panel associated with more than one Scene that you are changing the panel for all of those Scenes You can create a separate Control Panel for a group of Scenes using the Split Control Panels command from the menu The inverse can be accomplished by the Join Control Panels command Isadora Manual 97 Editing Scenes a
180. ctangles click the OK button to store the new settings or click Cancel to exit the dialog without saving the edited rectangles Input Properties e video in receives the video stream to be analyzed e udp addr Specifies the UDP address to which the messages will be sent This should match the UDP address specified for your LanBox in the LCEdit program udp port Specifies the UDP port number to which the messages will be sent This should match the UDP address specified for your LanBox in the LCEdit program msg type can be set to either write or publish publish equates to the buffer broadcast command hex C9 write equates to the buffer write command hex CA For more detailed information please refer to the UDP documentation for the LanBox buffer id specifies the LanBox buffer to which the channel data will be written When msg type is set to publish you can use the following values 252 DMX Input Buffer 253 Analog Switch Inputs 254 Mixer Buffer 255 DMX Output Buffer When msg type is set to write you may specify a value of 1 64 to write directly into the LanBox s Layer Buffers A through BK or 254 to write directly into the Mixer Buffer chan offset determines the actual channels to be transmitted See the explanation of the rectangle editor above to understand how the chan offset is used when sending information to the LanBox LC Isadora Manual e D6 Limit Scale Value Limit Scala Value YERE output i
181. ctor into your scene Alternatively you can just drop the User Actor into your Global User Actors Folder described in the previous section If you do it will appear in the User Group in the Toolbox the next time you run Isadora Tutorial 11 Getting the Most From the Projector v1 1 Isadora 1 1 introduced a new feature Hardware Accelerated Rendering to the stage This feature uses OpenGL the same system software used to render the scenes in 3D games Several features were added to the Projector actor to take Isadora Manual 37 advantage of this new scheme and understanding how to use them will allow you to take full advantage of the capabilities introduced in version 1 1 The first step is to ensure that the Hardware Acceleration is enabled and that it works on your computer e Chose Isadora gt Preferences MacOS or Edit gt Preferences Windows to show the Preferences Dialog e Click on the Video tab e Make sure that the Hardware Accelerated Rendering checkbox is checked e Click OK e Choose Output gt Show Stages e Again choose Isadora gt Preferences MacOS or Edit gt Preferences Windows to show the Preferences Dialog and click the Video tab Under the Rendering to Stage section you will now be able to see some of the OpenGL features available on your computer Rendering To Stage Cd Hardware Accelerated Rendering OpenGL Features Vers 1 5 AT 1 3 28 Packed Pixels Rectangular Textu
182. cture imported into in the Media Window The output of the picture player can be connected to any actor that has a video input Unlike the Movie Player which sends a frame of video on a periodic basis when the movie is playing the Picture Player only sends a new frame of video when 1 its Scene is activated 2 its visible property goes from off to on or 3 the picture property changes from one valid picture to another Input Properties e picture The number of the picture you want to play as shown in the Media Window When the number of a valid picture 1s entered here 1ts name will appear to the right of the number e visible When set to on generates a video stream from the picture specified by the picture input property When set to off no output is generated Output Properties e video out The picture converted into a video stream e trigger Sends a trigger whenever a new picture is selected when the visible property goes from off to on or when this actor s Scene 1s activated Pitch Bend Watcher Pitch Bend Watcher port es port channel U jw channel EIER TE value KS bend value irigger Watches for MIDI Pitch Bend messages outputting the values associated with that message and sending a trigger when one is seen The Pitch Bend Watcher can look for a message with a specific pitch bend value or a range of bend values depending on the setting of the input properties When a message meeting the criterion sp
183. cy of the video stream being rendered Where the mask 1s white you will see the original video stream where the mask 1s black you will see the anything that has been rendered to the stage previously e in a lower layer When the brightness of the mask is a shade of gray you will see a mix of the original video stream and previously rendered images how much of the background you will see is based on the mask s brightness When the mask is light you will see more of the foreground where it 1s dark you will see more of the background Below are examples foreground background and mask image and the result of combining them through the alpha mask See the section Compositing with the Projector using Hardware Accelerated Rendering on Page 126 for more information on taking advantage of these features Input Properties e video the video stream into which the alpha channel will be embedded e mask a video stream that will become the alpha mask This stream does not have to be in grayscale but 1t will be converted to a grayscale image before 1t is embedded into the source video stream bypass When turned off this effect functions normally When turned on the effect is disabled and the video input is passed directly to the video output Output Properties e video out the video stream into which the alpha channel has been embedded All Notes Off All Notes Off aj all notes off SEE Isadora Manual TZ Sends a MI
184. d Aomatcaly Show Stages Thumbnails Geh Loa A biie Tira erradier Mer Gave With Fim tantes loading Font Size Toolbos Font Sire 10 pt H dep Damna Fora Kaze Den 8 Edting Options i Creates Corarol iD Leig Carcel Ox Frame Rate Sleep Time v1 1 The Target Frame Rate popup allows you to specify the rate at which Isadora will attempt to render its video output This value relates directly to the FPS display in the Status Window The Sleep Time setting specifies how much time Isadora will give to other processes running on your computer Specifically 1t specifies the period in milliseconds with which Isadora will attempt to service the active scene s A setting of 4 would mean that Isadora would attempt to service the active scenes every 4ms or 250 times a second This setting relates directly to the Cycles setting in the Status Window Setting this to a lower number may make Isadora run faster but will slow down other programs running on your computer Setting this to a higher number will give more time to other applications but may make Isadora run poorly Experiment with a few values to see what works best for you a good range is somewhere between 2 and 15 Isadora Manual m Movie Service Task v1 2 The Movie Service Task determines how often all of the currently playing movies are serviced The default is setting is once per frame the actual frequency depends on the Frame Rate setting described
185. d Video Monitor Most desktop computers will require a second video output card to be installed for them to be able to output video to a second monitor Most contemporary laptops support a second video output as a standard feature If your laptop does not have this feature built in then it is difficult to add it at a later time e Video Digitizing Card or Fire Wire Digital Video Input for live video capture Note that if you want to use your computer s Fire Wire input to bring live video into Isadora you will need to have either a digital video camera with a Fire Wire output or a analog video to Fire Wire converter such as the Sony DVMC 2 or Canopus DVAC 100 e Under Windows you will need a QuickTime compatible video digitizer driver A free basic digitizer called WinVDIG be found at http www vdig com WinVDIG index html Isadora Manual 20 Follow the installation instructions with one of these driver to install it on your system e MIDI Interface and MIDI Input Output Drivers required 1f you plan to use MIDI input and or output Set Monitor Resolution amp Color Depth The resolution and color depth settings that you choose for the screen or screens to which Isadora will output video has noticeable effects on the speed with which that video will be rendered You can find out more about this later in the manual in the section labeled Performance Issues in the sadora Reference section of this manual 640 by 480 is alwa
186. d choose Set Force Standard Quality from the popup menu Using the Scene List An Isadora document can have any number of Scenes each of which is a collection of actors that manipulates one or more streams of digital media Isadora scenes are like scenes in a play each one may have a different set different lighting etc Similarly each Isadora Scene may manipulate media in a completely different way Because you can jump almost instantly from one scene to another using the Jump actor or by clicking on Scenes in the Scene List it is possible to move from one interactive setup to another as you move through sections of a performance When you manually activate a Scene in the Scene List by clicking on it with the mouse 1ts actors are displayed in the Scene Editor and they all begin communicating with each other If the activated Scene generates video output 1t will appear on the appropriate Stage 1f 1t produces sound the sound will be sent to the computer s audio output etc It 1s important to understand that each Scene is completely independent from the other Scenes in the same document Because of this you cannot pass data from one Scene to another When you activate a new scene all of the media output of the previously active scene stops Generally speaking only one scene 1s active at a time However you can use the Activate Scene and Deactivate Scene actors to activate more than one scene at a time See the documentation for the
187. d instead Pulse Generator Pulse Generator freq trigger 1 peal vi Fun stop S L reset outputs Generates triggers that are evenly spaced in time The Pulse Generator will send a trigger out of its trigger output at the frequency specified by the freq input property You can optionally specify more than one output If you do so the outputs will send triggers in sequentially one after the other Input Properties e freq The frequency at which the triggers will be sent from 0001 to 999 Hz cycles per second e run stop When set to on the pulse generator runs normally When set to off the pulse generator is paused It will continue counting time at the point it left when the run stop property 1s turned back on Isadora Manual 299 e reset Resets the Pulse Generator s internal time counter to O This means that it will be at least one full cycle before the next trigger is sent e outputs sets the number of output triggers on the right side of the actor When this value is greater than 1 each output will send a trigger one after the other 1 e trigger 1 then trigger 2 etc until the last output is triggered Then the process begins again with trigger 1 When using multiple outputs the actual frequency at a given output will be less than that specified by the freq input each will pulse at a frequency of freq divided by outputs E g with freq set to 1 Hz and outputs set to 3 each output will
188. d to a pair of outputs on your multi channel sound output device set the snd out property to one of the following values El 2 Outputs and 2 E3 4 E5 6 E7 8 E9 10 El 1 12 E13 14 E15 16 E17 18 E19 20 E21 22 E23 24 E25 26 E27 28 E29 30 E31 32 Outputs 3 and 4 Outputs 5 and 6 Outputs 7 and 8 Outputs 9 and 10 Outputs 11 and 12 Outputs 13 and 14 Outputs 15 and 16 Outputs 17 and 18 Outputs 19 and 20 Outputs 21 and 22 Outputs 23 and 24 Outputs 25 and 26 Outputs 27 and 28 Outputs 29 and 30 Outputs 31 and 32 If you set the snd out property to a pair of outputs that does not exist on your external device or if the device is not currently connected then the sound will be sent to the built in output If the movie contains multiple sound tracks the Movie Player and Movie Player Direct actors will route all sound to the output specified by the snd out property If you would like to manipulate the volume pan and output routing of each track individually use the Sound Movie Player actor Using Multi Channel Sound with Sound Files Sound files are sent to one of Isadora s sixteen Sound Channels Each of these Sound Channels is will play sound either on your computer s built in sound output Isadora Manual ZF 1 e 1ts speaker or sound output jack or on a pair of outputs on your external sound device You associate a Sound Channel with a particular pair of outputs using in the Sound Output Routing section of the
189. d with the current value of the matching parameter inputs 1 e P2 in the message above is replaced by the value of the param 2 input Input Properties e port The MIDI port on which the message will be sent These port numbers correspond to the Destinations shown in the MIDI Setup dialog e trigger Sends a MIDI System Exclusive message each time a trigger is received on this input e params The number of variable parameter inputs Increasing this number adds parameter inputs decreasing it removes them e param 1 param 2 etc variable value parameters that will be inserted into the System Exclusive message See description above for more about using variable parameters Isadora Manal 204 Serial In Watcher Binary Serial In Watcher Binary port reset Reads a fixed length binary data block from the specified serial port using a user specified pattern matching specification Note To read data consisting of variable length messages marked by a delimiter use the Serial In Watcher Text actor Values within the data are parsed and output from this actor according to a user specified pattern matching specifier To edit this specifier double click this actor s icon and the editor will open For documentation on the parsing serial input see Serial Input Parsing on page 162 Input Properties e port Specifies the serial port from which to receive data e enable When turned on reads all data from the se
190. dancer s image will become more and more distorted Displace uses the brightness of the video stream at its displace input to shift the pixels of the video stream arriving at its source input Where the displace video is 50 gray the source video s pixels aren t moved at all where it is dark pixels are shifted to the left where it is light pixels are shifted to the right How far the pixels are moved depends on the amount setting The angle property determines the angle at which pixels are shifted when set to zero they move left and right when set to 25 90 degrees they move towards the top left and bottom right etc The offset parameter will shift the apparent brightness of the displace video this is useful if the displace video is too bright or too dark overall Experiment with these to see how they change the result It is hard to predict what exactly you will get out of Displace but the results can be quite beautiful Import your own movies and try using them with Displace Remember though we used a still picture as our displace source you can use a moving video image or live video input just as easily Video Feedback Video Feedback pointing a video camera at the monitor that was displaying the image from that camera was a staple technique of some early video artists Here we ll use a pair of Isadora video processing modules to create our own digital version of this technique e Activate the Scene called Feedbac
191. de deca iedetecedehedeenvess 350 Le En Ne EE 350 VICO IN VVALCIICR E 351 VIGGO INVE EE 352 E 392 VIGGO ge 353 WAP A e O A A 393 Wave Generator a eac 354 Isadora Manual 13 UA Ae 355 LOOMEN E 356 CONTROLS REFERENCE EN 358 LOMO ita 358 Backgro una ane name iene iiten yee eres tee Sten Airy Aner tenner en ener et net ear eee terres eter ere enrey 360 STT 362 DUO Ni ico id 365 COMME canica 367 A A Sem eee ere ee mee ee rie ee eee ee 368 Ed o 370 PP Suu cia 371 nn A E E 372 AR PR CO E 373 PODUP 8 dE E 374 lees 375 VIGGO PICK OR croar a a 378 Isadora Manual 14 Isadora Overview What is Isadora Isadora is a software program designed to allow interactive real time manipulation of digital media including pre recorded video live video sound standard MIDI files and more You create an Isadora program by linking together modules called actors in Isadora parlance each of which perform a specific function on the media You make these programs interactive by linking actors to another type of module called a watcher which looks for information from the outside world 1 e MIDI messages mouse and keyboard actions messages send over a Local Area Network The results are presented via the computer s video screens speakers or MIDI interfaces The design of Isadora is the result of over a dozen years of experience of creating interactive works with my dance theater company Troika Ranch http www troikaranch org a
192. deo from that input is all that you see Isadora Manual 49 Luminance Key e Activate the Scene called Luminance by clicking on it In 1t you will find two Movie Player actors a Projector actor and an actor we haven t seen yet called Luminance Key e So that you know what imagery you are dealing with link the video out of the top Movie Player to the video in of the Projector You should see a dancer moving on a black background Choose Edit gt Undo to undo the link Do the same with the video out of the bottom Movie Player You should see some bubbles floating on a blue background Again choose Edit gt Undo to remove the link e Now connect the video out of the Luminance Key to the video in of the Projector What you will see on the Stage 1s the dancer superimposed on the bubbles What the Luminance Key actor does is combine two images You specify a range of brightness in its key top and key bottom properties Where the foreground video stream is within this range of brightness you see the foreground Where it is outside this range you see the background Currently the key top is set to 100 and the key bottom to 5 100 means as bright as possible 0 means black The dancer s body is fairly bright so it falls within the 100 to 5 range and you see the foreground 1 e her dancing But the black background is outside of the range 100 to 5 so the bubbles show through on that part of the image e Change the key top val
193. deo sources We ll focus on the single source actors in this tutorial We ll start with a simple setup that should illustrate the basic concept e As you did in Tutorial 1 insert the Movie Player and Projector actors into the Scene Editor window and import the dancer mov file in the Isadora Tutorials folder located in the same folder as your Isadora application into the Media Window e Now click on the Colorizer actor in the Toolbox and drag it into the Scene Editor Link the video out port of the Movie Player actor to video in port of the Colorizer actor Then connect the video out of the Colorizer actor to the video in of the Projector actor e Choose Output gt Show Stages to show the stage e You should see the video image as you did in Tutorial 1 But now click on the Colorizer s red property value and change the setting to 50 The image will change color Try other values for the green and blue properties You can also click hold down the mouse and move it up or down to scroll through the values of these properties What s happening Well the red green and blue properties control the intensity of the red green and blue pixels of the video image Setting these properties to a negative value reduces the intensity of that color by the specified percentage while setting them to positive values increases them by the specified percentage If you were to set the green and blue values to 100 all of the gr
194. deo stream s resolution and combined with a zoom factor For example let s say the incoming video stream has a resolution of 320x240 If the horz size and vert size were set to 50 and the zoom input was 100 then the output resolution would be 160x120 If you were to change the zoom to 50 then Isadora Manual C07 the resulting resolution would be 80x60 1 e 50 of 160x120 If zoom was 200 you would get a 320x240 output IMPORTANT It is bad practice to use Chop Pixels to scale images to a different size instead use the Panner or Zoomer actor The reason for the inefficiency stems from the fact that when Isadora tries to combine two images of differing resolutions 1t will scale one to match the other as specified by the Video Image Processing setting in the Video Tab of the Preferences To get best efficiency when using Isadora you want to keep all of the video streams the same resolution Input Properties e video in The source video stream e horz ctr In tandem with vert ctr specifies what portion of the incoming image will be seen from 100 to 100 percent When set to 0 the cropped image 1s taken from the center of the incoming video stream As this number goes negative you will see more of the left side of the image As it goes positive you will see more of the right side of the image horz ctr In tandem with horz ctr specifies what portion of the incoming image will be seen from 100 to 100 percent
195. difier keys are held down Input Properties e modifiers Specifies the modifier keys that must be held down before mouse movement will be seen by this watcher Options include MacOS Windows cmd d command key alt a alt key ctl c control key ctl c control key opt 0 option key win w windows key shf s shift key shf s shift key Note that when you save a file on MacOS and read it under Windows the cmd modifier becomes the alt modifier and opt becomes win The reverse is true when you move from Windows to MacOS To enter a new Set of modifiers click on the modifiers value edit box and type the codes for modifiers you desire separated by hyphens You can use either the three letter or single letter modifiers when typing the new modifiers If you wanted the watcher to only see the mouse move when the option and command keys were down enter opt cmd and press enter Isadora Manual gt 248 To remove all modifiers click on the modifiers value edit box press a space and press enter e limit horz Limits the range of horizontal movement that this watcher will see specified as a percentage of the width of the main screen For example 1f you set this range to 0 50 the mouse will only be seen moving when it is in the left half of the screen e limit vert Limits the range of vertical movement that this watcher will see specified as a percentage of the height of the main screen For example 1f you
196. dora s internal timers and messaging are disabled As such actors like Enter Scene Trigger will never be activated Movies will not play and so on Because of this it is impossible to exit the scene because of the way in which it is programmed After you have edited the Scene to your satisfaction choose Output gt Resume Engine to return to normal use Isadora Manual 125 Video 8 Audio Output Compositing with the Projector v1 1 Isadora v1 1 allows you to use Hardware Accelerated Rendering to render images to the stage On most modern computers this results in significant speed increases and higher quality output Enabling this Hardware Accelerated Rendering HAR in the Preferences also enables important features in the Projector actor This section will help you understand how best to take advantage of these features Layering amp Blending In previous versions of Isadora you were only able use two or more projectors in the same scene if the images did not overlap Hardware Accelerated Rendering overcomes this limitation and allows much more flexible compositing of images on the same stage To help you understand these principals you can follow along in the file called Compositing 1zz which is included with the Isadora Examples folder included with the program In the first scene there are two Movie Players each connected to their own projector Individually the movies are scaled so that the look like this in
197. dora Prelerences General Video Stage MidifNet Warnings MIDA Scene Control Actrate ee With Loedrorker waka EA MEN Channel 116 Os Any Chanel Lontroller Hunter i hana ahim o i Not Setup Comparber E il Open Sound Control OSC Port Number Pott Mimi 17234 Isadora Manual M7 MIDI Scene Control In this section can choose to allow MIDI message to activate Scenes When this option 1s turned on and when the proper MIDI message arrives 1t will cause one of a Scene to be activated in the same way 1t would be if you clicked on that Scene with the mouse You specify which MIDI message will activate the Scenes using the Activate Scene With popup The choices are e None Don t use MIDI commands to activate scenes e Program Change e Continuous Control e Note On e Note Off If you choose the Program Change Note On or Note Off choices the area below the popup will have two settings the MIDI Channel and Base Value The MIDI Channel specifies what MIDI Channel the message must arrive on to cause the activation of a Scene If a message arrives and its MIDI channel does not match the one specified here it will not activate the Scene You can choose O to allow messages on any channel to work The Base Value specifies message value that will activate the first Scene This is interpreted differently for each message type Message Type Message Value Program Change Program Change Number Controller Value Note On P
198. dora Virtual In as an output for the program Now when you send MIDI messages from the other application they will be received via Isadora s Virtual Input on the selected Isadora MIDI Input Port Open Sound Control OSC v1 1 Isadora now has support for Open Sound Control OSC This is a standard protocol that allows two pieces of software to communicate with each other either on the same computer or on computers connected via a local area network How Open sound Control Communicates While Open Sound Control is not limited to any physical communications standard the most common way to send messages 1s via UDP User Datagram Protocol a method used to send data over the Internet To send data to an application on another computer you must know its TCP IP address In addition an OSC application listens for messages on a specific UDP port number ranging from 1 to 65535 You must know both of these numbers before you can send OSC packets to another application on a remote computer You must also know the OSC address to which the data will be sent this information can usually be found in the documentation for the program Isadora Manual 16 If you are transmitting data between two programs running on the same computer you can use the special address localhost which translates to an IP address of 127 0 0 1 to indicate that the data will be transmitted locally This should work even if you computer is not connected to a
199. dora has to combine two video streams of different resolutions e g with the Video Mixer actor it has to scale one stream to match the resolution of the other Which one gets scaled is determined by the Video Image Processing section of the Video tab in the Preferences Scaling is slow and so you want to avoid it as much as possible If all of the video streams you are processing are the same resolution you will get the best possible performance Tip 6 Compress your video files using the Photo JPEG codec In addition to changing the resolution of your files recompressing them with the Photo JPEG codec compressor decompressor offers further speed improvements when playing video from your hard drive While the files will not be as small as with other codecs the Photo JPEG compressor offers several advantages The first and most important that it requires less processor power to decompress the images when compared to many other codecs Secondly it is enhanced for the G4 processor on Macintosh computers many other codecs are not Third because each frame is compressed as an individual picture it is very fast when jumping to an arbitrary location within the clip 1 e when using the position input of the Movie Player and it plays just as well backwards as forwards You can use a number of software tools to recompress your files using the Photo JPEG codec But perhaps easiest is the Pro edition of Apple s QuickTime Player See T
200. e Allows you to trigger events based on incoming MIDI Time Code values Input Properties e compare Determines the comparison to be performed on the between the incoming MIDI Time Code values and the value given in the mtc value input You may choose eq ne It le gt or ge representing equal not equal less than less than or equal greater than greater than or equal e mtc value The time code value to which the incoming time code will be compared using the operation specified at the compare input Output Properties e output 1 when the comparison is true O otherwise E g if the compare input is set to gt greater than and the incoming MIDI Time Code value is greater than the value specified at the mtc value input this output would be a 1 e true Sends a trigger whenever the result of the comparison changes from false to true e false Sends a trigger whenever the result of the comparison changes from true to false Multi Blocker Multi Blocker Filters out values that are too closely spaced in time Isadora Manual 282 Multi Blocker is useful in situations where you have a stream of input values that has so many values that it is overwhelming the input of another actor or 1f you have a noisy input that generates multiple triggers or values and you only want to see the first of these Multi Blocker solves this problem by ensuring that a specific amount of time has passed before it will pass the new value from t
201. e You will see a Movie Player connected to a Projector Actor Below that you will see a Keyboard Watcher and a new actor we have not yet used called Jump The Jump actor has three input properties The mode works in tandem with the jump to input to determine which Scene will be activated when the jump is triggered When a value arrives at the trigger input the current scene 1s deactivated and the scene specified by the mode and jump to properties 1s activated If mode is set to relative and the jump to property is set to 1 then the Jump actor will activate the next scene when triggered If jump to is set to 1 then Jump will activate the previous scene 2 would advance two scenes 2 would go back two scenes etc Relative jumps are useful when you want to be able to cut and paste a group of scenes that work together and have their jumps still work properly If mode is set to absolute then the jump to property gives the number of the scene to jump to where the first scene in the Isadora document would be 1 the second scene would be 2 etc These jumps are generally less useful because cutting and pasting scenes would cause the absolute jumps to activate the wrong scene However there are situations that are useful for instance when you always want to jump to the first scene in the document As mentioned above it is possible to cut copy and paste and rename scenes Here are some quick exam
202. e and position of the rectangle numerically You can also move the currently selected rectangle using the arrow keys or resize it by using the arrow keys while simultaneously holding down the shift key Note that when a rectangle is selected the DMX channels that will be sent to the LanBox are shown to the right of the Channel Range prompt at the bottom right of the inspector The base channel is determined by the setting of the chan offset input property of the LanBox RGB Out actor The total number of channels to be transmitted from a particular rectangle will equal the width times the height times 3 W x H x 3 So a 4 x 3 rectangle will send 36 channels total Isadora Manual D5 For example let s say we have two rectangles one that is 4 x 3 pixels 36 channels total another that is 10 x 1 30 channels total and that the chan offset input of the actor 1s set to 50 The first rectangle will broadcast its RGB values to LanBox channels 51 86 The second rectangle would broadcast to LanBox channels 87 116 You may also choose average all of the pixels under a rectangle down to three channels 1 e a single RGB value To do this check the Average to Three Channels check box when a rectangle is selected You can change the magnification of the image within the dialog box using the Magnfication popup You may also turn off the video preview by unchecking the Preview checkbox Once you have set up all of the re
203. e Lor Prot A Centre Mumber Y Contra Humber E Hiimum o Maximum TNI Diep a Diii vam Pisplay Format A3 Control Properties e Control Title The title used to identify this control which appears inside the button e Width The width of the slider e Height The height of the slider Isadora Manual 858 Font Popup menu selects the font used to draw text for this control es Bold Italic Underline When checked uses the bold italic or underline variations of the specified font e Font Size Sets the size font used to draw text for this control e Show Value of Linked Properties When an actor input property is linked to this control and this box 1s checked the control s value will be set to match the property s value This causes the control to display the property s current value at all times A Control ID This number is used to identify the control when linking it to actor properties When this control s value changes because a user moves the indicator horizontally a message giving the Control ID and the control s value is broadcast to the active Scene Any actor properties that are linked to this Control ID will have their value set appropriately Generally speaking you will want this number to be unique within a given Control Panel Y Control ID Same as the X Control ID except that it broadcasts the vertical movement of the indicator Minimum Value The minimum possible value for this slid
204. e Type the number 0 and hit return or enter Once the Ctl ID Link is set to zero it is no longer linked to any control selecting and Deleting Controls To select a control e Click on the control with the mouse To select multiple controls e Hold down the shift key while clicking on the controls you want to select To select a group of controls e Click on the Control Panel Editor s background and drag the mouse A selection rectangle will appear When you release the mouse any controls under the selection rectangle will be selected e If you hold down the shift key before you click the controls under the selection rectangle will be added to the current selection Isadora Manual 3 Using a Picture as a Background v1 1 You can choose to fill the background of the Control Panel with a Picture in the Media Window You may either draw the picture as 1s tile 1t so that a small image fills the entire Control Panel or scale the image to fit the control panel To choose a background for a control panel e Choose Controls gt Set Control Panel Background The following dialog will be shown Use Control Background Pace Cep Tiia 2 Whon tii Se Mage Mam le rei aca wen the orienta m verical dirare ro a par of tan LA B TE 12 ld or 128 e Check the Use Control Background checkbox to use a Picture as a background e In the Picture field type the media index of a Picture in the Media Window If the picture doesn
205. e horz or vert size input will automatically adjust the other input so that the ratio between horizontal and vertical is 4 3 Output Properties e video out Outputs a solid color video stream at the specified resolution RGB to YUV v1 1 RGB to YUV Gi video ideoin wideout video E SW 201 Converts a video stream from RGB to YUV This actor 1s used to explicitly convert an RGB video stream to YUV usually to be fed to a video processing actor that prefers RGB If the incoming stream is already YUV then it is passed directly to the output See YUV Video Processing on page 129 for more information about using YUV mode in Isadora Input Properties e video in The RGB video stream to be converted to YUV video out The input video stream converted to YUV format Isadora Manual W2 Router out 1 select out 2 outputs out 3 Routes data from a single input to one of several outputs The Router actor routes any type of data numbers video sound etc from the input to one of several outputs You specify the number of outputs by setting the outputs input property to the desired number of outputs Once this is done you can select the output to which the data will be sent by changing the select input Setting this property to sends the data to out 1 setting it to 2 sends the data to out 2 etc Note that the in input and out 1 out 2 out 3 etc outputs of this actor are mutable This means they will all
206. e operations possible Depending on the source material the result can range from impressionistic to psychedelic Experimentation is the key to generating interesting images with this actor submin Isadora Manual 22 and Input Properties e rgb in 1 The first video input stream If this stream is YUV it will automatically be converted to RGB e rgb in 2 The first second input stream If this stream is YUV it will automatically be converted to RGB e mode One of addovr addmax subovr submin xor or mult min max or delta More details of these operations are given above bypass When turned off this effect functions normally When turned on the effect is disabled and the video input is passed directly to the video output Output Properties e rgb out The combined video output in RGB format Enter Scene Trigger Enter Scene Trig ep Zb trigger Sends a trigger when this actor s Scene is activated This actor is useful when you need to tell another actor to do something as soon as its Scene is activated Isadora Manual 280 Properties e trigger Sends a trigger as soon as this actor s Scene is activated Enter Scene Value Enter Scene Value valie m output Sends a value when this actor s Scene 1s activated This actor is useful when you need to preset the input property value of another actor when its Scene is activated Properties e value The value to be sent when this
207. e pitch given by the note 3 input property Isadora Manual OMR e quiet Sends a note off message for any currently sounding notes e note 1 note 2 note 3 The pitches for the Note On messages to be sent as chosen by the select input Minimum a inputs K mi a a wadue E value z Outputs the current minimum value of all of its inputs Input Properties inputs Specifies the number of value inputs for this actor from 1 to 16 e value 1 value 2 etc When a value arrives at one of these inputs it is compared to all of the other value inputs If it is the least of all of these the new value is sent out of the output port If a value arrives that is greater than or equal to than the any of the other input values nothing happens Output Properties e min The current minimum value of all of the value inputs Mono Pressure Watcher Mono Pressure Watcher port port channel channel pressure _ ky pressure trigger Watches for MIDI Monophonic Pressure messages outputting the values associated with that message and sending a trigger when one is seen The Mono Pressure Watcher can look for a message with a specific pressure value or a range of pressure values depending on the setting of the input properties When a message meeting all of the criterion specified by input properties is seen the values associated with that message are sent out of the output ports and a trigger 1s sent out of the trigger output
208. e subtracted at a much faster rate resulting in a smooth change of values at the output Output Properties e value the decaying output value from O to 100 There are two primary ways that you might use this generator One is generate simple ramps by setting the inc amt property to 100 and triggering the inc trig input Each time the Decay Generator receives a trigger the output will jump to 100 and gradually decay to 0 The amount of time that it takes to get to 0 is determined by the dec amt property The other use for this generator is to generate a stream of values that stays high as when triggers are received quickly enough but eventually decays to zero if no trigger is received for a long enough period of time Try setting inc amt to 50 and dec amt to 33 Click the inc trig value edit box several times As you do you Il see the output value jump up to 100 Then stop clicking Over a period of three seconds Isadora Manual 298 the output value will gradually go down to 0 Why does it take three seconds Because the dec amt property determines how much is subtracted from the output value every second If you are at 100 and 33 1s being subtracted every second it will take about three seconds to reach 0 Desaturate e K i DS video out vid S saturation o bypass Decreases the color saturation of a video stream Input Properties e video in the video input stream e saturation determines the amount of color remai
209. e tracking Outputs a 1 when the blob is being tracked Otherwise it outputs a O bounds ctr h Reports the horizontal center of the bounding box of the blob specified as a percentage of the width of the frame 50 is in the center 0 1s the left edge of the frame 100 1s the right edge bounds ctr v Reports the vertical center of the bounding box of the blob specified as a percentage of the height of the frame 50 1s in the center 0 is the top edge of the frame 100 is the bottom edge e centroid h Reports the horizontal centroid of the blob specified as a percentage of the width of the frame See above for a description of the centroid e centroid ctr v Reports the vertical centroid of the blob specified as a percentage of the width of the frame See above for a description of the centroid e obj width Reports the width of the bounding box specified as a percentage of the width of the frame e obj height Reports the width of the bounding box specified as a percentage of the height of the frame e obj velocity Reports the velocity of the center point of the bounding box as specified as a percentage of the width of the frame Higher values mean that the value is moving more quickly through the frame Broadcaster gt Value Sends a value of any type to all active Listener actors listening on the specified channel Broadcasters are primarily used to send values between the primary active
210. e value The value to be sent from 0 to 16383 e trigger Sends the specified MIDI High Resolution Control Change message Send NonReg Param Send NonReg Param port channel param vae trigger Sends a MIDI Non Registered Parameter Change message each time a trigger 1s received According to the MIDI specification a non registered parameter value can range form O to 16383 Sometimes this is not the most useful representation when sending certain parameters to synthesizers and other MIDI gear especially when the value is interpreted as a bipolar and number To address this issue the Send NonReg Param actor has a mode property that allows you to map input values to the O to 16383 range in a several ways detailed description of the four modes can be found below Input Properties e mode The mode that determines how the parameter value will be specified which can be one of the following norm The parameter value ranges between O and 100 In this mode the range of input value is scaled to the actual MIDI range of 0 to 16383 O yields 0 50 yields 8192 100 yields 16383 norm The parameter value ranges between 50 and 50 In this mode the range of input value is scaled to the actual MIDI range of 0 to 16383 50 yields 0 O yields 8192 and 50 yields 16383 direct The parameter value ranges between 0 and 16383 This matches the actual MIDI range so no scaling is necessary Isadora Manual W8 direct The
211. e values as they pass from one actor to another is the key to getting exactly what you want out of Isadora Try more experiments with this feature in your patches to familiarize yourself with this important feature Tutorial 9 More Real Time Video Processing In the previous chapter on real time video processing we only looked at the Video Processing actors that have one video input and one video output There are a handful of actors that take two or three video inputs We Il take a look at several of them in this tutorial Video Mixer e Close any currently open Isadora documents Then choose File gt Open and locate the file called Tutorial 9 in the Isadora Tutorials folder located in the same folder as your Isadora application e Activate the Scene called Crossfade by clicking on it In it you will find two Movie Player actors a Projector actor and an actor we haven t seen yet called Video Mixer A Mouse Watcher is connected to the mix e Choose Output gt Show Stages Note that you won t see anything yet as the input to Projector hasn t been linked to anything yet e Move the up and down As you do the image on the Stage crossfades from one video to the other The Video Mixer actor fades between two video sources When its mix amount property is 0 you see only the video stream arriving at its video in 1 input As the value increases you see more and more of video in 2 until you reach 100 when the vi
212. e was made using a still image you can just as easily supply a moving video to the tiles in input The results in this case depend greatly on the content of that video stream but 1t can lead to interesting effects Input Properties e video in The video input stream to be tiled e tiles in The video input that will be used to create the tiles The height and width of each tile are given by the tile cols and tile rows inputs e tiles across The number of tiles across in the tile in video stream e tiles down The number of tiles down 1n the ole mi video stream e steps The number of brightness steps to use when creating the final image Lower numbers produce a coarser resolution of brightness higher numbers give finer resolution e color When off the color of the tiles used to create the final output is the same as received at the ole in input When on imposes the color of the source image on the tiles Turning this setting on may produce unusual colorization effects when the tile in image is not black and white bypass When turned off this effect functions normally When turned on the effect is disabled and the video input is passed directly to the video output Output Properties e video out The tiled video output stream Inside Range v1 1 Reports whether or not a value is within a specified range Input Properties e value The value to be compared to the range specified by the low and high input pr
213. ear Data can be entered as a list of hexadecimal numbers as ASCII text enclosed in double quotes or both For example if you enter 05 play in the dialog the data sent would be a single byte with the decimal value 5 followed by the bytes p T a y Isadora Manual 889 You can insert variable values in the message setting the params input to the desired number of parameter values and then using the codes P1 P9 instead of a hexadecimal value to indicate where the variable values will be placed Formatting 1s indicated as follows Default formatting Print number with a maximum of n digits to left of decimal and a maximum of m digits to the right Same as above but with leading zeroes Output the value as a single byte e g 48 0 To control the formatting of numbers add x y after P1 P9 where x indicates the number of digits to the left of the decimal point and y indicates the number of digits to print to the right the decimal point For instance printing the number 23 578 with the sequence P2 2 2 would yield the text 23 57 four total digits two before the decimal and two after If the second value is O then only the integer portion will be printed without a decimal point To specify special characters inside of a double quoted text use the following escape Sequences e 0x0D Carriage Return r 0x09 Tab Backslash Double quote 0x00 Null Input Properties params The num
214. ecified by all of the input properties is seen the values associated with that message are sent out of the output ports and a trigger is sent out of the trigger output Input Properties e port Specifies the MIDI Port on which the message must arrive to be seen These port numbers correspond to the ports shown in the MIDI Setup dialog You may specify a single port or a range of ports Isadora Manual W e channel Specifies the MIDI Channel on which the message must be received before 1t will be seen by this watcher from 1 to 16 You may specify a single port or a range of ports bend value Specifies the pitch bend value or range of values that will be seen from 0 to 16383 8192 is the center position of the pitch bend Note that for a Monophonic Pressure message to be seen by this watcher its values must fall within the range of values for specified by all three of the input properties Output Properties When this watcher sees a Control Change message that falls within the range of values specified by all of the input properties the following values are sent out of the outputs e port The MIDI Port on which the message arrived e channel The Pitch Bend message s MIDI Channel bend value The Pitch Bend message s bend value e trigger Sends a trigger each time a message is seen Point Tracker v1 1 Generates a vertical line that tracks a value Input Properties e resolution The resolution of the tracking
215. ecked uses the bold italic or underline variations of the specified font e Font Size Sets the size font used to draw text for this control e Show Value of Linked Properties This setting has no effect for the Monitor Actor e Control ID This number is used to identify the control when linking it to actor properties When this control s value changes because a user clicked in the control a message giving the Control ID and the control s value is broadcast to the active Scene Any actor properties that are linked to this IsadoraManual gt R Control ID will have their value set appropriately Generally speaking you will want this number to be unique within a given Control Panel e Minimum Value The minimum possible value for this number Can be any number e Maximum Value The maximum possible value for this slider Can be any number e Display Format There are four choices variable 123 123 4 or 123 45 various will display as many decimal points as needed 123 displays no decimal point 123 4 shows one number after the decimal point and 723 45 shows two numbers after the decimal Popup Menu Allows the user to select an item from a list contained in a pop up menu Settings Dialog Csatrol Tithe BEA Y idih boo Hoe ight Pat E epp Danii 4 Sipi Beez PS Lira tare z 1 Poni Fiss E Pare KW i LA Mare er e Castrol Number Var fi ager md gt me hear Text Calar C
216. ed and the Scene Editor will be visible To activate a scene e Click on the scene you want to activate It will highlight to indicate that it is selected the Scene Editor will be shown if it isn t already visible and all of the modules in that scene will be visible inside the Scene Editor Note that you can activate a new scene from within a Scene by using the Jump actor To cut or copy a range of scenes e Select one or more scenes e Choose Edit gt Cut Isadora will cut the selected scenes To paste scenes e Click to the left of the first scene to the right of the last scene or in between two scenes A blinking cursor will appear at the spot where you clicked This indicates where the scenes will be pasted e Choose Edit gt Paste Isadora will insert scenes that you cut or copied previously at the point where the cursor was blinking To delete scenes e Select one or more scenes e Choose Edit gt Clear or press the Delete key Isadora will delete the selected scenes Reordering Scenes To change the order of the Scenes in the Scene List e Select one or more scenes e Click in one of the selected Scenes and drag the mouse to the right or the left e As you drag a black cursor will appear between the Scenes This shows where the Scenes you are dragging will be inserted when you release the mouse In the example below the cursor is between scenes test3 and test e When the cursor is di
217. ed is relative to the position of the current scene in the Scene List When this property is set to absolute the Scene to be activated is based on its position in the Scene List See scene property above for more information fade V1 1 Specifies a fade time over which the video and audio in the newly activated scene will be faded in Note The visual aspect of the fade in will only work if Hardware Accelerated Rendering is turned on in the Video tab of the Preferences The visual result of the fade in depends on a number of factors what video is being rendered in the current scene the setting of the blend and layer inputs in the Projector actors that become active etc See the section Compositing with the Projector using Hardware Accelerated Rendering on Page 126 for more information on taking advantage of multiple projectors Isadora Manual TA Add Alpha Channel v1 1 Add Alpha Channel video Wm video out vid mask PJ Dy pass Embeds an alpha channel into a video stream which can be used by the Projector actor when rendering the video to a Stage By embedding an alpha channel into a video stream you can control the transparency of each pixel as it is rendered to the stage This feature only works if Hardware Accelerated Rendering is turned on the Video tab of the Preferences When the Projector renders to the stage using hardware acceleration 1t uses the embedded alpha mask information to determine the transparen
218. ed under the FreeFrame Standard process YUV natively For more information about FreeFrame plug ins see page 110 So YUV video input to FreeFrame plug ins will be automatically converted from YUV to RGB YUV is not without its disadvantages however Unlike RGB where each pixel specifies color very precisely every two YUV pixels share the same color information That means that effects that tend to single pixels of widely varying color e g Shimmer will not look as pristine in YUV mode You can use the YUV to RGB and RGB to YUV actors to convert a video stream from one format to another Note however that the conversion from RGB to YUV and vice versa is a lossy algorithm repeated conversions may be lead to a loss in image quality Working with YUV To enable the YUV Processing e Choose File gt Enable YUV Mode The current document will then use YUV mode when playing back movies and when capturing live video This setting is saved with the document To disable the YUV Processing e Choose File gt Disable YUV Mode To determine if a video stream is RGB or YUV Point the mouse cursor at a link between a video output and a video input A small window will appear that shows a thumbnail of the video along with its mode RGB or YUV and resolution To determine if an actor can process YUV video without conversion to RGB e Look at the video input if it is called rgb in instead of video in then the actor cannot pr
219. edsesscnetalaadnecdsedeenieetes 157 Transmittine Open Sound Control Packets ii iia 158 Transmittme Receivine OSC Without a ROUtE iii E aa E 158 Serial Input Output Vd Teonnccccnnnccconcccccnnccncnnncnnnnncnnnnnenannnennnnrnnannrnnananenannns 160 Hardware Interface de DFIVETS can nica cia aaa e aai pia iadaaa 160 Y A A 161 Isadora Manual 5 Serial Input Parsing Overview V1 3 ccccceseesseseeceeneesenseesenseeeeneees 162 A E 162 BEE 163 O os 163 Serial Input EE 168 SE 170 ACTORS REFERENCE cant 171 2D VEIOCHY EE 171 SD Light Onientanion Vil 172 3D Mosaic v1 2 EE 173 SD Particies VI 2 EEN 174 A A cine samme semua teweneseteaeneentene 176 R I e ere e V lanl E 179 3D Quad Distort ANNE 182 3D ECL Project Vilna 184 o o E snes ances 187 3D Stage Orientation Via 188 3D Velocity V1 3 ediengtergeengteegee die deedCeedge Ce dee dee dee dee eege 188 Absolute Value Vid aan 189 Activate Scene AMOUNT Vid inooncconnicnncconcconncnnncconnconncnnnrnonnronnrnanenanrnnnnnos 189 EINEN 190 Add Alpha Channel V1 1 cccccsseccsseeceseeceseeceseeceseseaseeensesennesoenesoaes 192 ANOS E 192 ADDE Mask E 193 AUTO Fall ias 194 Background AAA nnmnnn nnne 195 leie Decoder AA EN ON 196 Isadora Manual 6 Isadora Manual Broadcaster VE 197 Bulletin 198 nn 200 Gale ANGle 3D Vida 201 Ile ITT ANNE 201 Cale MB WE 202 GalcCUlalO tana a o ee 203 Capture COM TO lua lcd 204 Capture To B iener
220. een and blue would be removed from the image resulting in a red monochromatic image Let s try another actor e Select the Colorizer actor by clicking on it and then delete it by choosing Edit gt Clear or by pressing the delete or backspace keys e Now click on the Dots actor in the Toolbox and drag it out to the Scene Editor Connect its video inputs and outputs as you did previously with the Colorizer actor e The video image will look something like a picture printed in a newspaper a series of dots that vary in size to represent the brightness of the image e Try experimenting with the dot size input property Larger values produce larger dots By the time you get to 25 or so the image becomes fairly abstract Isadora Manual 37 e You can also change the mode property from circle to square The latter produces squares of varying sizes instead of circles There are several more actors that manipulate video One quick way of seeing what the video processing actors can do is to open the Isadora Examples izz file located in the Isadora Examples folder that was installed with your copy of Isadora But the best thing to do 1f you really want to understand these modules to create simple patches of your own Don t forget that all of the input property values can be manipulated in real time connect the Mouse Watcher s outputs to some of the your filter s inputs and experiment Below is a brief descrip
221. eeze a a grab bypass Freezes a video input stream by grabbing the current frame when triggered Input Properties e video in The video input stream e freeze When turned off the video input passes directly to the output When turned on the video output will freeze e grab When triggered grabs the video current frame of video and sends that single frame of video to the frozen video output e bypass When turned off this effect functions normally When turned on the effect is disabled and the video input is passed directly to the video output Output Properties e video out The frozen video output stream Gate Allows or prevents values from passing from the input to the output When the gate input property 1s set to on any value sent to the input will be sent on to the output When the gate property 1s set to off values arriving at the input are blocked and not passed to the output Note that the in input and out output of this actor are mutable This means they will all change their type integer float video etc to match the first link made to either of these properties Once a link has been made to any of the mutable properties their types will remain fixed based on that first connection until all have been disconnected Then the properties become mutable again Input Properties e in Values that will be echoed to the output when the gate property is on Isadora Manual OR e gate When the gate pro
222. ell as the Open Sound Control address that will receive the packet See the documentation for the OSC Transmit actor on Page 289 for more information Transmitting Receiving OSC Without a Router IMPORTANT DO TRY THE PROCEDURE BELOW UNLESS YOU UNDERSTAND HOW TO RESTORE YOUR NETWORK SETTINGS If you don t restore the settings when you connect your computer to the Internet again your Internet connectivity won t work It may occur that you want to communicate between two computers that are connected directly to each other 1 e an Ethernet cable is running between them In this case it is often necessary to set both computers to a unique fixed IP address We often use the address 192 168 0 xx where xx is 1 on one computer and 2 on the other Each IP address on a network must be unique We then set the subnet mask to 255 255 255 0 You can specify a fixed IP address on both MacOS and Windows computers Setting a Fixed IP Address on Mac OS X e Open the System Preferences and click Network e Start by creating a new configuration From the Location popup menu choose New Location e In the dialog box that appears set the name of the configuration 1 e OSC Fixed Address and click OK e From the Show menu choose Network Port Configurations e Uncheck everything except Built in Ethernet e Now from the Show menu choose Built in Ethernet e Click on the TCP IP tab Isadora Ma
223. ems Note the overlapping bitfields and the 1 bit value c a 60 40 b 20 15 bb 18 15 c 14 14 d 13 2 L As mentioned below this actor has no built in support for filtering out certain values such as only responding to Monome button messages with a certain address You will have to use the techniques described below to accomplish this Serial Input Parameter Assignment Pattern elements match specific portions of the input data Sometimes you will want this actor to output the values that it matches To do this use the syntax name type element where name is any parameter name you define type describes the parameter type and some details about the format of the matched data and element is the pattern element as described above can be any element except a bitfield For example light_level integer 8 digits defines an actor output parameter named light level with an integer type matches up to 8 digits m the input and converts the matched digits to an integer outputting the value from the actor Parameter names may consist of letters numbers and underscores but must not start with a number _value and something2 are valid 2cool is not valid The type specifies the type of the actor s output parameter and for certain binary flavor elements describes how the binary data is interpreted The following types are valid SHE Je LNG A text string Poar A decimal number Please note that binary floating point numb
224. endently e Panner Allows you to pan up and down or left and right within the source vide stream It does this by defining an area that is a subset of the source video and then moving that area around The actor gives visual feedback of what portion of the source video you are seeing e Shimmer Produces dust like trails of pixels on moving imagery e Slit Scan Copies a single line from the source image and scrolls that out either horizontally or vertically Named after the technique invented by Douglas Trumbull for the final sequence of 2001 A Space Odyssey Works best with slowing moving source imagery Isadora Manual 38 e Spinner Allows you to rotate and zoom the source image e The Edge Edge detection algorithm makes a highly digital look on high contrast video imagery e Video Delay Delays the incoming video image by passing it through a number of buffers bucket brigade style Useful in a number of scenarios but you can start by trying to mix the original and delayed video using the Video Mixer Video Fader Allows you to fade between the source video image and a solid color background Video Inverter The default behavior of this actor is to invert the video image so that it looks like a photographic negative For wilder results change the invert color by using the color picker that appears when you clicking its color input s value box which shows as a little block of color e W
225. ending coordinate without seeing the line move bypass When turned off this effect functions normally When turned on the effect is disabled and the video input is passed directly to the video output Output Properties e rgb out The line superimposed at on the input video stream in RGB format Isadora Manual gt 288 Listener channel GC value type y trigger Receives a value from a Broadcaster actor Listeners are primarily used to receive values sent by Broadcasters in a secondary active Scene See the Activate Scene actor for more information on secondary Scenes Whenever a Broadcaster actor sends a new value and the channel on which it was transmitted matches that specified by the channel property of this actor the value will be echoed to the Listener s value output You can also use the Broadcaster Listener pairs within the same scene 1f desired since values are broadcast to all active scenes Input Properties channel Specifies the channel on which this Listener will receive values This actor will only hear values sent by Broadcaster actors who are broadcasting on a matching channel e type Specifies the type of data that will be received by this actor Setting this property controls the type of the value output property Note that type conversion will still take place if possible e g if a float 1s received and this property is set to integer the floating point value will be converted to an
226. entially IsadoraManual WE Input Properties e trig in Sends a trigger to the next trigger output The first trigger that is received after the actor is activated will be sent to the trig 1 output Each subsequent input trigger will send a trigger out of the next available output When the last output has been triggered the sequence starts over at the beginning e reset Resets the sequence over so that the next trigger received at the trig in input will send a trigger to the trig 1 output e outputs determines the number of trigger outputs Setting this value to a higher number will add more trigger outputs to the actor setting it lower will remove trigger outputs Output Properties e trig 1 trig 2 etc The output triggers horz pos vert pos width height ine size 179 Shape bypass Superimposes ovals or rectangles of a specified color size and position on a video stream Input Properties e rgb in The source video stream on which the shapes will be superimposed If you leave this input disconnected the shapes will be drawn on a black background If this stream is in YUV format 1t will automatically be converted to RGB e horz pos The horizontal center of the shape specified as a percentage of the incoming video stream s width A horizontal position of zero is halfway between the left and right edge e vert pos The vertical center of the shape specified as a percentage of the incoming video stream s he
227. enu under the heading Compressor 6 Set the slider under Quality to the halfway point which should be labeled Medium You can use High if you like you re movies will be somewhat larger but the quality of the image will be better Isadora Manual 64 7 In the text box to the right of Frame Rate type 30 1f 1t 1s not already set to 30 Use 25 if you are compressing PAL movies Uncheck the other two boxes that say Key Frame and Limit Data Rate 8 Press the OK button 9 You re back at the Movie Settings window Click on the Size button 10 Click the Use Custom Size radio button Two text boxes marked Width and Height will appear 11 Type 320 into the Width text box and 240 into the Height text box 12 Press the OK button 13 You re back at the Movie Settings window Press the OK button 14 Choose a name for your movie 1t should be different than the old name and press the Save button 15 This process can take a while depending on how long your movie is A progress dialog a window with a little blue thermometer type display will appear to show how things are going 16 When the progress dialog disappears your movie is done 17 Open the new movie and play it to see how it looks now To see the difference in size between the original movie and the newly compressed one do the following 1 Bring the original movie to the front by clicking on its window 2 Choose Movie gt Get Inf
228. er Can be any number It is permissible for the minimum value to be greater than the maximum In this case the slider value will decrease as you move it from left to right or from bottom to top Maximum Value The maximum possible value for this slider Can be any number It is permissible for the maximum value to be less than the minimum In this case the slider value will decrease as you move it from left to right or from bottom to top Step Determines the minimum of the step between values When Step is set to zero this setting has no effect When set to a value greater than zero the control value will step by this amount as it goes from the Minimum Value to the Maximum Value For example 1f the minimum is set to 1 maximum is set to 10 and step is set to 1 the slider will have 10 discrete steps 1 2 3 8 9 10 Setting step to 1 may be the most common setting as it allows you to send only integer values 1 e no numbers after the decimal point if desired Note however that counting starts at the value given by the Minimum Value setting If you set minimum to 1 5 and maximum to 10 5 in the example just given the 10 steps would be 1 5 2 5 3 5 10 5 Display Value When this box is checked the slider will display its value as a number Vertical sliders display this number at the bottom Horizontal sliders display the number to the right Display Format Determines how the number is formatted when the Display Value param
229. er mov in the Isadora Tutorials folder and double click it e Make sure that the stage is visible If it is not choose Output gt Show Stages to show the stage You should see a movie of the dancer from Tutorial 1 Then in the Movie Player actor click inside the box to the left of the words play length the property s title The box will turn blue and the number will disappear to indicate that Isadora is waiting for you to type a value Type the number 5 and press enter Look at the video output on the stage window You will see the dancer jitter because we are now looping over a small portion of the movie The bar at the bottom of the Movie Player gives a graphic representation of the new setting the light green area is now a short portion at the left while the rest of the bar 1s dark green The light green portion indicates what part of the movie is playing In this case we are playing the first 5 of the movie Watch the yellow playback indicator when it reaches the end of the light green area 1t jumps back to the start of the movie showing how the movie loops e Now click on the play start property value the black box e Type 50 and press enter The Movie Player is still playing 5 of the movie but instead of starting at the beginning it is starting halfway through the movie Le it starts playing at 50 and Isadora Manual 31 when it gets to 55 it jumps back to 50 etc Look at
230. ering speed in Frames Per Second Settings Dialog Control Settings Castrol Tithe IG S 1 witii DI Hor ight Bz Font Genera EN e Sally be E ee Limit bres Fun Hirr F vi ue of Les Preparis Cammen i Li rl Heriz Alignment o KA Veet Aligereernt resto 41 iech Calor E e Cancel d Control Properties e Horiz Alignment The horizontal alignment of the text within its bounding box Choices are left middle and right e Vert Alignment The vertical alignment of the text within its bounding box Choices are top middle and bottom e Color The color of the text To change the color click on the colored box A Color Picker control will appear allowing you to choose a new color Isadora Manual A Monitor Provides monitoring of video streams in the control panel By linking this control to a video out port of an actor you can monitor the video at that point in the Scene Settings Dialog Control Settings la boris Algma ento Vert Akman gett Eu Cancel Ox 4 Control Properties e Control Title The title used to identify this control which appears inside the button Width The width of the monitor Height The height of the monitor e Font This setting has no effect for the Monitor control Bold Italic Underline These settings have no effect for the Monitor control e Font Size This setting has no effect
231. ers are not currently supported Isadora Manul T8 integer An integer For binary types the same as integer binteger An integer For binary types input treated as big endian integer linteger An integer For binary types input treated as little endian integer Y ou do not need to specify the entire type you only need to specify a unique prefix so str is the same as string int is the same as integer f is the same as float etc Here are some examples value integer 3 Matches up to 3 digits assigns to integer value Se GE steel e Matches a decimal number assigns to float mixlevel EE Matches a decimal number assigns to float position words EAC le Matches the string hello and assigns to string parameter word Re EE EE Matches up to 3 digits assigns to string id choice string la Matches a single lowercase letter assigns to string Z choice EE Matches a single byte of any value assigns to integer color volume bint 4 bytes Matches 4 bytes of any value treated as big endian integer and assigned to volume fname string letters Matches a sequence of 1 or more letters assigns to string fname If you assign a text element to an integer parameter the actor attempts to convert as much as possible to an integer So if you have a int characters and the input is 123abc a will be assigned a value of 123 Similarly if you have b int letters b will always have the value 0
232. es folder are shown below Isadora Manual 332 Note that this actor is local to the scene in which it is placed For each scene that requires a background color erase or feedback feature will need one of these actors When cross fading between scenes that both contain a Stage Background actor Isadora will cross fade all of the parameter values to provide a meaningful transition Note also that if you use the Activate Scene actor or Activate Scene Amount actor to activate a secondary scene that contains a Stage Background actor Isadora will average the values of the both based on the intensity of each scene This may lead to unexpected results but can also be used to your advantage as the xfade input of the Activate Scene actor and the amount input of the Activate Scene Amount actor will be used when calculating the average between the two scenes Input Properties e stage Specifies which stage will be affected by this actor bkg color Specifies the background color that will be used when rendering the specified Stage e erase When turned on the stage erases itself before each rendering cycle When turned off the stage 1s not erased and any moving imagery will generate trails over time e fb intensity When greater than zero the contents of the specified Stage will be fed back to itself using the other feedback parameters described below to scale offset and rotate the image When this input is set to zero feedbac
233. es the actual channels to be transmitted essentially this number plus one For example when chan offset is set to O the dmx 1 input would send to channel 1 dmx 2 would send to channel 2 and so on If the chan offset is 50 then dmx 1 would send to channel 51 dmx 2 to channel 52 etc channels determines the number of dmx channel inputs Increasing this number will add more dmx n inputs decreasing this number will remove them e dmx 1 dmx 2 Use these inputs to specify the DMX values for each channel The number of available inputs is specified by the channels input property The actual channel number is depends on the setting of the chan offset input If the chan offset is 50 then then dmx 1 would control channel 51 Isadora Manual D LanBox RGB Out v1 1 Allows you to map the colors of a video stream to channels of a LanBox LC The LanBox RGB Out actor is specially designed to take advantage of lighting instruments that can be produce RGB colors This actor will map the color of specific areas within an incoming video stream to channels on a LanBox LC allowing the colors of the video to control the color of the lighting For each analyzed pixel three channels will be sent to the LanBox the first representing the red component of the pixel the second the green component and the third the blue component To use this actor you must first specify which areas within the video stream will be analyzed and transm
234. es the inset of the crop from the bottom edge of the frame expressed as a percentage from 0 to 100 of the stream s height bypass When turned off this effect functions normally When turned on the effect is disabled and the video input is passed directly to the video output Output Properties e out The cropped output Curvature value In value out min SN x yl X ye Scales a numeric input value along a curve Sometimes the linear ramping provided by the Envelope Generator and other actors doesn t give just the right results because they only provide linear ramping The Curvature actor can help you get the results you desire by scaling numeric values along a curve that you define NOTE that you can click on the small yellow and green boxes in the actor s icon to adjust the shape of the curve It is probably easier to get what you re looking for this way as opposed to typing values into the various input properties Input Properties e value in The value to be scaled e min The minimum value of the scaled output e max The maximum value of the scaled output e X1 the horizontal coordinate of the first control point e Y1 the vertical coordinate of the first control point Isadora Manual 218 e X2 the horizontal coordinate of the second control point e Y2 the vertical coordinate of the second control point Output Properties e value out The scaled value Data Array The Data Array actor a
235. et data coming from the sensor and define an output parameter say light level so the actor sends the interpreted data out it s output side The first step of course 1s to get information about the format of the data that your device sends over serial port connections You can usually find this information in the device owner s manual on the internet or by asking the device vendor After that you ll need to define a pattern that matches data coming from the device and tells the plugin what data to assign to what output parameters if any Double click on the actor and you will be presented with a text box to type your pattern in The syntax of the pattern 1s detailed below Each time a block of data received it is matched with your pattern and if the match 1s successful parameters are parsed out of it and sent through the actor s output In addition to any output parameters you have defined the msg rcv output parameter is always defined and sends a signal out every time a block of data matches your pattern Text vs Binary Actors There are actually two Serial In Watcher actors a Text one and a Binary one The only difference between the two is the text actor reads input data until the some Isadora Manual delimiter character is hit and then matches that data with the pattern while the binary actor reads input data in fixed size blocks For both the text and binary actors the pattern syntax and matching rules desc
236. eter el eee es erie ease re eens ae ee eee e eee ee eee tds 205 CHop PIXGIS ViDa 206 2 207 Chroma TEE 209 COF E E 211 COO ZO on 212 Comparator EE 213 compare ele CR A Eh EE 214 elei Ee TU Ca V Een A EE 214 Aoc za 215 COUMIET usina 216 E de O OS 217 A A A 218 MEIN EE 219 NIT 221 DECAY GON eek ea 222 NI Isadora Manual DINErENC O sian 223 DISPIACO E 224 AE oa tecenteetieeniecntents 225 Be 227 DV Device Control uan ld 228 TC VME ae ei os 228 Enter Scene TIOS unas ill 230 Enter Scene Value nasa 231 Envelope Generato crn c 231 Explode Ain Eh GE 232 BY SS AP rn A 234 A OS fs ie en 236 A A 239 alle EE 240 FICA Ore Ua as amr men amen a nen Amer Sen ener men ieee nen art Sennen me oes ne ns aet enone re 240 KEE 242 Galia 242 GAUSSIAN BIR rt 243 Get Media EK 243 Get Media Index A ANA 244 welle We LCE 244 o E SE APRA ro o aa AAAA Aana 245 MAS TM a o E sare sien sare 246 Isadora Manual Inside Range Vi unicas ta 247 Integer COUNT E 248 MEU AAA A nn euevess A A T AT 248 JU Msi 250 Key Fable VV AUC incio 251 Keyboard Watcher iniciada 251 LanBox Channels V1 1 ccssccssccseceneceeeenseenseenseenssenecnseonseonssensseneneness 252 EanB Ox ROB OUT V I KO 254 Limit Scale Valois cnica 257 RI 258 BL E 259 Logical Calculator VI NEE 259 Rate WUD Videos 260 LOOP Calculator 261 LUMINANCE KOV cusco 262 MATEO o Es 264 Mater mt rr err e a rrr rE rer ER re Ser rr errr rr errr rer ater errr arr err
237. eter is turned on There are three choices 23 123 4 or 123 45 The first displays no decimal point the second one number after the decimal point and the third displays two If Display Value is turned off this setting has no effect e Color The color of the control s background Isadora Manual 859 Background Draws a solid background with a specified color and shape optionally using a picture to draw the background The background color is used to visually organize your Isadora Control Panel By placing other Isadora controls on these rectangular or oval areas of color you can create an appealing look and feel for your Settings Dialog Control Settings Contrel Title Background 1 Wehi Es E j ar Cw eg fund tab Oo lam Sere See Yale Of Linde Properties Taps Feta SA 1 O Grieg Cen fiiia Haze Kee A i ture Cancel C Ok 4 Control Properties e Control Title The title used to identify this control which appears inside the button e Width The width of the slider Height The height of the slider Font Popup menu selects the font used to draw text for this control es Bold Italic Underline When checked uses the bold italic or underline variations of the specified font e Font Size Sets the size font used to draw text for this control e Show Value of Linked Properties When an actor input property is linked to this control and this box 1s checked the control s value will be set to match
238. etting in the Record Settings dialog See Rendering Complicated High Resolution Scenes above for more details on this feature e Click OK to confirm the settings you have made e The settings listed above are the most important There are various other options depending upon which compressor you choose check Apple s QuickTime documentation for more information about the various compressors and their settings Isadora Manual gt 183 Recording Isadora s Output To record Isadora s output to a QuickTime movie e Make sure you have selected the Stage to be recorded and size of the output using the Recording Settings dialog see above e Choose Record gt Start Recording If the compression settings have not yet been set see above the compression settings dialog will be shown If the compression settings have already been set then the previous settings will be used to compress the movie e Now a standard file dialog will appear Use it to specify the name of the new movie and where you would like it saved Click OK to confirm the dialog e Recording will begin immediately To stop recording the output e Choose Record gt Stop Recording The recorded output will appear with the name and in the location you specified in the standard file dialog box that was shown when you started recording the output Mirroring Video to an External Device v1 1 Isadora now allows you to mirror one of its Stages to a FireWire
239. everal variations of one scene and recall those settings later The recall of Snapshots can be done either interactively or via operator input Taking a snapshot 1s as easy as clicking on the camera icon at the top left of the Scene Editor or by choosing Scenes gt Take Snapshot As you take the snapshots they appear to the right of the camera along the top edge of your Isadora document Isadora Manual 93 If you make changes to a scene and want to update the currently selected snapshot you can do so by choosing Scenes gt Update Current Snapshot or by holding down the control key and clicking the snapshot Note that once if you add more actors after you have taken one or more snapshots the snapshots won t actually have enough information to restore the entire scene To let you know that this 1s the case 1f you add or paste actors into a Scene after taking one or more snapshots a the snapshots will turn red indicate that they are only partially valid 1 e they don t have a total picture of the current scene If you take more Snapshots after this point they won t be red You can choose to delete all of the invalid snapshots by choosing the Scenes gt Clear Invalid Snapshots storing and Recalling Snapshots To take a Snapshot of a Scene e Click on the camera at the top left of the Scene Editor or choose Scenes gt Take Snapshot After you do an indicator with an identifying number will appear to the right of the Came
240. ext v1 3 trioger ABE out Outputs text of arbitrary length to an actor with a text input This actor was called String prior to v1 3 To define the text that will be sent by this actor double click 1t The Text Entry dialog will open allowing you to type or paste as much text as you like into the actor Input Properties e trigger Sends the text specified in the Text Entry dialog to the output Output Properties e out When a trigger is received at the input sends the text defined in the Text Entry dialog to the output Text Draw v1 1 Text Draw rgb in O Y text norz DOS vert pos font height leading T Li slag nent rotation a Fant ej color bypass Superimposes text on a video stream Draw Text allows you to superimpose text received at the text input on a video stream controlling its font size leading alignment position and color Input Properties e rgb in The video stream on which the text will be superimposed You can leave this input disconnected if you would like the text to appear on a black background If this stream is in the YUV format it will automatically be converted to RGB Isadora Manual gt B8B e text The text to be display This can be received from any actor that outputs text e horz pos The horizontal center of the text specified as a percentage of the width of the frame from 100 to 100 percent e vert pos The vertical center of the text specified as a
241. f video noise seen as stray pixels at the output that can be seen when the video input stream was shot at low light levels e mode When set to gray the difference output is based on the overall brightness of the current and previous video frames In this mode the output 1s shades of gray When set to color the difference 1s calculated on the individual red green and blue components that make up the video image In this mode the output will be in color bypass When turned off this effect functions normally When turned on the effect is disabled and the video input is passed directly to the video output Output Properties e video out the difference between the current and previous frames of video Displace source video out viden displace amount en 5 arg le S offset bypass Isadora Manual 294 Offsets the pixels of a video stream based on the brightness of a second video stream Displace warps the source video stream by shifting 1ts pixels around by using the brightness of the displaced video stream to determine how far to move the pixels For example assuming the displace angle is zero when the displace video is gray De 50 brightness the pixels of the source are not moved at all as it approaches black the source video pixels are shifted more to the left as 1t approaches white the source video pixels are shifted more to the right Source Video Displace Video Displaced Video Input
242. ffer id 2 chan offset T channets dmx 1 Allows Isadora to control a LanBox LC connected to your computer via a local area network 1 e Ethernet connection The LanBox Channels actor allows you to set the level of a contiguous range of DMX channels on a LanBox LC lighting control unit The meaning of some of the parameters are specific to the LanBox LC please refer to the manual for more details Isadora Manul CD Input Properties e udp addr Specifies the UDP address to which the messages will be sent This should match the UDP address specified for your LanBox in the LCEdit program udp port Specifies the UDP port number to which the messages will be sent This should match the UDP address specified for your LanBox in the LCEdit program msg type can be set to either write or publish publish equates to the buffer broadcast command hex C9 write equates to the buffer write command hex CA For more detailed information please refer to the UDP documentation for the LanBox buffer id specifies the LanBox buffer to which the channel data will be written When msg type is set to publish you can use the following values 252 DMX Input Buffer 253 Analog Switch Inputs 254 Mixer Buffer 255 DMX Output Buffer When msg type is set to write you may specify a value of 1 64 to write directly into the LanBox s Layer Buffers A through BK or 254 to write directly into the Mixer Buffer chan offset determin
243. for the Monitor control e Show Value of Linked Properties This setting has no effect for the control Actor e Control ID To see the video coming out of a particular actor set 1ts Control Link to match the Control ID specified here Note that if more than one actor s video output is linked to this Monitor you may get unpredictable flashing images e Border Size The width of the border around the monitor display specified in pixels e Refresh FPS Determines how fast the Monitor image is updated It takes a certain amount of processor power to scale the video image to fit into the Isadora Manual AS Monitor control To reduce the amount of processor power consumed by this control set this number to a value less than 30 Number Allows the user to enter a numeric value By linking this control to a video out port of an actor you can monitor the video at that point in the Scene Settings Dialog r SSES Control Title eer Wotth a0 re it D Font Genta 31 Sy be Bek ae Lipton fare Fini Bire 12 Tra ae oP Loe roparji Cantret Murder i Minima D Hax inn 100 Display Formal acabe 41 Cantel For A Control Properties e Control Title The title used to identify this control which appears inside the button e Width The width of the number control s Height The height of the number control Font Popup menu selects the font used to draw text for this control es Bold Ttalic Underline When ch
244. front and back side ensuring that it is visible from any viewing angle depth test When turned on the depth z coordinate of this taken into account when rendering this object other 3D objects images that are in front of this object will obscure it When turned off only the layer input is used to determine whether or not this object will be obscured by other objects in the scene e zoom Scales the image from O to 1000 of its normal size aspect mod allows the aspect ratio of the image rectangle to be manipulated Negative values will produce taller images positive values will produce wider images img count When creating multiple copies of the frame using the add img input determines the maximum number of objects that can be created How long each object will actually be visible is determined by the lifespan input Isadora Manual BE e attack time Fade in time of the objects in seconds after it has been added using the add img input The total lifespan of the copy 1s the sum of this input and the decay time input e decay time Fade out time of the objects in seconds after it has been added using the add img input The total lifespan of the copy 1s the sum of this input and the attack time input brt override Used when created multiple copies of the image to override the brightness of objects as they grow older For example if the lifespan of the objects is two seconds and a particular object is one second old it
245. ge e Eessen eege E z A nim i d y ra pur za Wu par MESES 3 In the popup menu to the right of Default Output select your multi channel output device 4 If you want to process live input select your multi channel output device in the popup to the left of Default Input 5 If you would like to do sound spatialization click the Configure Speakers button In the dialog that appears click the Multichannel button Isadora Manual 140 6 You can then use the popup menu to the right of the Multichannel button to select the output mode Choices include Quadraphonic Hexagonal Octagonal 5 1 Surround 6 1 Surround and 7 1 Surround Click Done after you have chosen your setup 7 Choose Audio MIDI Setup gt Quit Manipulating Pre Recorded Sound Tutorial Like the Sound Player all pre recorded sounds to be manipulated in Isadora must first be imported into the Audio bin Once you have some sounds in the Audio Bin follow these steps for an example of manipulating pre recorded sound 1 Click on Toolbox Group 2 to show the actors available in the audio group 2 Add an AUAudioFilePlayer actor to the scene Set the sound input to the number of the sound you want to manipulate Note that its output says audio This is like the video inputs and outputs seen in Isadora s video processing actors Audio is a special type of stream that transmits digital audio signals You can only connect
246. gle and sends the result to the angle output Output Properties angle x y Outputs the angle between the two x and y points angle x z Outputs the angle between the two x and z points dist Outputs the distance between the two points Calc Brightness v1 1 Calculates the brightness of a video stream optionally measuring the minimum and maximum brightness to provide automatic scaling The Calc Brightness actor is especially useful if you want to determine how much movement is occurring in a live video feed and to use the amount of movement to interactively control some parameter To accomplish this you connect the Video In Watcher actor to the Difference actor s video in input and then connect the difference actor s video output to the video in input of the Calc Brightness actor For instance if the camera is looking at a hand and the hand was moving slightly the output of the Difference actor would look something like this Isadora Manual OF When there is movement the Difference actor makes more white pixels When there is no movement the output of the Difference actor is almost black Thus the more movement there is the higher the value of the brightness output of Calc Brightness But even when there is a lot of movement using this technique the output value will never reach 100 as that would require a completely white frame To help get a full range of output you can use the auto scaling feature of Calc
247. goes above high the above output will change to a 1 and the go above will send a trigger When value goes below low the above output will change to a 0 and the go below output will send a trigger When value is between low and high 1 e inside the guard band nothing will happen Input Properties e value the value to be compared to the low and high value inputs e low the low value to which the value input will be compared e high the high value to which the value input will be compared Output Properties e above Changes from a 0 to 1 when value goes above the high input Changes from a to 0 when value goes below the low input When value is between low and high this output does not change e go above sends a trigger when value goes above the high input e go below sends a trigger when value goes below the low input Contrast Adjust v1 1 Contrast Adjust video in video out in min SE Il out max bypass Adjusts the contrast of a video stream Typically you will only adjust the in min and in max values to control the contrast Increase the in min value to get rid of noise in the image decrease the in max value to increase the contrast Changing the out min and out max values will determine the brightness of the final image increase the out min value to make the image lighter decrease the out max value to make the image darker Isadora Manual 204 Input Properties e video in The source video stream
248. hanges will affect this scene only When set to global changes affect all scenes e x y z rotation Rotates the camera around the x y or z axes by the number of degrees specified e x y z translation Translates the camera along the x y or z axes by the number of degrees specified 3D Velocity v1 3 Calculates the velocity of a point as it moves in 3D space This module calculates the velocity of a point in 3D space as specified by its x y and z coordinates Each time a new value is received at the z input the current x y z values and the previous x y z values are used to calculate the velocity Isadora Manual B The velocity is actually the result of the standard formulate for the distance between two points i e the square root of x2 x1 y2 yl z2 z1 where x2 y2 z2 is the current point and x1 y1 z1 is the previous point One possible use of this module is to measure the velocity of the movements of the a 3D pointing device Input Properties e x The x coordinate of the point e y The y coordinate of the point e y The z coordinate of the point Receiving a value at this input triggers the calculation between the current x y z values and the previous x y z values e scale The scaling factor Each time a new velocity 1s calculated it is multiplied by this number to determine the final velocity Output Properties e vel The velocity of the point as it moves Absolute Value v1 1
249. he rate specified When set to off the actor does nothing e rate Determines the frequency with which new frames of video noise will be generated Specified in Hertz 1 e cycles per second e color When turned off black and white video noise is produced When turned on the video noise is in color Output Properties e video out The video noise output video in video out rows mode reset bypass Warps the input video stream It is easier to see the results of warp than to describe it Warp works by copying one horizontal chunk of video from each new frame that arrives at the input It starts the copying at the top and moves down one chunk each time a new frame of video arrives When it gets to the bottom it starts over again Isadora Manual 85S Here is the result produced when moving the camera horizontally across this author s face and routing the video input into Warp I rotated my head 90 degrees about 2 3 of the way through one cycle so there is a bit of profile after that Input Properties e video in The video input stream e rows Determines the number of rows of video that will be copied each time a new frame of video arrives Lower numbers look better but are slower Higher values are chunkier but faster Experiment for best results e mode When set to cycle each time Warp gets to the bottom of the frame it automatically jumps to the top and continues scanning continuously When set to o
250. he actual number of value outputs 1s determined by the items input property Deactivate Scene Deactivate Scene trigger mode acena fade Deactivates a secondary Scene previously activated by the Activate Scene actor See the Activate Scene actor for more information on activating secondary Scenes Input Properties e trigger when a trigger is received on this input port the secondary Scene indicated by the mode and scene properties is deactivated scene indicates which Scene to deactivate This field works in tandem with the mode field When mode is set to relative the number in this field indicates the scene to deactivate relative to the current scene 1 would be the scene after this scene 1 would be the scene before this scene 2 would be the second scene after this scene etc When mode is set to absolute the number in this field indicates a Scene in the Scene List by its position where 1 is the first scene in the list two 1s the second scene etc When a valid scene has been specified in this property its name will appear after the number mode determines how the number in the scene property is interpreted When this property is set to relative the scene to be deactivated is relative to the position of the current scene in the Scene List When this property is set to absolute the Scene to be deactivated is based on its position in the Scene List See scene property above for more information Isadora Manual
251. he input to the output Note that the value in and value out properties are mutable When you connect an output to the value in input both value in and value out mutate their type trigger integer float video etc and their minimum and maximum values to match those of the output property that was connected to value in E g 1f you connect a video output to value in the aforementioned properties change their type to video if you connect a number output they all change to numbers etc Input Properties e value in The incoming stream of values e time The minimum amount of time that must pass between values given in seconds If two or more values arrive with less than this amount of time between them only the first value is sent to the output Output Properties e value out The filtered stream of values from the input with at least the amount of time specified by the time input property between them MultiMix v1 1 video in 1 video out video in 2 video in 2 video in 4 wdeo in 5 video m video in 7 video in amp Sums up to eight video streams into one output MultiMix is a little bit like the Video Mixer it allows you mix several video streams together The difference aside from the number of inputs is that MultiMix sums together up to eight streams of video literally adding their pixels together to each other to produce the output With the Video Mixer s mix input set to 50 each of the images
252. he settings under the Sound Output Routing portion of this dialog you are specifying the pair of outputs to which a particular sound channel should be sent For instance if you set Channel I to Ext 1 2 and Channel 2 to Ext 3 4 then sounds played on Isadora s sound channel I would appear on channels I and 2 of your external device while sounds played on channel 2 would appear at channels 3 and 4 of your device Note that you cannot route sadora s sound channels to only one channel of your output device you must choose a pair You can however use the Pan property to send your sound only to one channel or the other If you would like the current Sound Output settings to be the default when you next create a new document click the Use As Default button This stores the current routings in your preferences so that new documents will use these settings e Click OK to confirm your settings and dismiss the dialog Using Multi Channel Sound with Movies Isadora allows you to play the movie file s sound output to any pair of outputs on your external device You can do this by simply choosing the desired output in the snd out property of the Movie Player Movie Player Direct or Sound Movie Player actors Isadora Manual gt T6 snd out When the snd out property is set to std the movie sg sound will be sent to the default sound output device usually this is your computer s speaker or sound output jack To send the soun
253. he two objects being tracked continue moving in the same direction and don t radically change velocity then hopefully they will be Isadora Manual 298 correctly reacquired when they separate again This setting may or may not help in your particular situation we can only recommend that you give it a try and see if it improves tracking for you e monitor Turn this property on to see a monitor window inside the actor This will show you what the Eyes actor is seeing this will help you to adjust the threshold input The red crosshairs show the center of the object and the yellow rectangle shows the bounding box of the object as it 1s tracked Because displaying the monitor consumes some of your CPU speed you should turn it off once you have configured eyes to your satisfaction Output Properties img count outputs the number of objects currently being track brightness Reports the overall brightness of the frame Can be useful when determining how close the objects are to the camera e blob 1 blob 8 When connected to the Blob Decoder actor reports the various characteristics measured for each blob vale output frequency A stages WY decay A scaling Smoothes a Jittery stream of values NOTE This actor has been superceded by the Smoother actor If you need to smooth out a stream of numbers the Smother actor is now the recommended choice Sometimes you have a source of values where the nu
254. her or not there is a valid video input When set to vid in the rectangle is only rendered if a valid video image is present at the video input intensity Sets the brightness or transparency of the image from 0 to 100 See blend input for a complete description zoom Scales the image from 0 to 1000 of its normal size keep aspect v1 2 When turned on the aspect of the incoming video stream will be used to determine the aspect ratio of the rectangle into which the image 1s rendered The resulting image will be letterboxed horizontally or vertically as needed When turned off or when no video input is present the aspect ratio of the rectangle defaults to 4 3 img count When creating multiple copies of the frame using the add img input determines the maximum number of objects that can be created How long each object will actually be visible is determined by the lifespan input e lifespan Determines how long an object will live after it has been created by triggering the add img input An object grows darker and or more transparent depending on the blend input as it approaches the end of its lifespan IsadoraManual 180 brt override Used when created multiple copies of the image to override the brightness of objects as they grow older For example if the lifespan of the objects is two seconds and a particular object is one second old it would normally be 50 brightness But if you set the brt override to 1 sec this
255. hich the data will be sent This port 1s configured using the Serial Port Setup dialog found in the Communications menu e trigger When a trigger is received on this port the data is sent to the specified port params The number of variable parameter inputs Increasing this number adds parameter inputs decreasing it removes them e param 1 param 2 etc variable value parameters that will be inserted into the serial data See description above for more about using variable parameters Send Sys Ex port aS trigger Fy params KE param T IsadoraManual S MM Sends a MIDI System Exclusive message which may contain variable values each time a trigger 1s received To specify the contents of the System Exclusive message double click this actor s icon A dialog allowing you to edit the System Exclusive message will appear Edit System Exclusive Message FO 01 02 03 pi p2 04 05 F7 Cancel CH Messages must be entered in hexadecimal starting with a hex FO start of exclusive and ending with hex F7 end of exclusive You can insert up to nine variable values in the message by using the codes P1 P9 instead of a valid hexadecimal number After you do this you should then set the params input to the desired number of variable parameters and the specified number of parameter value inputs will appear e g param 1 param 2 etc When a message is sent the codes P1 P9 specified in the editor will be replace
256. his actor can be connected into any other actor that has an input measured in seconds e g the Envelope Generator Trigger Delay etc Input Properties e type Set to video to reference a video file in the Media Window set to audio to reference a sound file Isadora Manual 268 e item index The index of the video or sound file in the Media Window e percentage The percentage of the duration that will be converted into a real time duration Output Properties e time For the specified video or sound file the real time duration of the percentage specified at the percentage input Media Time to Percent v1 2 Media Time To Percent type loop start D item index PZS ep len D a start time H duration Converts a start time and duration specified in seconds to a loop start and loop length percentage for a specific video or sound file Allows you to specify the loop start and loop length for a Movie or Sound Player actor using real time values Input Properties e type Set to video to reference a video file in the Media Window set to audio to reference a sound file e item index The index of the video or sound file in the Media Window e start time A start time specified in seconds to be converted into a loop start percentage e duration A duration specified in seconds to be converted into a loop length percentage Output Properties e time For the specified video or sound fi
257. ide Isadora is optimized for these special processors Using a G4 or MMX enabled machine will result in significant speed increases when compared to G3 or non MMX processors Note All Pentium 3 and 4 processors have MMX Tip 2 Add as much RAM Random Access Memory to your computer as possible Modern MacOS and Windows computers use a feature called virtual memory When the computer senses that some data that resides in your computers RAM Oe the extremely fast internal memory linked to your processor has not been used for a while it will write it out to disk to make more RAM available to other applications This is called page swapping and can adversely affect performance The best way to solve this problem is to add more RAM to your computer As a general rule 512 megabytes is a good amount Gigabyte is even better Page swapping will often take place on a 128 megabyte machine with more than one application running Tip 3 Don t run other applications at the same time as Isadora Every running application consumes system resources So especially when using Isadora for a live performance don t run any other applications at the same time Even if they aren t doing anything they get some of the processor s time and thus slow down Isadora Tip 4 Store Video Files at a resolution of 320 x 240 or 400 x 300 A full sized frame of Digital Video has a resolution of 720 x 480 That s a total of 345 000 pixels th
258. ie property of the Movie Player to the location of the newly recorded movie in the Media Window 5 Set the visible property of the Movie Player to on stopping Capture To Disk To have the Capture To Disk actor stop recording you would set the function property to stop and then send a trigger into the trigger input The movie property has no effect when the function property is set to stop the movie will be stored in the location specified by the Capture To Disk actor that initiated the recording process regardless of its setting here Capture To function e ta movie trigger Once recording is stopped the movie will appear in the Media Window at the location specified earlier At this point it can be played like any other movie that has been imported into the Media Window Specifying the Location on Disk for Captured Media You can specify a folder into which movies recorded using the Capture To Disk will be placed To do so choose Input gt Set Captured Media Folder When you do a file dialog will appear Use this dialog to select the folder to which you would like your movies to be recorded and then click the Choose button to confirm your choice Isadora Manual TB Deleting Captured Media If you have used the Capture To Disk actor to record one or more movies and you then attempt to close the current document or quit Isadora the following message box will appear Do you want to permanently delete
259. ies e Control Title The title used to identify this control This text appears inside the button e Width The width of the button e Height The height of the button Font Popup menu selects the font used to draw text for this control es Bold Italic Underline When checked uses the bold italic or underline variations of the specified font e Font Size Sets the size font used to draw text for this control Isadora Manual 865 e Show Value of Linked Properties When an actor input property is linked to this control and this box is checked the control s value will be set to match the property s value This causes the control to display the property s current value at all times e Control ID This number is used to identify the control when linking it to actor properties When this control s value changes because a user clicked in the control a message giving the Control ID and the control s value is broadcast to the active Scene Any actor properties that are linked to this Control ID will have their value set appropriately Generally speaking you will want this number to be unique within a given Control Panel e Off Value The value that is broadcast to the currently active Scene when the button is turned off e On Value The value that is broadcast to the currently active Scene when the button is turned on e Mode When set to Momentary the button goes to the on state when you click it and back to the off st
260. ifies the radius of the rounded corners in pixels If the Shape is set to Picture this setting has no effect v1 1 e Picture v1 1 Set this to the media index of a Picture in the Media Window to use that image to draw this background The picture will be scaled to fit the rectangle that encloses the background to prevent scaling set the Width and Height inputs to match the size of the picture Note that any alpha channel information encoded into the picture 1s used when drawing the image allowing you to create unusual shapes drop shadows etc Isadora Manual Ae Bin Picker bind bin dis 41 teompos thru Mayawn Feo rass Fee vibbles El Picks media files grouped by bin The Bin Picker works in conjunction with the one of the actors that allows you to play a media file Movie Player Sound Player Picture Player Midi Player etc When you click on an item in the picker the number of that file in the Media Window is sent to any input that is listening to this control The files seen in the picker are organized by bin You choose which bins can be displayed by this control by editing the control s settings Once you have done so the names of the bins you selected will appear at the top of the control as buttons The picker will only show the media files within one of the selected bins You can quickly switch from one bin to another by clicking the bin buttons at the top of the control For movies and pictures
261. ifies the stage upon which this movie sg video will appear Output Properties loop end v1 1 Sends a trigger each time a the end of the play segment is reached e position v1 1 Reports the current position within the play segment Movie Player VR Movie Player VR movie video out visible trigger pan tilt zoom Plays a QuickTime VR movie to the stage allowing control over its pan tilt and zoom Movie Player VR only works with QuickTime VR movies If you try to use it to play a movie that is not a QuickTime VR movie you won t see any output Input Properties e movie The number of the movie you want to play as shown in the Media Window When the number of a valid movie is entered here its name will appear to the right of the number e visible When turned on the movie plays and the resulting video stream is sent out of the video out output When turned off the movie stops playing and is unloaded from memory e pan The pan or rotation of the movie from O to 100 percent of its pan range e tilt The tilt of the movie from 0 to 100 percent of its tilt range Isadora Manual 281 e zoom The zoom also known as field of view of the movie from Q to 100 percent of 1ts zoom range Smaller numbers zoom out larger numbers zoom 1n Output Properties e video out The video stream produced by playing the movie e trigger Sends a trigger each time a new frame of video appears at the video out port MTC Compar
262. ight A vertical position of zero is halfway between the top and bottom edge Isadora Manual 217 e width The width of the shape specified as a percentage of the incoming video stream s width height The height the shape specified as a percentage of the incoming video stream s height e line size The size of the shape s frame expressed as a percentage of the incoming video stream s width e fill color The color of the shape e line color The color of the shape s frame shape The shape that will be drawn either rectangle or oval bypass When turned off this effect functions normally When turned on the effect is disabled and the video input is passed directly to the video output Output Properties e rgb out The shape superimposed at on the input video stream in RGB format Shimmer wdeo In yeg out y iden a el ap frames L a Aa amount DES a ak bypass Creates a shimmer effect by randomly choosing pixels from previous frames Input Properties e video in The source video stream that will be affected e frames The maximum frames of video will be used to create the shimmer effect note that the actual number of frames depends on the setting of the amount input see below Note that each frame requires a fair amount of memory so setting this value to a high number will consume considerable free memory e amount v1 1 Specifies how many frames of video will actually be used to cre
263. ill close and you will now see your user actor in the Scene Editor of the main document Isadora Manual 54 User Actor Input 1 Output 1 Input 1 The final step is to name the User Actor itself e Select the actor by clicking on it e Choose Actors gt Rename Actor A text edit box will appear above the actor e Type Feedbacker and press the return key Y our actor is complete You can freely copy and paste this actor into other Scenes just like any other actor Adding Your User Actor to the Toolbox You can add your User Actor to the Toolbox so that 1t will be available in other Isadora documents This section shows you how But before you can do so you must choose a folder within which Isadora will save your User Actors This is necessary so that Isadora will know where to look for your custom actors when it is opened To choose this folder e Create a folder on your computer to hold your User Actors Your Documents folder is a good place to put this but you could also locate the folder in the same folder as the Isadora application e Choose Actors gt Set Global User Actor Folder e Using the file dialog that appears select your User Actor folder e Click OK Once your User Actor Folder is defined you can save your new Actor to the toolbox e Select your User Actor by clicking on it e Choose Actors gt User Actor To Global Toolbox e Isadora will automatically switch to Group 8 in the Toolbox You w
264. ill now see your User Actor listed there Now whenever you create a start up Isadora your User Actor will be available in the toolbox Using the Confirm User Actor Edit Dialog v1 3 Save amp Update All Feature As mentioned above you are able to able to update all instances of a User Actor when you finish editing it To see this in action try this e Click on Toolbox Group 8 Drag two copies of your newly created User Actor to the Scene Editor Set the second input value which we connected to the Isadora Manual 55 horz and vert zoom inputs of Zoomer of each User Actor to two different values e Double click one of the two actors and change some aspect of it for example change the name of a User Input move the actors within the Scene Editor or edit the value of some input property that is not connected to a User Input e Then choose File gt Close The following dialog will appear Confirm User Actor Edit Changes to User Actor User Actor have not been saved Ze This dalog allows you lo spec ry how other copias of ihis Liar Accor will De 8 kl rs H updated lo m tch e changes you Pave ap made Click More Indo hor detalia n Revert Cancel Convert To Macro New instance Save amp Update Ail e Choose Save amp Update All Double click at the User Actor you didn t edit You will see that inside the actor it now exactly matches the modifications you just made Close this edit
265. ime to understand this tutorial because understanding how property values work together that you can get the most out of Isadora Understanding Property Types Before we talk about scaling values between inputs and outputs we need to spend a moment talking about property types We ve mentioned some of them in passing in the previous tutorials triggers numbers video etc Basically each property is of one of the following types Integer Number without Decimal Points Float Number with Decimal Points Boolean Number only 0 or 1 often displayed as off or on Range A pair of integers specifying a range of values Trigger A Boolean but specifically looking for a pulse Video A video stream Isadora Manual 45 Sound An audio stream All of the numeric types can be connected to one another and will be scaled and converted 1f needed Video however can only be connected to video and sound only connected to sound When you link different numeric types the values may be converted For instance sending a Float value of 1 5 to an Integer input will yield a 1 because Integers don t allow numbers after the decimal point Note the part after the decimal is simply discarded values are never rounded up or down If you send an Integer value of 5 to a Range value the Range will be set to 5 5 1 e from 5 to 5 Hopefully these conversions are self evident except for the Trigger type which constitutes a bit of a special ca
266. in does exactly what its name implies it rotates the image by a specified number of degrees Aspect ratio allows you to adjust the ratio of the image s width to height Negative numbers reduce the height while positive numbers reduce the width Perspective is a bit like the keystone control on a video projector except that 1t adjusts the image horizontally instead of vertically It is best explained by showing an example the left image has it s perspective input set to 10 while setting it to 10 produces the right image Lete State E 1 Laititied app Experiment with these three settings Restore the projector to its default values by selecting the Projector actor and choosing Actors gt Reset to Default Values when you are done In Isadora 1 1 it became possible to display two or more images on the same stage by using multiple Projector actors in the same scene To take best advantage of this capability it is essential to understand the blend intensity and layer input properties The layer input property controls the layering of the images Higher numbers are closer to you lower numbers are further away So if you have two Projector actors in the same scene and layer input of the first one is set to 5 and the layer of the second is set to 4 then the image from the second projector will be drawn behind that of the first There are three blend modes additive transparent and opaque Additive means that the two i
267. installed the drivers for your external video capture device 3 the cable between your camera and the capture device is securely attached If you don t see anything happening in the VU it probably means that you are using an external audio capture device and that the audio source is not connected properly to that device e Ensure that 1 your audio source is producing sound 2 that you have installed the drivers for your external audio capture device 3 the cable between your audio source and capture device is securely attached Interactively Starting or Stopping Capture amp Recording Capture Input You can interactively turn capture on and off using the Capture Control actor This actor basically simulates the actions provided under the Capture menu Start Live Capture Start Video Only Input Start Audio Only Input and Stop Video Audio Input For video input drivers with more than one input composite s video etc you can also use this actor to the input that will be used to capture For more info see Capture Control in the Actors Reference section of this manual The Capture To Disk actor allows you to record whatever is being captured to disk and to then have that newly recorded movie appear in the Media Window See a full description below under the heading Capturing Video and Audio To Disk on Page 150 Isadora Manul 147 Controlling Video Capture Performance Setting Capture Resolution v1 1 You can cont
268. inter The store pointer maintained internally determines where the next frame of video will be stored it automatically moves to the next buffer in the list each time a new frame of video arrives at the video in input The recall pointer moves based on the values arriving at the select input By sending a buffer number to the select input you can send the contents of that buffer to the video output Because each buffer stored in the computer s RAM and not on disk recall is almost instantaneous Isadora Manual 18 Store Pointer Moves right after each frame of video arrives BIS Recall Pointer Moves each time a new value arrives at the select input L gt Video Output and sends buffer to video output What the store pointer does when the last buffer in the list is reached depends on the setting of the mode input If it is set to cycle Buffer will continue to store incoming video starting over with the first buffer this erases that buffer s previous contents If set to stop Buffer will stop after storing the last frame and wait until the reset input is triggered before starting again from the first buffer One interesting use comes when Buffer stores frames from a live video feed from the Video In Watcher as you are able to manipulate images that occurred live just moments before To see this in action try the following patch Yideo In Watcher dCH video out wideo in wided out trigger buffers select
269. inuous stream of numeric values from an external sensor the values will be noisy for one reason or another Smoother addresses this problem by smoothing out the incoming values This actor is similar to the Filter actor but uses a much better algorithm In general you should use the Smoother actor now instead of the Filter actor Isadora Manual 32 Input Properties e value in The numeric values to be smoothed e smoothing The amount of smoothing from O to 1 A value of O produces no smoothing at all while a value of 99 produces extremely smooth output Note however that the higher this setting the more the output values will lag behind the input value e frequency Determines how often a value is sent of the value out output This is specified in Hertz 1 e cycles per second The higher the frequency the smoother the resolution at the output Note however that if you are processing a lot of video and getting slow frame rates the actually frequency may be lower than the value specified here e force out When turned off values are only sent out of the value out output when they change When turned on values are sent out at the rate specified in the frequency input regardless of whether they have changed or not Output Properties e value out The smoothed values Sound Frequency Watcher Sound Frequency Watcher channel OD f frequency freq width freq slope min level trig level i OF EA oe CEJN pa CH
270. inverse input in which case Eyes tracks the dark objects in the frame As each new frame of video arrives at the video input Eyes looks for every blob it can find Only the largest blobs of those found are tracked You can use the objects input to determine how many objects will be tracked simultaneously this Isadora Manual BG can be set to as few as one and as many as eight So if Eyes finds 15 blobs and the objects input is set to 5 the smallest ten will be ignored Information about the blobs being tracked is routed to Eyes s eight blob outputs These will be connected to a Blob Decoder actor see page 196 to access the various characteristics of the blobs being tracked To help you configure the Eyes inputs turn on the monitor input When you do a miniature monitor window will appear in the center of the actor Each object being tracked will be surrounded by a colored rectangle the color indicates which blob output will be used to report the characteristics of the blob The table below shows the relationship between the bounding box color and the blob number Blob Color Table Red Blob 1 Green Blob 2 Blue Blob 3 Yellow Blob 4 Aqua Blob 5 Cyan Blob 6 Orange Blob 7 Lt Grreen Blob 8 Because displaying the monitor consumes some of your CPU speed you should turn it off once you have configured eyes to your satisfaction Generally speaking the higher contrast the incoming video image the easier it wi
271. io QuickTime Movie you can use the Sound Movie Player actor to control the volume panning and sound routing of the individual tracks Isadora amp CoreAudio v1 2 MacOS X Only Isadora integrates Apple s CoreAudio architecture making all of the CoreAudio plug ins installed on your system available for use as plug ins inside Isadora OS X Isadora Manual i si itstsi i T comes with several CoreAudio plug ins installed and there are many more available from third parties For documentation on the individual plug ins you should contact the manufacturer of the plug in This section describes the basic architecture and how to manipulate the sound of both pre recorded audio files and live input All of the CoreAudio plug ins will appear in Toolbox Group 2 the Audio Group They will be listed by the names given them by their manufacturers Setting Up for Multi Channel Sound If you plan on accessing your multi channel sound output device with CoreAudio plug ins you must ensure it is set as the default in the Audio MIDI Setup application e On MacOS X install the CoreAudio driver for your device using the installer program that came with the device Then after connecting the device follow these Steps 1 From the Applications folder double click the Audio MIDI Setup application 2 Click on the tab Audio Devices at the top The top portion of the window looks like this ek dag M t ke 1 Gerbe rs A Seen See
272. ip 10 for instructions on how to use QuickTime Player to compress your video Tip 7 Set the resolution of your output to an even multiple of the video being processed by Isadora and use the direct option in the Projector When the resolution of the output device 1 e the second video output on your computer is an exact multiple of the video being sent to it Isadora uses highly optimized code to render the video If the video images being processed have a resolution of 320 x 240 setting the output resolution to 640 x 480 1 e exactly Isadora Manual 63 double in both dimensions allows Isadora to use this special code If you render your movies at 400 x 300 set your video output to 800 x 600 to enable this optimized code IMPORTANT To take advantage of this feature you must set the mode input on your Projector actor to direct The mode input is set to copy by default because direct works on almost every computer but not absolutely every one Tip 8 When capturing live video set the Video Capture Size to Half and make sure the Force 4 3 Aspect Ratio button is checked in the Live Capture Settings Window For the same reasons listed above having the live video appear at half resolution makes everything run faster To do this from the choose Half Size in the Resolution popup of the Live Capture Settings Window Turning on the Force 4 3 Aspect Ratio checkbox ensures that the live video 1s in the sa
273. ir of integers specifying a range of values Text A string of text characters Trigger Number only 0 or 1 represented as a hyphen and an X Whenever a new value arrives the trigger pulses Video A video stream Sound An audio stream Y ou can find out the type of a property by placing the mouse cursor over a property s value edit box and then keeping it still for a moment An information box will appear that shows the property s name type and its minimum and maximum values Isadora Manual 17 Send Control part channel controller You can connect any numeric or trigger output to any other numeric or trigger input Video outputs can only be connected to video inputs sound outputs to sound inputs To connect one actor s output to another actor s input e Click in an output port the blue dot on the right side of an actor A red line representing the link will now follow the movements of your mouse e Move to another actor s input port the blue dot on the left side of an actor The link will thicken whenever you are inside of a valid input port Note that you cannot connect video or sound outputs to numeric inputs and vice versa e Click the mouse to confirm the link e Note that the link is red when no data is flowing through the link and that it is green when data is flowing To cancel a link in progress e Hit the esc key or press Command Period MacOS or Control Period Windows e Or c
274. is EJ Untitled Eine Eras Sau Matte or wisible trigger Spee loop end position position Horia TEHAT L play start i height play length e Blend loop enable bright P of G i E F j a E E 2 H i 0 lu me IPC MEE g pact LOOM blutt pani spin IO m jc aspect EM U g into rar d perspective acces RS i active staqe Pannen See render Pionira jar tied tae KET Pe ere HESiERA DE Sort MESA Isadora Manual 28 You need to have both of these modules to play a movie because the movie player does not send the video image it produces directly to the stage Instead you need to route its video output to one of the stages by connecting it to the Projector module The relationship between the Movie Player and Projector actors 1s the same as that between a videotape recorder and a television the former handles the playback of the video tape the latter allows you to see those images 1t produces You can t see the images on the television unless you connect it and the videotape player Note that both actors have dots next their input or output property values These are the actor s input and output ports Input ports are always on the left output ports always on the right You move information video audio or numbers through Isadora by linking the output ports of one module to the input ports of another To be able to see the video we need to route the video data from the Movie Player to the Projector ac
275. is flowing through it Finally note the thin yellow line moving across the green bar along the bottom of the Movie Player actor This shows you which frame of the movie is playing currently Finally show the stage e Choose Output gt Show Stages The Stage window will appear If your screen goes black it is probably because you forgot to set the Preferences as described previously To hide the stage again hit the shortcut key for Show Stages Command G on MacOS Control G on Windows The stage will Isadora Manual 29 disappear and you will be able to see your document again Go back to the section above entitled Setting Isadora Preferences follow the instructions there and then try this step again After showing the stage you should be able to see the movie playing inside of the stage window Congratulations you ve made your first Isadora scene Take note of a few things before you quit this lesson e When the movie gets to the end it automatically jumps back to the beginning and continues playing from there By default the Movie Player actor loops movies in this way e As mentioned above a link is red when no data is flowing through it green when data is flowing through it This color coding helps you visualize when how data moves through an Isadora Scene Tutorial 2 Changing Actor Settings As you can see both the Movie Player and the Projector actors have a list of numbers and titles along both the left a
276. is watcher from 1 to 16 You may specify a single port or a range of ports e controller Specifies the controller number or range of controller numbers that will be seen from 0 to 127 e value Specifies the controller value or range of values that will be seen from O to 127 Isadora Manual 2 Note that for a Control Change message to be seen by this watcher its values must fall within the range of values for specified by all four of the input properties Output Properties When this watcher sees a Control Change message that falls within the range of values specified by all of the input properties the following values are sent out of the outputs e port The MIDI Port on which the message arrived e channel the message s MIDI Channel e controller the message s controller number e value the message s controller value e trigger sends a trigger each time a message is seen Counter Counts up or down when a trigger is received This actor was called Integer Counter in versions prior to 1 3 The Counter and 1ts companion Float Counter allows you to count up or down each time a trigger 1s received by adding or subtracting a value to from 1ts output value You have the option of limiting the output value to a range of values or to let that value wrap around when it exceeds those limits This actor uses integer numbers 1 e values with no numbers after the decimal point while the Float Counter u
277. itch Note Off If Isadora sees a MIDI message of the proper type on the specified MIDI Channel and its value matches the one specified in the Base Value field Isadora will activate the first Scene If the value is greater than the Base Value Isadora will activate a subsequent Scene if it is available For example if Isadora were looking for Program Change messages with a Base Value of 5 then MIDI program change 5 would activate the first scene program change 6 would activate the second etc If you choose to activate Scenes using the Continuous Controller messages the MIDI Controller Number field will appear MID Scene Control Acts Soe Wek arr abia D Si KEEN Carnal 1 16 0 e Any Charmal Conroe Murr OU 01271 Hiin ven fi 61237 Isadora Manual T8 For Continuous Control messages Isadora checks the message s Controller Number in along with the MIDI Channel and Base Value If the controller number does not match the one specified by the Controller Number field the message 1s ignored Net Setup Here you specify a number that identifies this computer when multiple copies of Isadora communicate with each other over a Local Area Network The Net Broadcaster actor specifies which computer will receive a given message using this number see the Net Broadcaster actor for more information Open Sound Control OSC Port Number v1 1 If you are using Open Sound Control OSC to receive messages from another computer
278. ited to these values When set to wrap and the calculated value 1s less than minimum or is greater than maximum it wraps around to other extreme For example if the maximum is 100 the current output value is 95 and you trigger the add input while the amount property is set to 10 5 the new value would be 105 5 Since this would exceed the maximum 100 the float counter subtracts the maximum value from the result and sets the output to the resulting value of 5 5 amount The amount to add or subtract the counter receives a trigger on the add or subtract trigger input minimum The minimum possible value See mode for more information on how this value is used maximum The maximum possible value See mode for more information on how this value is used cur value This is the value to which the amount property 1s added to or subtracted from when calculating the output It is an unusual input in that it is automatically set to match the output value each time the add or subtract trigger inputs are pulsed You can make use this property in two ways first you can click it s title check the Init checkbox and specify an initial value from which the counter will begin counting second you can send a value to it to preload the next value that will be added to or subtracted from Output Properties e output The current output value of the counter Isadora Manual A Freeze Freeze a video in video out vid b a y fr
279. itted to the LanBox LC To do this begin by connecting a video stream to the video input of the LanBox RGB Out actor It is a good idea to use a relatively low resolution video use the Scaler actor to reduce the size of the video clip if necessary It is very important that you establish the resolution of the video input for this actor before you start setting the position of the rectangles Unlike most of Isadora the position of the rectangles is specified using absolute pixels not a percentage So 1f you specify the rectangle positions and then change video resolution you will most likely have to edit the rectangle sizes and locations again To edit the rectangles double click the LanBox RGB Actor The following dialog will be shown Isadora Manual 254 Edit LanBox Zones Preview Use Arrow Keys to Move Arrow Keys Shift to Resize wi Preview Frame Outlines Magnification 80 FA Lal EN Rectangle Inspector Left B Top 17 Width 20 Height 5 Average To Three Channels Channel Range 602 901 Cancel To add a rectangle click the button To remove a rectangle click the button To select a rectangle and show its inspector click on the rectangle s outline A rectangle is green when it 1s selected otherwise it 1s yellow After adding a new rectangle or selecting an existing one the Rectangle Inspector will appear at the bottom of the dialog This allows you to adjust the siz
280. ivers and hardware are installed perform the following steps to begin capturing live video e To capture live video start by connecting your video camera to the video the video capture device on your computer For computers with Fire Wire inputs you would connect your digital video camera s Fire Wire output to the computer s Fire Wire input Most other capture devices accept an analog video input which may be either Composite usually and RCA phono plug connector or S Video a round 4 pin connector If this is the case connect the analog output of your camera to the analog video input of your capture device If your video capture device has both Composite and S Video inputs you may need to choose the input that Isadora is seeing more on that below Make sure that your digital camera on to the camera setting 1 e not VCR or Tape if you want to see live video from the camera To capture live audio connect your external audio source mixing console output cassette player etc the sound input of your computer Generally speaking this is a 1 8 mini phone plug this 1s the same size and type of plug seen on headphones that plug into a portable CD player On computers without audio input you will need to purchase an external sound input device Often these connect to the USB port of your computer Live Capture Settings Window v1 3 As of version 1 3 Isadora can accept live input from up to four video and audio input
281. ivisor input then a trigger is sent to the trig out output and the process begins again This effectively divides the number of input triggers by the divisor value 1 e if divisor is set to three then an output trigger will be sent after every third input trigger Input Properties e trig in The input trigger e divisor Determines how often a trigger will be sent to the output Each time a trigger arrives at the trig in input an internal counter is incremented by one When this counter matches the value specified by the divisor input a trigger is sent to the output e reset starts the counting sequence over again Output Properties e trig out Sends a trigger after the specified number of triggers have been received at the trig in input Isadora Manual 346 Trigger Text v1 3 Trigger String input ste ABC output trigger Sends text of arbitrary length to an actor with a text input when triggered Prior to version 1 3 this actor was called Trigger String Input Properties input The text to send to the output property each time a trigger is received at the trigger input e trigger Sends the text to the output when a trigger is received Output Properties e output Sends the text shown at the input input each time the trigger input receives a trigger Trigger String v1 1 This actor was renamed Trigger Text in v1 3 please refer to the documentation for that actor Trigger Value v
282. izer video in OS wdeo aut red green blue bypass Adjusts a video stream s color by increasing or decreasing the red green and or blue components of that stream The red green and blue input properties can be individually adjusted from 100 to 100 a negative setting reduces the amount of that particular color a positive setting increases it Some examples Original Red 0 Red 100 Green 25 Green 50 Blue 100 Blue 0 Properties hue The hue of the color ranging from 0 to 360 degrees Values to achieve some of the primary colors are Red 0 Yellow 60 Green 120 Aqua 180 Blue 240 Purple 300 Red 360 e saturation The purity of the color 100 results in a pure color lower values add more white to the color moving it towards a pastel brightness The brightness of the color 100 is as bright as possible Lower values yield darker colors with a value of O giving black bypass When turned off this effect functions normally When turned on the effect is disabled and the video input is passed directly to the video output Isadora Manual M Comparator compare output value geg true values false notify Compares two numbers Input Properties compare Determines the comparison to be performed on the two numbers You may choose eq ne lt le gt or ge representing equal not equal less than less than or equal greater than greater than or equal value
283. k by clicking on it This time you will find Movie Player Luminance Key Zoomer and Projector actors Note how this patch is linked the dancer video is the foreground input to the Luminance Key and the key s video out goes to the projector But that same output also goes to the video in of Zoomer whose output goes to the background input of the Luminance Key In essence we ve created a loop with the Zoomer actor manipulating the Luminance Key s output and feeding it back into itself e Take a look at the resulting image You will see a kind of decay around the dancers body as she moves This decay is because the Zoomer module is scaling the image down by 1 making it just a tiny bit smaller By keying the original image with a scaled down version of itself you get these lovely trails e Experiment with all five parameters of the Zoomer module You will get a wide range of effects from subtle to explosive Also try adjusting the key top and key bottom properties of the Luminance Key module Tutorial 10 Making Your Own Actors As you use Isadora you will find that there are groupings of actors that you often use This tutorial shows you how to use Isadora s User Actors and Macros to build your own actor from several Isadora actors Isadora Manual 51 User Actor and Macros work in precisely the same way except for one when you make changes to a User Actor you have the option of updating every copy also known as an in
284. k is disabled e fb scale h determines how much the image is zoomed horizontally on each feedback cycle Values greater than 100 make the image look like it is moving towards you values less than 100 make it look like it is moving away e fb scale v determines how much the image is zoomed vertically on each feedback cycle Values greater than 100 make the image look like it is moving towards you values less than 100 make it look like it is moving away e fb offset h determines how much the image is offset horizontally on each feedback cycle Values less than zero move to the left values greater than zero move to the right e fb offset v determines how much the image is offset vertically on each feedback cycle Values less than zero move up values greater than zero move down Isadora Manual B e fb rotation determines how much the image is rotated on each feedback cycle Values less than zero rotate counter clockwise values greater than zero rotate clockwise Stage Mouse Watcher updated v1 3 Stage Mouse Watcher Outputs the current position of the mouse within one of Isadora s six stages optionally choosing to see changes in position only when specific modifier keys are held down It may also be used to sense left and right clicks on the stage and horizontal or vertical changes in the mouse wheel Input Properties e stage Specifies which stage the mouse must be over for this watcher to see mouse movements
285. king there is a diagram displayed in the center of the actor that represents the key hue hue width and softness properties Saturation 1s not represented in the graph For the example actor at the top you can see that the hue color is green and the width is fairly narrow The slope at the top and the bottom represents the softness property Chroma Keys are tricky and it can be difficult to get a clean key unless the key color in the foreground video stream is quite pure and evenly lit On the other hand you can get lovely effects by misusing this module using setting the hue width and softness properties to very high values such that you get a strange blend between the foreground and background images The most important requirement to get the best results with this actor is a lot of experimentation with the property values Input Properties e rgb fore The foreground video stream Areas of this stream will be seen when its color does not fall within the key color specified by the key hue hue width and saturation properties If this stream is YUV it will automatically be converted to RGB rgb back The background video stream Areas of this stream will appear superimposed on the foreground when the foreground color matches the key color specified by the key hue hue width and saturation properties If you do not connect any video stream to this input it defaults to a black background If this stream is YUV it will automatically be co
286. ktime To create a multi channel sound movie follow these steps 1 Run QuickTime Player Pro 2 Choose File gt New Player to create an empty file 3 Open a sound file by choosing File gt Open File QuickTime Player supports numerous sound formats including AIFF WAVE MP3 and many others Note however that it is probably a good idea to have all of your files stored in the same format at the same sample rate 4 Choose Edit gt Select All 5 Choose Edit gt Copy 6 Then close the audio file by choosing File gt Close 7 The file you created in Step 2 will now be in front Click the Rewind button the single triangle pointing left with the bar at the point 8 Choose Edit gt Add To Movie At this point you have one sound track in the movie You can add more tracks by repeating steps 3 8 9 When you are done adding tracks choose File gt Save to save the new file with all of the audio tracks Note the two options in the Save dialog Save as a self contained movie and Save as a reference movie Generally speaking it is a good idea to choose Save as a self contained movie as a new file with a copy of all of the audio data you pasted will be created If you save as a reference movie then the file only contains links to the original files if you delete or move the originals to another folder you may not be able to open the reference movie Once you have created your multi channel aud
287. l the first value for the comparison value2 the second value for the comparison notify Specifies when a new output value should be sent Set this property to change to output a new value only when it changes from 0 to 1 or vice versa Set to always to send the value each time a new value arrives at the value1 or value2 input The change setting is useful when you want to connect the output to a trigger input so that it triggers only when the comparison result changes Output Properties e output the result of the comparison For the six different comparisons the result will be 1 when the comparison is true O when it is false Each of the comparisons is performed as follows eq output is l if valuel equals value2 O otherwise ne output is l if valuel does not equal value2 O otherwise It output is l if value is less than value2 O otherwise le output is l if value is less than or equal to value2 O otherwise gt output is l if valuel is greater than value2 O otherwise ge output is l if value is greater than or equal to value2 O otherwise e true sends a trigger whenever the output property changes from false to true 1 e from O to 1 e false sends a trigger whenever the output property changes from true to false 1 e from 1 to 0 Isadora Manul MM eee Guarded v1 1 is above qo above go below Reports when a value crosses a threshold but prevents false triggers by using a guard band When value
288. l input to which your MIDI device is connected and release the mouse r Gage CH O Nope up E ina A MTP Port 1 E MTF Port 2 Port 1 Lon MIP Port 4 Port 2 MTP Port 5 PS Port 3 MTP Port 6 ei MIP Port Port 4 MIP Port B ipe MTF Met Port Fe MTP Adat Part ES Port 6 MTP Sync Port Wei isadora Virtual Out be kadora Wirtual In p 4 Choose Windows gt Show Status to show the Status Window Have your MIDI device send data to the input port e g if you have a MIDI keyboard press keys on the keyboard If everything is working correctly you should see one of the indicators associated with the port you chose in Step 1 blink as the MIDI data comes in If you are not receiving any MIDI data check the following 1 Ensure that you have connected the MIDI Out of your device to the MIDI In of your physical interface and that the MIDI cable is in working order 2 If your MIDI interface has an indicator that shows when MIDI data is being received make sure this blinks when your device is sending MIDI data 3 Check that the physical input you chose in the MIDI Setup dialog matches the input to which the MIDI cable is connected Associating an Isadora MIDI Output Port to a Physical Output Port If you want to send MIDI output to a particular port on your MIDI interface do the following 1 Choose an unused Isadora MIDI Output port on which the MIDI data will be sent from one of the MIDI output acto
289. l see the background The sharpness of the edge between the foreground and background image can be adjusted using the softness property Here is an example Isadora Manul Ze Rn Foreground Background The dark background behind the dancer a good consistent brightness or luminance that we can use to key the background image onto the foreground In this example the key top was set at 100 the key bottom was set at 5 and the softness was set to 5 Wherever the brightness of the foreground image is inside the range of 5 to 100 you see the foreground Where it is outside this range 0 to 5 the background image shows through The edges between the foreground and background images 1s softened somewhat because we set the softness property to 5 To help you understand what brightness you are specifying with the key top and key bottom values there is a diagram displayed in the center of the actor that represents those properties It gives you graphic feedback by showing the range of brightness that will allow you to see the foreground image The slope at the top and the bottom represents the softness property Input Properties e foreground The foreground video stream Areas of this stream will be seen when its brightness falls within the range specified by the key top and key bottom properties e background The background video stream will appear superimposed on the foreground where the foreground brightness falls outside
290. ld reset inputs A value EX vake E value 3 Outputs the maximum value that has been received since the last reset Input Properties e reset Resets the output to zero inputs Specifies the number of value inputs for this actor from 1 to 16 Isadora Manual 267 e value 1 value 2 etc When a value arrives at one of these inputs it is compared to the output If it is greater than the output the new value is stored and sent out of the output port If a value arrives that is less than the current value of the output nothing happens Output Properties e max The maximum value that has been received since the last reset Maximum inputs di mas value Taf A value 2 E Outputs the current maximum value of all of its inputs Input Properties inputs Specifies the number of value inputs for this actor from 1 to 16 e value 1 value 2 etc When a value arrives at one of these inputs it is compared to all of the other value inputs If it is the greatest of all of these the new value is sent out of the output port If a value arrives that is less than or equal to any of the other input values nothing happens Output Properties e max The current maximum value of all of the value inputs Media Percent to Time v1 2 Media Percent To Time A time item index GC percentage Converts a duration percentage for a specific video or sound file into a real time value specified in seconds The output of t
291. le the real time duration of the percentage specified at the percentage input Midi Enable e funcion Saang 2 0 Trigger A Enables or disables MIDI input Isadora Manual Zeg There occasionally may be situations where you want to temporarily disable all MIDI input The MIDI Enable actor allows you to accomplish this goal Input Properties e function When set to disable a trigger a the trigger input will disable all MIDI input When set to enable and a trigger is received MIDI input is enabled e trigger Enables or disables MIDI input when a trigger is received depending on the setting of the function input Midi Player madi file port d chan restart stop tempa wel mod play start olay lemgth oop enable A Plays a standard MIDI file to the specified MIDI port There are three main things that you can control when manipulating the playback of a standard MIDI file its speed the portion of the file that will play and whether or not that portion will loop and the velocity of its note on messages The portion of the sound that will play is called the play segment The play segment is determined by the play start and play length properties both of which are expressed as a percentage of the MIDI file s total length The play length indicates how long the play segment will be while the play start specifies where that chunk will start For example with a MIDI file that was 60 measures long a pla
292. le Rate Video Processing Overhead and Frame Rate The Cycles display tells you how many times per second Isadora can process all of the actors in the currently active Scene s The higher this number the better Isadora s performance This maximum value of this number is directly related to the Sleep Time setting in the General tab of the Preferences lower sleep time values will yield a higher number of cycles per second Isadora Manual 120 VPO stands for Video Processing Overhead This value given as a percentage of total processor usage indicates how much time is being used by the video processing actors in the active Scene As this number gets larger Isadora will run more slowly and your frame rates will go down FPS shows the current output frame rate of the stage Isadora always attempts to render video frames at the rate set in the Target Frame Rate of the General tab of the Preferences If the patch is complex and or has numerous video effects this value may not reach the target set in the Preferences Midi In Monitor This section has a series of indicators for each MIDI Source Port as set up using the MIDI Setup dialog Whenever a MIDI message arrives on a given Source Port the indicator with the corresponding MIDI Channel will illuminate briefly If the message 1s a System Exclusive message then the indicator marked SX will 1lluminate In addition each time a message is received specific information about that mes
293. le of a property when its actor is collapsed e Move the mouse over the input or output port the blue dot The property s name will be displayed next to the mouse cursor Isadora Manual 84 Hote Watcher To edit the value of an input property when its value edit boxes are not visible e Click in the input port of an actor A combination slider value edit box will appear like this Hote Watcher e You can edit the property s value by dragging the slider indicator the blue ball or by clicking in the value edit box and typing a new value To show or hide all actor names in a Scene e If the names are currently visible choose Actors gt Hide Names to hide them e If the names are currently hidden choose Actors gt Show Names to show them User Actors amp Macros Creating Your Own Actors As you use Isadora you will find that there are groups of actors that you often use together Isadora s User Actors and Macros allow you to build your own actors from one or more Isadora actors User Actor and Macros work in precisely the same way except for one when you make changes to a User Actor you have the option of updating every copy also known as an instance of the User Actor so they will all work in exactly the same way This is very useful when you ve have a User Actor in several scenes and you want the functionality of the other instances to stay in sync A Macro on the other hand will not update copies
294. led Stage Size you can choose whether the stage will entirely fill the screen or whether 1t will be set to a custom size defined by you If you choose the custom size option edit boxes will appear that allow you to set the horizontal and vertical dimensions in pixels that will be used when the stage is shown On computers with more than one screen you would generally set Stage 1 to appear on Screen 2 Stage 2 to appear on Screen 3 etc and choose the Full Screen stage size That way you can edit your Isadora document on the main screen and show the output on the other screens If you only have only one screen you would typically place Stage 1 on Screen 1 and set the other Place On popup menus to None If you are editing patches on a computer with one screen you may want to turn on the Custom Size option so that the Stage s appear at a smaller size this will allow you to see the editing window and the stages at the same time Default When Preferred Screen Not Available At the top of the window you will see an area labeled Default When Preferred Stage Not Available These will determine how a stage is displayed if the screen you have chosen in Place On 1s not available when you chose the Output gt Show Stages menu command Floating Stage Windows If you would like your Stage windows to float 1 e to always be in front of the Isadora document check this box MIDI Net Preferences isa
295. led e allows you to save after you register 1t You can always find the latest version on the Downloads page at http www troikatronix com izzydownload html Step 2 Purchase You need to purchase a license from the TroikaTronix web site Follow the instructions at http www troikatronix com 1zzypurchase html to obtain your license Each licensee 1s entitled to generate up to three registration codes per year This takes into account purchasing a new computer reformatting your hard drive etc Once you register Isadora on a computer 1t will work on that machine forever except 1f you reformat your hard drive After your order has been processed you will receive an email with the information required to register your copy of Isadora Keep this email in a safe place as you will need it to generate future registrations The information in the email will look like this User Name Isadora Duncan Serial Number ISM 99999 Password lucky meter Registrations Remaining 3 Step 3 Register Follow these steps to register your copy of Isadora Isadora Manual 18 e Run your copy of Isadora by double clicking its icon e Choose Edit gt Register The dialog box shown above will appear e Enter the User Name Password and Serial Number exactly as you received it in the email from TroikaTronix Capitalization counts e Click the Generate Registration Code via Web Page Your browser will automatically open and generate a new
296. line e decay The speed with which previously generated lines will decay Lower numbers cause the lines to persist longer e center When turned on keeps the current value in the center by offsetting the previous lines e value That value being tracked from 0 to 100 e trigger Generates a new line each time a trigger is received at this input as well as causing previous lines to decay Output Properties e rgb out The generated image in RGB format Isadora Manual 294 Poly Pressure Watcher Poly Pressure Watcher 1 16 pom port channel z channel pitch kw pressure 1 Ee pressure pitch trigger Watches for MIDI Polyphonic Pressure messages outputting the values associated with that message and sending a trigger when one is seen The Poly Pressure Watcher can look for a specific Polyphonic Pressure message or a range of messages depending on the setting of the input property values When a message meeting all of the criterion specified by input properties is seen the values associated with that message are sent out of the output ports and a trigger is sent out of the trigger output Input Properties e port Specifies the MIDI Port on which the message must arrive to be seen These port numbers correspond to the ports shown in the MIDI Setup dialog You may specify a single port or a range of ports e channel Specifies the MIDI Channel on which the message must be received before 1t will be seen by this watcher from
297. ll be for Eyes to track the objects placing performers in a light colored costumes on a black background is ideal If you instead wanted to track something dark that appeared on a light background you could turn on the inverse input so that Eyes will track the darkest object in the frame Eyes does its best to consistently identify the blobs moving around the frame When the blobs do not collide 1 e overlap each other it does a pretty good job But when two blobs touch it is very difficult to determine which one is which after they separate again You should experiment with the same max dist same area chg and lifespan parameters to improve tracking during blob collisions Input Properties e video The source video input to be analyzed e objects The maximum number of blobs that will be tracked For instance if you this value to 3 Eyes will only track a maximum of three objects In this case you would only use the blob 1 blob 2 and blob 3 outputs blobs 4 through 8 will never send any output since those blobs will never be used e h res and v res Specifies the horizontal and vertical resolution of the image to be tracked Incoming video streams will be scaled to this size before attempting to locate the blobs Higher resolutions mean higher CPU usage as hi res images can require a large of amount of processing to isolate the blobs Isadora Manual O e threshold The brightness threshold An object s brightness mu
298. ll be sent out of the trigger out output e trigger 1 trigger 2 etc The trigger inputs Output Properties e trigger out Sends a trigger when all of the trigger inputs have been triggered within the amount of time specified by the time frame input property Isadora Manual W Slit Scan video In video out center mode bypass Scrolls one line or column of the source video from a vertical or horizontal center point creating an effect reminiscent of Doug Trumbull s classic seen at the end of 2001 A Space Odyssey This actor produces particularly interesting output when the source video stream has an object or objects that move somewhat slowly through the frame Try 1t with your face Input Properties e video in The source video stream e center The center point from which the video will scroll outward when mode is horizontal or upward and downward when mode is vertical from 0 to 100 e mode When set to horiz the video scrolls out horizontally from the center point When set to vert the video scrolls vertically from the center point e bypass When turned off this effect functions normally When turned on the effect is disabled and the video input is passed directly to the video output Output Properties e video out The Slit Scanned video stream Smoother v1 1 value in J smoothing 1 4 HTequency torce out Smoothes out noisy numeric values Sometimes when receiving a cont
299. ll be stored into the first buffer in the list If the mode property 1s set to stop triggering this input will cause Buffer to capture frames again until the last buffer 1s reached e bypass When turned off this effect functions normally When turned on the effect is disabled and the video input 1s passed directly to the video output Output Properties e video out Whenever the select input is changed outputs the frame of video stored in the specified buffer e last trig Sends a trigger when the last buffer in the list is stored This is most useful when the mode input is set to stop as it allows you to trigger an action when all frames in the buffer have been filled Calc Angle v1 1 trigger Given a pair of x y coordinates outputs the angle between the two points Input Properties e x1 y1 The x y coordinate of the first point e x2 y2 The x y coordinate of the second point e trigger triggers the calculation of the angle and sends the result to the angle output Output Properties angle Outputs the angle between the two points whenever the trigger input receives a trigger dist Outputs the distance between the two points Isadora Manual 200 Calc Angle 3D v1 3 Given a pair of x y z coordinates outputs the angle between the two points Input Properties e x1 y1 z1 The x y z coordinate of the first point e x2 y2 z1 The x y z coordinate of the second point e trigger triggers the calculation of the an
300. ll follow the movements of your mouse until you release the mouse button or e You can also use the up down left or right arrow keys on your computer keyboard to move the controls If grid snapping 1s on they will move by one grid unit Otherwise they will move by one pixel e To move a control five units at a time hold down the command key while pressing the arrow keys To change a control s size e Click in 1ts size box the small right rectangle drawn to the bottom right of the Control and drag The Control will resize as you drag following the movements of your mouse e If you hold down the shift key and press one of the arrow keys all selected controls will also resize Shift right arrow makes the control wider shift left arrow makes is thinner Shift down arrow makes it taller shift up arrow less tall If grid snapping is on they will resize by one grid unit each time you press the arrow key Otherwise they will change size by one pixel e Release the mouse when the desired size 1s set To align a group of controls e Select two or more controls e Choose Controls gt Align Left Align Horizontal Center Align Right Align Top Align Vertical Center or Align Bottom to align all specified edge of the selected controls To distribute a group of controls evenly e Select two or more controls e Choose Controls gt Distribute Horizontally or Controls gt Distribute Vertically to distribute the selected controls in
301. llows you to create a list of data each line being composed of one or more numeric values You may recall lines from the list add or insert new items or remove or recall existing lines The data may be stored on disk in a standard tab separated text file that may be exported from or imported into other applications We refer to the vertical and horizontal dimensions of the list using the terms lines and items For instance this array has 3 lines and 4 items The number of items across is set using the items input when you change this property value inputs and outputs will be added or removed from this actor as appropriate The number of lines is controlled using the add insert delete and erase inputs or by the number of lines in text file when its data is read Input Properties e file path The full or partial path name for a text file where data can be retrieved or stored The file will be a standard text file one line in the file for Isadora Manual 219 each line in the Data Array Full path names will begin with a forward slash under MacOS X or with X under windows where X is a drive letter CA DA etc Paths that do not begin in this way are considered to be partial path names specified relative to the location of the Isadora document that contains this actor r w mode Determines if and when the associated text file will be automatically be read and or written to disk means do nothing on activate do nothi
302. lso becoming common on Windows machines In addition there are various capture boards PC Cards for laptops USB video capture devices etc Any of these can be used with Isadora as long as you have installed drivers that allow them to be seen by QuickTime On the Macintosh this is pretty much a given On Windows machines it is may be somewhat more difficult to configure When using capture boards or other external video capture hardware the installation procedure varies from vendor to vendor Follow their instructions to install the video input hardware on your system Here s how to create a simple patch that will allow you to show live video on Isadora s stage e You should start by making sure that Isadora is not running If it is quit it before connecting your camera e First connect your video camera or VCR to the video the video capture device on your computer For computers with Fire Wire inputs you would connect your digital video camera s Fire Wire output to the computer s Fire Wire input Most other capture devices accept an analog video input If this is the case connect the analog output of your camera often a yellow RCA phono plug to the analog video input of your capture device e Now you need to enable video capture in Isadora as it is not enabled by EN rm Line Lapis Seti iye going Sic Lie oper Channa Seheri nein Chanmai beer EI E Poo Fait ree Ban 1 P Je A i Be mi Lira EI ICT Lil Leder ER
303. lting image will be letterboxed horizontally or vertically as needed When turned off the video image will be scaled to fill the entire stage Note that the final aspect ratio 1s also affected by the width height and aspect mod parameters aspect mod v1 1 HAR Specifies the aspect ratio of the image from 100 to 100 Negative values make the image less tall positive values make the image less wide This feature only works when Hardware Accelerated Rendering is turned on in the Preferences blend v1 1 HAR Determines the opacity of the video image in conjunction with the intensity input When set to additive the image is added to the background image lower intensity settings reduce the brightness of the image When set to transparent lower intensity values make the object more transparent allowing you to see more of the image underneath When set to opaque lower intensity values will fade the image to a black background that obscures the background image This feature only works when Hardware Accelerated Rendering is turned on in the Preferences IMPORTANT When attempting to render a transparent image it is essential that it is rendered last otherwise the transparent image feature may not work Generally this will result in on of the lower images appearing opaque and on top of the transparent image To specify the order in which Projectors render their images use the layer input Higher layer numbers are closer to yo
304. lue 2 etc is sent to the value out output Output Properties e value out The value from the table as chosen by the select input Isadora Manual 836 Take Snapshot Take Snapshot Store a new snapshot of the input values of all actors in the current scene when triggered This actor simulates choosing Take Snapshot command from the Scenes menu For more on Snapshots see the section entitled Storing and Recalling Scenes With Snapshots on page 93 Input Properties e trigger A new snapshot of the input values of all actors in the current scene is taken when this input is triggered The new snapshot will appear at the end of the snapshot list at the top of the Scene Editor window Tap Tempo trig un E bpm out Average hertz out Measures the tempo of incoming triggers Input Properties e trig in Each time this input is triggered the rate is calculated in Beats Per Minute bpm and Hertz cycles per second and sent to the corresponding outputs average Determines how many previous tempos will be averaged together If this value is 1 then the reported tempo is calculated every time the trig in input is triggered Higher values report the average tempo for the specified number of measurements Le a value of 4 would average the tempo of the last four measurements Output Properties bpm out The tempo in beats per minute hertz out The tempo in Hertz or cycles per second Isadora Manual 887 T
305. lues continuously during their cycle e phase Normally all waves start at the zero point of their cycle You can change this by adjusting the phase of the wave The diagram of the wave will slide as you change this value so that you can see the wave s new starting point e reset Starts generating the wave from its starting point which is controlled by the phase input property This input is also to restart the wave when its once property is turned on e once If this property is turned on then the wave will go through only one cycle each time it receives a trigger on the reset input Output Properties e value The current value of the wave YUV to RGB v1 1 YUY to RGB d SS DN ider aceon wdea out video K RGE Converts a video stream from YUV to RGB This actor is used to explicitly convert a YUV video stream to RGB usually to be fed to a video processing actor that prefers RGB If the incoming stream is already RGB then it is passed directly to the output See YUV Video Processing on page 129 for more information about using YUV mode in Isadora Input Properties e video in The YUV video stream to be converted to RGB Isadora Manual 5 e video out The input video stream after conversion to RGB format video in Video out horz zoom wert zoom horz pan vert pan horz center vert center decay bypass Zooms 1n or out on source video stream allowing you to pan left and right or up and down within
306. m any existing copies Choose this option if you intend to make a variation of the User Actor and do not want to change the functionality or layout of other matching actors in the open documents or in the Global or Local Actor Toolboxes Convert to Macro Choosing this option assigns a new unique identifier and is marked as being a Macro This means that when you make changes to this actor it will no longer attempt to update other copies of itself throughout the file or the toolbox If you later want to convert this into a User Actor again you can do so by selecting the actor and choosing Actors gt Convert to User Actor e Cancel The editor window is not closed and nothing is updated e Revert If you choose Revert all of the changes you ve made since opening this User Actor editor will be discarded You can actually get the changes back one step at a time by choosing Edit gt Redo Note that if you are editing a User Actor saved prior to v1 3 this dialog box will not appear This is because the User Actor does not have the unique identifier required to allow the automatic synchronization of User Actor instances You can convert this User Actor to the new format by saving it to the Global User Actor toolbox Converting a Macro to a User Actor v1 3 You can choose to convert a Macro to a User Actor at any time If you choose to do this the actor will be assigned a new unique identifier and marked as a User Actor If yo
307. mages are literally added together they will both be visible at the same time even when one is on top of the other When using this setting the intensity parameter simply controls the brightness of the image Transparent means that the transparency of the image can be adjusted using the intensity parameter If intensity is set to 100 then the image will be opaque and you won t be able to see the image Isadora Manual 60 behind it As the intensity approaches zero the image will become more and more transparent allowing you to see through to the images below The opaque blend mode means the image s rectangle is always opaque So as the intensity approaches zero you will see a black rectangle on top of any images rendered behind it For a deeper explanation of these parameters please see the section entitled Compositing with the Projector using Hardware Accelerated Rendering on Page 126 Isadora Manual 61 Optimizing for Speed There are many factors that influence Isadora s video processing speed including the speed and type of your processor amount of RAM installed on your computer hard disk speed the format in which the video files are stored and several other factors This section details several tips to help you get the very fastest frame rates from Isadora Tip 1 Use the fastest computer you can preferably with a G4 Processor MacOS or MMX Enhanced Processor Windows Much of the code ins
308. mally when an actor processes two video streams they are scaled so that they match in size before they are combined The Sprite actor does not scale the sprite Isadora Manual 880 video stream it simply lays it on top of the background This is similar to the setting Matte and Matte actor s scale fg input property to off The advantage of the Sprite actor over Matte and Matte is that there are several transfer modes available that determine how the sprite stream is rendered over the background Input Properties e sprite The source video stream that will be rendered on to the background stream e background The video stream on to which the sprite will be rendered e det horz ctr Sets the horizontal center of the sprite within the background from 100 to 100 percent of the background video s width 0 is in the center of the image e det horz ctr Sets the vertical center of the sprite within the background from 100 to 100 percent of the background video s height O is in the center of the image e dest size Allows you to scale the sprite from O to 1000 of its original size A value of 100 renders the sprite at its original size e mode The transfer mode used to render the sprite on to the background image The modes noted as being arithmetic or xor bic produce results that are somewhat unpredictable but that can nevertheless prove interesting The possible choices are copy copies the image on to
309. mbers jump up and down This actor uses a weighted averaging of the past values to provide a smoother version of the input value stream The key settings to adjust when attempting to smooth your values are the stages and decay input properties The number of stages determines how many of the previous numbers the filter remembers The decay determines how much influence those remembered numbers have on the current value For instance decay is set to one second numbers that are 1 2 second old would have half the influence of a number that just arrived Numbers older than one second would have no influence at all The frequency output determines how often a new output value is calculated Higher values here produce a smoother output Isadora Manual gt B Input Properties e value The stream of incoming values e frequency The frequency with which new values will appear at the output e stages How many of the previous values will be remembered by the filter as 1t calculates the new value e decay How long a value s influence to decay to 0 e scaling Multiplies the output value by this number to provide a better range of output values Output Properties e output The smoothed values video In video out flip horz flip wert bypass Flips a video stream horizontally vertically or both Input Properties e video in The video input stream e flip horz When turned on flips the video image horizontally e flip vert When
310. me a trigger is received Trigger Delay Trigger Delay trig in ato ste trig out H a ec delay aits Delays a trigger by the specified amount of time Can also be used to determine 1f something hasn t happened for a period of time Upon receiving a trigger at the trig in input the Trigger Delay actor will wait for a specified period of time before sending a trigger to the trig out output Isadora Manual 345 If an initial trigger 1s received at the trig in input and then a second trigger is received before the delay has elapsed the Trigger Delay actor starts counting time over at the second trigger In other words because incoming trigger resets the internal time counter if the triggers come often enough no trigger will be sent to the output This can be useful when you want to find out when something hasn t happened for a period of time Input Properties e trig in The input trigger e delay Upon receiving a trigger at the trig in input the amount of time that will elapse before a trigger is sent to the trig out output Output Properties e trig out Sends a trigger after the specified delay has elapsed Trigger Divider Trigger Divider trig in trig out divisor es reset Sends one output trigger after a specified number of input triggers have been received Trigger Divider counts the number of triggers received at the trig in input When the number of triggers received matches the value of the d
311. me ratio as the recorded clips again saving processing power Tip 9 Turn off the Video Capture when you re not using it The Capture Control actor in Group 7 allows you to turn live video on and off from within an Isadora scene If you are not using live video in a section of your piece then use this actor to turn 1t on and off at the appropriate moment Note however that turning on the live video capture can take as long as 1 3 of a second and this may result in a visible glitch in your video output Tip 10 How to use Apple s QuickTime Player Pro Edition to recompress your movies As mentioned above movies stored using the Photo JPEG codec at resolution of 320 x 240 will give excellent performance when they are played back in Isadora Below are instructions on how to use the Apple s QuickTime Player to store your movies in this format NOTE While QuickTime and QuickTime Player are free the Pro edition required to recompress movies costs 29 95 at the time of this writing You must have the Pro Edition to recompress movies using QuickTime Player 1 Open QuickTime Player by double clicking on its icon From the File menu select Open Movie to open the movie you want to recompress 2 Choose File gt Export or press Cmd E to call up the export dialog 3 After the window appears click the Options button to show the Movie Settings window 4 Then click the Settings button 5 Choose Photo JPEG using the pop up m
312. minance Key actor this actor instead uses the built in Alpha Masking features available when using HAR Alpha Masks are used to blend two images An alpha mask is usually a gray scale image white means that the foreground image 1s opaque black means it is fully transparent and gray means that it is partially transparent When using HAR the projector will respect any alpha channel information that is with your video stream Here s how it works Isadora Manual 128 e Of special importance in the Alpha Mask scene is the bit between the lower Movie Player and its Projector ej bt color E dark color ol bypass a o H RR wideout vid ote KI gt 2 ge D First is the Threshold actor this creates a black and white image based on the brightness of the video stream coming from the lower projector If you were to connect the output of Threshold directly to the projector you would see something like this L mnpnGuron z Stage Instead the output of Threshold goes to the mask input of the Add Alpha Channel actor Add Alpha Channel doesn t change the image arriving at its video input instead it adds the alpha information into that video stream so that it will travel along with it through the rest of the Scene Because the Add Alpha Channel actor has added the alpha channel information to the video stream and because the projector s blend input is set to transparent the alpha channel inf
313. minated This property is specified in audio samples At a sampling rate of 44100 Hz a value of 4410 would be 1 10 of a second chunk enable Enables the chunking feature When chunking is active the sound player will play the number of samples specified by the chunk size property Then it will skip the number of samples specified by the chunk skip property and start playing the next chunk Depending on the settings of the size and skip properties you will get sounds that vary from slightly distorted to heavily grunged out To start experimenting try a size setting of 100 and a skip value of 50 Then gradually decrease the skip value heading towards 99 e chunk size The size of the chunk in samples e chunk skip The number of samples to skip upon reaching the end of the chunk Sound Preload Sound Preload preload mode sound low sound high Isadora Manual 298 Preloads a sound or range of sounds into memory so that the Sound Player can start playback instantly Sounds played by the sound player are loaded into your computer s Random Access Memory RAM so that they can be efficiently manipulated This is fine except that when using the Sound Player to play a particularly long sound there can be a noticeable delay from the time you trigger the restart property until you hear the sound This is usually because of the time it takes to read the sound into RAM from disk The Sound Preload actor allows you
314. mit min mit max A ef out min out max Limits the incoming value to a specified range and then scales the output to a different range The Limit Scale Value actor performs the two actions implied by its name First it limits the incoming value to the range specified by the limit min and limit max inputs It then scales the limited value to the range specified by the out min and out max inputs This actor can be especially useful when you have a value that does not reach its full range By choosing a lower range of values for the limit min and limit max inputs you can get a full range of output For instance 1f you were using a Sound Level Watcher but the sound input level only reached a maximum of 25 or so you could set the limit max input of this actor to 25 The incoming values would then be scaled from a range of 0 25 to 0 100 Input Properties value The value to be limited and then scaled limit min The minimum input value Values arriving at the value input less than this value will be set to this minimum limit max The maximum input value Values arriving at the value input above this value will be set to this maximum out min and out max Specifies the minimum output value After incoming values are limited to the range given by the limit min and limit max inputs the resulting value is scaled to the range specified by the out min and out max inputs Output Properties output The limited and scaled output value
315. n real time One way of determining the correct Render Speed setting is to watch the Status window as you record Isadora s output The Cycles value should be greater than the frame rate of the movie to which you are recording If it isn t choose a lower rendering speed and try again You can also check the Abort Recording On Dropped Frames checkbox in the Record Settings dialog see below If you do recording will be aborted if Isadora can t keep up with the frame rate specified in the Compression Settings dialog If Isadora aborts the recording process set the Render Speed to a lower value and try again Adjusting the Recording Settings To change the Recording Settings e Choose Record gt Record Settings to show the Record Settings dialog Initially it will look like this Isadora Manual TR Record Stage Setup Ron Real Time Rendering lanji 5 100 of Moral nar Gecording On reese Frese Record Source amp Size Racer Free Shige Record sg ugin al LARENN dg 20 by 240 e Manten AJ Asst Mati Cancel Oo 4 e Set the rendering speed by entering a value between 1 and 100 in the Render Speed edit text box Lowering this value slows down Isadora s internal clock giving it more time to finish all video processing before it has to store a frame to the output movie This means that Isadora won t run in real time but it allows you to generate output at the frame rate specified in the Compression Setting
316. n two numeric values Isadora Manul 208 Properties e operation Determines the operation to be performed on the two numbers You may choose add subtract multiply divide or modulo The latter gives the integer remainder when dividing two numbers e valuel the first value for the operation e value2 the second value for the operation e output the result of the calculation For the five different operations this value is calculated as follows add valuel value2 subtract valuel value2 multiply valuel x value2 divide valuel value2 modulo integer remainder of valuel value2 Capture Control Start or stop capturing video and or audio The Capture Control actor allows you to start or stop live capture interactively You may choose to start capture video and audio just video or just audio and may select the video input used to capture video Properties channel determines which live capture channel will be affected by this actor See the Live Capture Settings window on Page 150 for more information on configuring live capture e function determines the action taken vid aud start capturing video and audio vid start capturing video only aud start capturing audio only none stop capturing e vid input Determines which video input will be used to capture default captures from the video driver s default input composite captures from the composite video input Isadora Manual 204 s video capt
317. nGL that can be found on the internet Input Properties channel This setting is used in combination with the stage input to determine which 3D models will be affected by the specified lighting Only models being rendered by 3D Player actors whose for stage and channel setting match the settings here will be affected by the lighting specified in this actor e stage This setting is used in combination with the channel input to determine which 3D models will be affected by the specified lighting See the channel input for more information Isadora Manual 178 e x y z rotation Specifies the rotation of the light around the origin of the 3D world e distance when set to a non zero value determines the distance of the light from the origin of the 3D world Normally this value should be set to 0 e diffuse Specifies the diffuse lighting color in the scene e ambient Specifies the ambient lighting color in the scene e specular Specifies the specular lighting color used for reflections on the object 3D Mosaic v1 2 3D Mosaic texture map stage visible layer blend intensity wartices VETTE rot cols rows h space v space X rotation y rotation z rotation x translate y translate z translate trk atk ris v Mag Size v mag z amt Y Mag zoom track 1 h mag pos 1 v mag pos 1 track 2 h mag pos e v mag pos 2 track 3 h mag pos 3 v mag pos 3 track 4 h mag pos A v meg pos 4 Isadora Manual gt Creates a 3D
318. nap Width amp Height WR Sra OA Peat E em Wah 17 bagh Snug Cut Snap Heagea 22 Cancel L OK The Horizontal Grid and Vertical Grid settings determine the grid to which the top left corner of the control will be snapped If the Snap Width and Height checkbox is on then the object s size will be snapped when you resize it The Width Snap Offset and Height Snap Offset values are subtracted from the Horizontal and Vertical Grid values to determine the width and height to which controls will be snapped The resulting width and height will be shown next to the Width Snap Offset and Height Snap Offset respectively Changing a Control s Settings Each control has settings that determine its characteristics including its visual operation mode of operation and most importantly its Control ID The Control ID is used to identify the control when it broadcasts new values to actor properties to which it is linked The settings for each type of control vary See the documentation in the Control Reference section for specific information about each control To edit a controller s settings e Select the control and choose Controls gt Edit Control Settings or e Double click a control or e Control click MacOS or right click Windows the control and choose Edit Control Settings from the popup menu The control s settings dialog will appear Here is the Control Settings Dialog for the Slider control Isad
319. nce it stops upon reaching the bottom and waits for a trigger at the reset input before it will return to the top and start scanning again e reset When mode is set to once a trigger sent to this input will start Warp scanning again after it has reached the bottom of the frame See mode property above for more details bypass When turned off this effect functions normally When turned on the effect is disabled and the video input is passed directly to the video output Output Properties e video out The warped video output Wave Generator Generates waves of various shapes Isadora Manual 354 The Wave Generator generates numeric output over time that represents one of five possible wave shapes sine square triangle sawtooth and random For those who have worked with music synthesizers this would be Isadora s equivalent to a Low Frequency Oscillator LFO There numerous times that the Wave Generator comes in handy but it is primarily used when parameter to cycle repeatedly over time e freq The frequency of the wave from 0 0001 to 999 Hz or cycles per second e wave One of five possible wave shapes sine square triangle sawtooth or random When you choose a new wave a diagram of it will appear inside the actor to help you visualize its shape Random is a little different than the other waves in that it will only output a new value each time it comes to the start of its cycle The other waves output new va
320. nd Their Control Panels The Control Panel associated with a Scene travels with that Scene when it is copied or cut After a paste Isadora will group all Control Panels that are the same indicating that group by an unbroken bar below the scenes Otherwise a gap will appear to show that there is a separate Control Panel Take a look at the following examples One f Two Three Select Scene Three and Cut Three f One f Two amm Paste Before Scene One In the example above Scene Three is cut and then pasted before Scene One Since the Control Panel for Scene Three and Scene One were the same the bar below the first three Scenes remains unbroken Select Scene Four and Cut Paste After Scene One Now Scene Four is cut and then pasted after Scene One Since the Control Panel for Scene Four 1s different than both Scene One and Scene Two the bar is broken after Scene One and before Scene Two Communicating with Actors The way in which a Control communicates with an Actor s property is through its Control ID When you change a control s value it sends its Control ID and value to the currently active Scene Actor properties can be linked to a particular Control ID so that if a message arrives from a controller the property will be set to the new value You can also choose to have the controller listen to the value of its linked property so that the controller always
321. nd right sides of the modules The values along the left side are input properties they determine what the actor does when its scene is activated or allow data to flow into the actor The actor outputs information through the output properties along its right side There are two basic ways to change the setting of a property either with the keyboard or the mouse Let s start by changing some input property values in the Movie Player using the keyboard e Close any currently open Isadora documents Then choose File gt Open and locate the file called Tutorial 2 in the Isadora Tutorials folder e On your system it may be that Isadora won t automatically find the one media file in this document dancer mov If so a file selection dialog will appear that looks like this Isadora Manual 30 Late Missing Media File dancer m ov From lnadora 0 9 9618 8 BACONI QUA la ut _ ais The media Mie dancer mov cimrol be found Please select the fe and click Open or choose one of the skip options below Skip This File Skip Mii Missing Files Ep LO Add to Favorites Cancel L The dialog shows you the name of the media file it is trying to locate in the title of the dialog box as well in the text just below the file selector area of the window To help Isadora locate the file select the movie danc
322. ng from 100 to 100 of the output frame width Negative numbers move the image to the left positive to the right Isadora Manual i ststs lt lt lt 288 e vert center Determines the vertical position of the zoomed image within the output video stream with values ranging from 100 to 100 of the output frame height Negative numbers move the image to the left positive to the right e decay Darkens the image as it passes it through to the output from 0 to 100 percent When set to O this property has no effect As you increase the value the image will become darker This property is most often used when Zoomer is combined with the Luminance Key actor to create video feedback effects bypass When turned off this effect functions normally When turned on the effect is disabled and the video input is passed directly to the video output Output Properties e video out The zoomed video output Isadora Manual A7 Controls Reference 2D Slider Displays a two dimensional slider that can manipulate two parameters at once Sliders are most useful when you want to vary an actor s property over a range of possible values The horizontal and vertical output can be linked to two different properties and the output value can be displayed if desired Settings Dialog Control Settings Castrol Tithe with He af Fiona Bly ie l Font tics iz So ad
323. ng on deactivate r means read on activate do nothing on deactivate w means do nothing on activate write on deactivate rw means read on activate write on deactivate read Reads the contents of the file specified by the file path input into this Data Array Note that the information in the text file will not affect the number of items in each line If the text file contains more items per line than the items input the extra values will be ignored write Writes the contents of the Data Array to the specified file specified by the file path input items Specifies the number of items in each line of the list increasing this number adds value inputs and outputs to this actor decreasing 1t removes the corresponding inputs and outputs When increasing this number existing values in the list are preserved When decreasing 1t values at the end of each line will be lost permanently value 1 value 2 Input value corresponding an item within each line of the list value 1 being the first value value 2 being the second etc These values are stored in the table when a successful add insert or replace trigger is executed The actual number of value inputs is determined by the items input property recall Outputs the data at the specified index within the list whenever a number arrives at this input Use 1 to recall the first line 2 to recall the second etc If the specified item does not exist the outputs will not change erase Era
324. ng the mouse so that it is all the way to the left of the screen and nearly all the way to the top Take a look at the stage the Movie Player actor should be looping on a small portion of the movie Now gradually move the mouse across the screen to the right The portion of the movie that is looping will change as you move Look also at the indicator at the bottom of the movie player window to see how it changes as you move the mouse It will give you a clear visual indication of what part of the movie you are playing This model of taking input from the outside world and linking it to an actor s input properties is the one on which all interactive programming in Isadora is based Just remember that instead of the mouse position 1t could be the computer keyboard Isadora Manual 33 MIDI or remote Network connection controlling the previously demonstrated variations of the play back of the movie We ll illustrate these possibilities in later tutorials but for now try a couple of other interactive setups e Disconnect the links between the Mouse Watcher and Movie Player You do this by clicking on the link to select 1t the link changes to a brighter color to indicate that 1t 1s selected and then choosing Edit gt Clear or pressing the delete or backspace key Note that you can select more than one link by shift clicking e Set the Movie Player s speed to 0 Set play start to O and play length to 100 Then connect the Mouse watcher s
325. ning in the output video stream When this is set to 100 the actor has no effect As this value approaches zero the saturation of the output video stream will be reduced When this value is O the output video stream is black and white bypass When turned off this effect functions normally When turned on the effect is disabled and the video input is passed directly to the video output Output Properties e video out the desaturated video stream Difference Difference video in Video out vide threshold mode bypass Compares the previous and current frame of the video input stream generating a video stream that show areas that are different as a light color and areas that are similar as dark Isadora Manual B Previous Frame Current Frame Difference Above is an example In the previous and current frames of video the hand has moved just slightly to the right The brightest part of the resulting difference 1s the edges that is where the image is most different Parts that are similar the palm for instance are darker Input Properties e video in the video input stream e threshold determines how different the previous and current frames must be before you will see something in the video output stream When set to higher values the difference between the two frames must be more profound before a color will be appear in the video output stream Setting this property to higher values is useful to get rid o
326. ning of each of these tracks individually and to route each sound track to a separate output on a multi channel output device if desired To find out how to create a multi Isadora Manual 3A channel audio movie see Creating a Multi Channel Audio Movie Using QuickTime Player Pro on page 139 The play start and play length parameters specify what portion of the movie will play See Movie Player actor for a detailed explanation of these inputs This actor 1s useful for multi channel sound installations or performances that require interactive control over multiple tracks of sound Input Properties e movie The number of the movie you want to play as shown in the Media Window When the number of a valid movie is entered here its name will appear to the right of the number Note that it is possible to choose a movie that also contains video but you will not be able to access the video from this movie e on off When turned on the movie plays and the resulting video stream is sent out of the video out output When turned off the movie stops playing and is unloaded from memory e speed The speed of the movie from 10 to 10 times normal speed The default setting 1s 1 0 which plays the movie forward at normal speed 0 5 would play the movie forward at half speed A setting of 2 0 plays the movie forward at twice normal speed Negative values play the movie in reverse e position Whenever a value arrives at this input the
327. nnect the Mouse Watcher s horz pos output to the Sound Player s play start input Press the letter a on your keyboard to start the sound Now as you move the mouse left and right the portion of the sound that will play moves through the sound file e If you leave the mouse still and listen to the sound you ll notice that you often will get a noticeable click when you reach the end of the play segment and Sound Player starts playing from the beginning again Now set the crossfade property to 5000 This value is specified in samples so 5000 is about 1 10 of a second for CD quality sound sampled at 44100 samples per second The click should either be gone or much less noticeable The higher the number the longer the crossfade To begin our final experiment with Sound Channels set the loop enable property of the Sound Player to off so that the sound stops playing Then disconnect the Mouse Isadora Manual 41 Watcher and restore the play start play length values to O and 100 respectively Then e Highlight both the Keyboard Watcher and Sound Player by shift clicking on them The choose Edit gt Copy and finally Edit gt Paste Drag the copied actors so that they don t overlap the originals e Working now with the copied actors set the sound input property of the Sound Player so that it will play chords aif Then change the key range input property to b e Press the letters a and then b on your com
328. nnected to a video input or output The third actor connected to the zoom inputs of the Zoomer changed to an Integer with a minimum of 0 and a maximum of 1000 You can change this behavior using the Set User Property Info dialog described next At this point your using actor is complete But it is a good idea to rename your User Inputs and Outputs so that their function is more descriptive Here s how e Double click on the first User Input The Set Property dialog box will appear Set User Property info Preperty Nemec pet ai Da Typa March Property Cancel OK e Type video in into the Property Name field to give this input a name e Click OK e Do the same for the User Output calling it video out e And finally change the name of the Second User Input to Zoom Note also the Data Type popup menu By default this popup is set to Match Property which means that the User Input or Output will adapt to match the properties of whatever actor to which it is connected If you want to force a User Isadora Manual 53 Input or Output to a particular type you can select it in this menu The other choices are a Match Property Integer Float Trigger On Off Video Movie File Audio File Picture File MIDI File 3D File Integer sends receives an integer number 1 e no digits after the decimal point e Float sends receives a floating point number 1 e a number that can have numbers after
329. normal speed The default setting 1s 1 0 which plays the movie forward at normal speed 0 5 Isadora Manual o O zZ would play the movie forward at half speed 2 0 plays the movie forward at twice normal speed Negative values play the movie in reverse volume Sets the volume of the Movie s sound track 1f one 1s present Expressed as a percentage of the sound track s normal volume pan Controls the panning of the sound from O to 100 O is left 100 is right 50 is center play start Determines the starting point of the play segment the portion of the movie that will play as a percentage of the movie s total length ranging from 0 to 100 play length Determines the length of the play segment the portion of the movie that will play as a percentage of the movie sg total length ranging from O to 100 loop enable If this property is turned off the play segment will play once each time the Sound Player s Scene is activated or when its restart property receives a trigger If this property is turned on once the sound starts playing it will continue by looping back to the start of the play segment when the end of that segment is reached crossfade When set to a value greater than zero and when the loop enable property is turned on crossfades the audio when looping from the end of the play segment to the beginning Often there is a noticeable click when looping By using a crossfade the click can be reduced or even eli
330. nput Properties e video in The video input stream e amount Determines how exploded the image will be higher numbers spread the rectangles further from their original location e distance Specifies the maximum distance the rectangles will travel from their original location e horiz size The horizontal size of the rectangles from 0 to 100 of the width of the incoming video stream e vert size The vertical size of the rectangles from 0 to 100 of the height of the incoming video stream e erase When this is turned on the background is erased before the rectangles are drawn When this is turned off the background is not erased leaving trails as you move the rectangles using the amount input bypass When turned off this effect functions normally When turned on the effect is disabled and the video input is passed directly to the video output Output Properties e video out The exploded image IsadoraManual gt B video In tracking columns hit col rows hit row threshold row col chg mverse enter smoothing exit watch col brightness watch row obj ctr h monitor obj ctr w ctr offset h ctr offset v obj size obj velocity Tracks the position of an object in a video stream based on its brightness The Eyes actor will report the location of the brightest object in the video stream based on its location in a grid superimposed upon that video stream It will also report the size of the object
331. nt The horizontal alignment of the text within its bounding box Choices are left middle and right e Vert Alignment The vertical alignment of the text within its bounding box Choices are top middle and bottom e Color The color of the text To change the color click on the colored box A Color Picker control will appear allowing you to choose a new color Dial v1 1 2 50 Displays a dial that sends a continuous range of values Dials are most useful when you want to vary an actor s property over a range of possible values Settings Dialog Control Settings Contra Tale Disi 1 Wam n i pan Chinato ih iyim _ ak _ haki Ltpes Leet STE g Peo ue gf Linked Properties Leg Keren eg Macri Sieg Chal Su rye E af Fire Dez K LSC Wak Large Forma 123 E bs g Cancel o Control Properties e Control Title The title used to identify this control which appears inside the button e Width The width of the slider Note that if the slider is wider than it is tall the slider is horizontal and its indicator will move from left to right If the Isadora Manual 868 slider is taller than it 1s wide it is vertical and its indicator will move up and down Height The height of the slider Font Popup menu selects the font used to draw text for this control Bold Italic Underline When checked uses the bold italic or underline variations of the specified font Font Size Sets the size font used to draw
332. nto a Macro that will no longer attempt to update other copies of itself throughout the file or the toolbox If you later want to convert this into a User Actor again you can do so by selecting the actor and choosing Actors gt Convert to User Actor Isadora Manual 56 Cancel S Revert If you choose Cancel you will be returned to the User Actor editor If you choose Revert all of the changes you ve made since opening this User Actor editor will be discarded You can actually get the changes back one step at a time by choosing Edit gt Redo Sharing Your User Actors If you would like to save a User Actor you ve made so that you can share it friend you can do so by using the Save User Actor command You can also load another User s actor using the Place User Actor command To save your actor e Click on one User Actor so that it is selected e Choose Actors gt Save User Actor e Use the file dialog that appears to choose a name and a place to save your actor e Click OK The actor will be saved to your hard disk with the extension 1ua which stands for Isadora User Actor Feedbacker 1ua To load an actor you ve received from someone else e Choose Actors gt Place User Actor e Use the file dialog that appears to choose the User Actor you want to load e Click OK The User Actor will now be tracking your mouse as if you had clicked on it in the Toolbox Click once to deposit the a
333. ntrol e Show Title If this checkbox is selected the Movie s title will be drawn in the control e Item Width Set the width of each item within the picker in pixels The minimum width is 16 e Scroll Option There are five possible options None Tabs Top Tabs Bottom Tabs Arrows Top and Tabs Arrows Bottom The top and bottom versions determine if the tabs and or arrows appear at the top or bottom of the control The Tabs only versions does not display left and right scroll arrows the Tabs Arrows version display both The number of movies that you can see at once and the number of tabs will update dynamically as you resize your control adjust the picker s size for the orientation arrangement that suits you best Note that if there is not enough room horizontally all of the possible tabs might not be displayed Isadora Manual 380
334. ntrol as you won t accidentally move the background as you place other controls on top of the background Note however that you can still cut copy or paste locked controls To lock controls so they can t be moved e Select one or more controls e Choose Controls gt Lock Selected Controls Note that the selection indicator the blue border around the control now changes to red for all locked controls This gives you a clear visual indication that they are locked To unlock controls so they can be moved e Select one or more controls e Choose Controls gt Unlock Selected Controls Note that the selection indicator the blue border around the control now changes to blue for all unlocked controls This gives you a clear visual indication that they are no longer locked Using the Grid Snap Feature To help you organize your controls the Control Panel Editor has a Grid Snap feature that allows you to define a grid to which controls will be aligned You can Isadora Manual 107 tell if grid snapping is on or off by looking at the Grid Snap On item in the Controls menu it will have a checkmark next to it 1f snapping is on To turn grid snapping on or off e Choose Controls gt Grid Snap On The grid snap feature will turn on if it was off or vice versa To change the size of the grid e Choose Controls gt Edit Grid Settings The following dialog will appear Control Grid settings Hartman al Caria 24 Werbia ka za iW S
335. ntrol Toolbox and Control Panel Editor will reappear and the Scene Editor will replace the Control Panel Editor Using Editing Control Panels The Control Panels can be either in Edit Mode or Use Mode When in edit mode you can move the controls on the screen change their size and edit their settings When in Use Mode the controls are active and respond to mouse clicks as appropriate 1 e clicking on a Slider control causes the indicator to move changing the control s value You can go between modes using the state with the Edit Controls Use Controls menu item in the Controls Menu To Use Control Panels e Choose Controls gt Use Controls The Control Toolbox will disappear and the Control Panel will expand to fill the entire Isadora document The background of the Control Panel will change to give a further visual indication that it 1s in use To Edit Control Panels e Choose Controls gt Edit Controls The Control Panel s will move to the right leaving enough room for the Control Toolbox which will reappear to the left The background of the Control Panel will change to give a further visual indication that it is in edit mode Adding New Controls to a Control Panel The controls available in Isadora can be found in the Control Toolbox which is located along the left side of an Isadora document Jetzen ETT OO De d Ir LU To add a new control to a Control Panel e Click the control you want to
336. nual e e t CPAP PPPoE AppleTalk Proxbes Ethernet Configure Py4 Manually H IP Address 192 166 0 1 SUDMOT Mask 535255253 Houter DNS Servers Search Domains Oriens Pb Address Configure Pwi e Next to the caption Configure IPv4 select Manually e Set the IP Address field 192 168 0 1 e Set the Subnet Mask field to 255 255 255 0 e Click the Apply button Setting a Fixed IP Address on Windows XP e From the Start menu choose Control Panel e If you are not in Category View click Switch to Category View at the top left of the window e Click Network and Internet Connections e Click Network Connections e In the window that appears you should a document called Local Area Connection or something similar this would be the connection used with your Ethernet cable to access the Internet Double click this icon e Click the Properties button A window labeled Local Area Connection Properties should appear e Click on the TCP IP tab e In the list in the middle of the window is a list under the heading This connection uses the following items Find an item that has TCP IP in its name you may have to scroll down and double click this item A window labeled Internet Prototcol TCP IP Properties should appear Isadora Manual e 18D internet Protocol TOP AP Properties t KX General You can get IF setting assigned automaticaly d your nebagek
337. number of items in the pipe is determined by the size parameter dt PIPA U Input Properties e value Each time a new value arrives here the values in the delay line are shifted one to the right The value at the end of list 1s sent to the output e size The number of stages in the delay Isadora Manual 348 Output Properties e value out Each time a new value arrives at the value input the values in the delay line are shifted one to the right The value at the end of list 1s sent to this output Value Select select inputs value 1 value 2 value 3 Route multiple numeric inputs to one output The Value Select actor will route data from one of several inputs to an output When a particular value input is selected with the select parameter any values that arrive on that input will immediately be sent to the output In addition whenever the select input changes and a new input is routed to the output the current value of the newly selected input is sent to the output Note that the value inputs and output output of this actor are mutable This means they will all change their type integer float video etc to match the first link made to one of these properties Once a link has been made to any of the mutable properties their types will remain fixed based on that first connection until all have been disconnected Then the properties become mutable again Input Properties e select Chooses which input will
338. number of situations perhaps most notably when you have a high resolution still image e g 1200x900 and you want to see only a portion of the image e g 320x240 You may also pan within the larger image using the horz ctr and vert ctr inputs IMPORTANT It is bad practice to use Chopper to scale images to a different size instead use the Panner or Zoomer actor The reason for the inefficiency stems from the fact that when Isadora tries to combine two images of differing resolutions 1t will scale one to match the other as specified by the Video Image Processing setting in the Video Tab of the Preferences To get best efficiency when using Isadora you want to keep all of the video streams the same resolution Input Properties e video in The source video stream e horz res max Specifies the horizontal resolution of the output video stream If this number is greater than the horizontal resolution of the incoming video Isadora Manual 206 stream the resolution of the video stream will be used instead Note that 1f the force 4 3 input is turned on changing this value will automatically update the vert res max so that the horizontal and vertical resolution stays in a 4 3 ratio vert res max Specifies the vertical resolution of the output video stream If this number is greater than the vertical resolution of the incoming video stream the resolution of the video stream will be used instead Note that 1f the force 4 3 input is t
339. nverted to RGB key hue Specifies hue of the color that will trigger the key from O to 360 hue width Determines the range of hues that will that trigger the key If you have a very clear evenly lit color on which you want to key in the foreground you should be able to set this value fairly low in the range of 5 or so Otherwise you may have to increase this value to get a workable key saturation Specifies how saturated a color must be to trigger the key Setting this to high values requires that the color on which you want to key in the foreground be almost pure 1 e have very little white in it Lowering this value allows less pure 1 e more pastel colors to trigger the key softness Determines how hard the edge between the foreground and background images 1s Experiment to see what setting looks best inverse When turned off the key functions normally When on the key is inverted 1 e where the foreground matches the key hue and saturation the foreground image is shown where it doesn t the background image is shown Turning this property on can be useful if you intend to use the Chroma Key module in coordination with the Eyes video tracking module as only the object with the matching color will appear at the output alpha When turned off the output is a standard RGB video image with no transparency When turned on the output image is encoded with an alpha channel ARGB based causing the image to be tran
340. o changes This actor only works when Hardware Accelerated Rendering is turned on in the Preferences Input Properties e video in The video stream to be rendered e stage The stage to which the image will be rendered e visible When turned on the video 1s rendered to the stage When turned off the video is not rendered which also reduces the processor load e layer Determines the order in which this actor will be rendered in relation to any other 3D actors in the scene other 3D Projectors 3D Player 3D Quad Distort etc Higher numbered layers are in front of lowered numbered layers 1 e they are drawn last blend Determines the opacity of the video image in conjunction with the intensity input When set to additive the image 1s added to the background image lower intensity settings reduce the brightness of the image When set to transparent lower intensity values make the object more transparent allowing you to see more of the image underneath When set to opaque lower intensity values will fade the image to a black background that obscures the background image intensity Sets the brightness or transparency of the image from 0 to 100 See blend input for a complete description render back When turned off the image is only rendered on the front side of the rectangle This means that if you rotate the image it will be invisible when viewed from the back When turned on the image is rendered on both the
341. o 100 loop enable v1 1 If this property 1s turned off the play segment will play once each time the Movie Player s Scene is activated or when its visible property is turned on If this property is set to on once the movie starts playing it will continue by looping back to the start of the play segment when the end of that segment is reached When it is set to palindrome the movie will play forward to the end of the play segment then play backward to the start of the segment and so forth e volume Sets the volume of the Movies sound track if one is present Expressed as a percentage of the sound track s normal volume e pan Controls the panning of the sound from O to 100 0 is left 100 is right 50 is center e snd out The sound output routing for this movie s audio std built in output e1 2 output on external sound device channels 1 and 2 e3 4 Isadora Manual 290 output on external sound device channels 3 and 4 etc If no external device is present when the movie is played or 1f that device does not have the requested channels the sound will be sent to the built in interface See the section Using External Multi Channel Sound Output on Page 162 for more information e into ram When set to true Isadora attempts to load the entire movie into RAM Random Access Memory for faster playback NOTE This can consume large amounts of your system s memory be cautious when using this feature e stage Spec
342. o Windows You will need to install drivers for your MIDI interface before it will be recognized These drivers are generally included on a CD ROM that accompanies the interface Double click the installer application and follow the instructions provided You may need to restart your computer again after installing these drivers the installer will ask you to do this if it is necessary After installation is complete plug your MIDI Interface into your computer using the supplied cable Once the drivers are installed and the MIDI interface is connected its input and output ports should automatically show up in Isadora s MIDI Setup dialog See next section for information on setting up the MIDI Setup Dialog Setting Isadora Preferences The first time you run Isadora you should set up your preferences To do this you must find your Isadora application and double click on it Isadora will open up with a new file From the menu along the top of your screen choose Edit gt Preferences to set up your preferences Isadora Manual 22 Isadora supports up to six video output channels called Stages The Stage section of the Preferences window allows you to set the screen 1 e monitor output on which a stage will appear when it is shown For now set up the preferences as follows Click the Video tab at the top of the window to change the Video settings Rendering Ta SLage af Harto Accelerated Perra Cert Opera minor
343. o draw it in its down state Isadora Manual 866 The picture will be scaled to fit the rectangle that encloses the slider To prevent scaling set the width to match the width of the picture and the height to one half the height of the picture Note that any alpha channel information encoded into the picture is used when drawing the image on its background This means that you can create unusually shaped buttons with drop shadows etc Comment Comment Text Displays comments or titles in your user interface Settings Dialog Control Settings j Cabrel Titig Wotth Z He igh i BZ Font Genta ER Tipi E Fae Liriciass horas Font fine lz ake cf Lined Mroperiies Cammani Laa ni Heriz Alignment mz EA Peri Alipin manie EA Calor Carcel foo A Control Properties e Control Title The title used to reference this control e Width The width of the box enclosing the comment text e Height The height of the box enclosing the comment text e Font Popup menu selects the font used to draw text for this control es Bold Italic Underline When checked uses the bold italic or underline variations of the specified font e Font Size Sets the size font used to draw text for this control e Show Value of Linked Properties Not applicable e Font Size This size of the font used to draw the comment in points e Comment The comment text that will appear inside the control Isadora Manual 867 e Horiz Alignme
344. o paste the controls without offsetting them from their original position This can be useful if you want to use the arrow keys to move the new controls into position Note that normally the Control IDs for the pasted controls will automatically be updated to avoid conflicts with other controls in the Control Panel You can disable this behavior by unchecking Auto Renumber ID Conflicts in the Control menu setting the font font style and font size for a group of controls e Select the controls e Choose Controls gt Set Font for Selected Controls A dialog box will appear Isadora Manual 106 Set Font for Selected Controls Geneva Bald tac Underline Cancel Fox gt e To change the font choose a new font from the pop up menu When you do the Font checkbox will automatically be checked e To change the typeface check the Bold Italic or Underline checkboxes When you do the Style checkbox will automatically be checked e To change the size type a number into the text box to the right of the Size checkbox When you do the Size checkbox will automatically be checked e If you decide you don t want to change the font style or size uncheck the corresponding checkbox e Click OK The font style and size of the selected controls will be changed as specified Locking Controls You can also lock a control in place so that they cannot be moved This is especially useful when applied to the Background co
345. o to show a window that gives information about the movie 3 Choose Movie from the pop up menu on the top left 4 Choose General from the pop up menu on the top right 5 Look at the Data Size and Data Rate in that window Take note of the values 6 Close the window by clicking on its close box in the top left or by choosing File gt Close 7 Now bring the new movie to the front by clicking on its window 8 Follow the same procedure starting at Step 2 to show its Data Size and Data Rate 9 You ll see how much smaller the movie is and how its data rate has been lowered through the resizing and compression process Isadora Manual 65 Isadora Reference Importing amp Managing Media Media Window Basics Isadora allows you play and manipulate movies audio files pictures Standard MIDI Files and 3D Object Meshes in the 3DS 3D Studio Max format To use these files you must create references to them in the Media Window The Media Window can contain any number of bins each of which is associated with a particular media type Each bin can contain any number of media files You can organize your files by creating new bins and dragging existing media references into them When you do import media Isadora automatically places the media files in the first available bin of the matching type in the Media Window 1 e movie files go into the first movie bin sound files go into the first sound bin etc It
346. object being tracked from 0 to 100 of the frame width height of the video frame If Isadora Manual 298 the smoothing input 1s set to a value greater than zero this output will be smoothed as it tracks the object reducing the amount of jitter in this output e ctr offset h and ctr offset v Reports the offset from obj ctr h and obj ctr v of the centroid of the object being tracked as calculated by its brightness from O to 100 of the frame width height of the video frame If the smoothing input is set to a value greater than zero this output will be smoothed as it tracks the object reducing the amount of jitter in this output e obj size Reports the size of the object relative to the size of the video frame from 0 to 100 This value is essentially the ratio of the area of the bounding box to the area of the video frame e velocity Reports the velocity of the object being tracked The faster the object moves the higher this value Eyes v1 1 Tracks the position velocity size and other characteristics of up to eight objects within a video stream Eyes uses the standard computer vision technique of tracking blobs with a blob being defined as any group of contiguous pixels of a similar color Because Eyes typically tracks the brightness object in the frame you could say that the similar color is anything that isn t black e g the bright objects in the frame You can invert this behavior by turning on the
347. obs will be ignored same max dist Eyes does its best to ensure that as a blob moves around and changes shape it correctly identifies each blob This setting specified as a percentage of the frame width specifies how far a blob may move before it is considered to be a new blob For instance if this input is set to 20 and an existing blob moves more than 20 of the width of the frame then it cannot be one of the existing blobs The idea here 1s that an object in real life cannot instantly jump from one part of the frame to the other same max area Like same max dist this determines when an object must be considered new If the area of an object s bounding box changes by more than this percentage positive or negative then the object cannot be one of the existing blobs The idea here is that an object in real life cannot instantly change size by more than a certain amount lifespan Determines how long a blob will live on after it is no longer recognized This setting is an attempt to handle the situation that occurs when two blobs overlap When this happens the two blobs become one blob Hopefully when this happens the size of the new single blob will exceed the same area chg property when this happens the new combined blob is seen as a new blob But if the lifespan is greater than 1 the two existing blobs will continue to live moving in the same direction as they were at the moment of the collision If t
348. ocess YUV video natively If you send YUV video into such an actor it will automatically be converted to RGB Note too that the output will IsadoraManual BO be RGB you may want to use the RGB to YUV actor to explicitly convert the output video stream to YUV if you will be passing the output on to actors that can process native YUV Recording the Stage Output Isadora allows you to record the output of one of the Stages to a QuickTime movie This is useful if you would like to use manipulate Isadora s video output in another program or just if you d like to make a record of the video you are creating Rendering Complicated High Resolution Scenes Isadora s output will slow down when rendering Scenes that have high resolution movies 1 e 720x480 DV movies etc or when it is processing video through many actors To achieve full frame rates when recording in these situations use the Render Speed setting in the Record Settings dialog Setting the Render Speed to a value below 100 slows down Isadora s internal clock This means that all media as well as actors that reference time e g the Envelope Generator Pulse Generator etc run at a proportionally slower rate It does not however slow down the processing of video Using a low Render Speed ensures that very complicated high resolution video Scenes can be fully rendered before each frame needs to be stored in the output movie It also means that Isadora will not run i
349. of Isadora you needed to use a Video Fader to cross fade from one image to another In version 1 1 it is possible to use two projectors and fade one in while the other fades out e Click on the Scene called Crossfade to see an example of this Press the space bar to cross fade between the two videos using an Envelope Generator and two Projectors actors Note that the mode of both actors is set to additive This patch won t work as expected if they are set to other modes try changing the blend input of the two projectors to see the results Distorting the Image Click on the Scene called Layering and try the following e Click on the dot to the left of the spin aspect ratio and perspective inputs and drag the slider to observe the effect of these parameters on the image By rotating the image changing its aspect ratio and introducing perspective shift you can position an image quite precisely onto a specific object in the field of view of your video projector This can be an effective way to use one video projector to project onto multiple surfaces simultaneously Alpha Channels Click on the Scene called Alpha Mask The image shown on the stage looks like this Compos iiogdrz Stage If vou ve used Isadora s Luminance Key actor before this image might look familiar the darker portions of the foreground image the Eye are transparent such that you can see the Bubble image below But instead of using the Lu
350. of itself when you make changes You would most often use a Macro when you simply wanted to logically group some actors or when you want to save screen real estate by embedding several actors into a smaller object Isadora Manual 85 Once you have identified a group of actors that you want to encapsulate into a User Actor or Macro you can create one as follows select Toolbox Group 8 User Actors drag the User Actor or Macro actor into the Scene Editor You then open 1ts User Actor Editor which looks exactly like the Scene Editor but without the list of scenes at the bottom by double clicking on it Inside the editor you can add the Isadora actors that define the function of this particular User Actor Finally you will add User Inputs and or Outputs to bring data into and send data out of the new actor When the actor is complete close its editor window and choose Save amp Update All in the Confirm User Actor Edit dialog No dialog will appear for Macros as they do not update copies of themselves The user actor now exists in your Scene and can be copied pasted and otherwise treated like any other Isadora actor Once a User Actor or Macro has been created you can open its editor window at any time and change its functionality without disturbing the way in which the owning Scene operates Additionally for User Actors you have the option of updating all other instances of this actor to match the changes you ve just made
351. off this effect functions normally When turned on the effect is disabled and the video input is passed directly to the video output Output Properties e video out The tiled video output stream Net Broadcaster Net Broadcaster computer id channel 21 1 EF Sends a numeric value to other computers on a Local Area Network Net Broadcaster allows you to send values from one computer to another when they are connected via a local area network Whenever a numeric value is received at the Net Broadcaster s value input that value is broadcast to over the local area network on the channel specified by the channel input property Any copy of Isadora on the LAN whose Net ID matches the specified target id and who has an active Listener actor set to receive on a matching channel will hear the broadcast value and send that value to its value output Note that if the Net Broadcater s target id is set to O then all machines on the network will receive the broadcast values regardless of their Net ID Currently you can only send numeric values using the Net Broadcaster You cannot send video or audio data For this module to work the following conditions must be true 1 The computers are connected by a local area network This network can be a physical Ethernet connection a wireless connection or any other hardware that supports the TCP IP protocol The actual address doesn t matter as Isadora uses a technique
352. og matches the output to which the MIDI cable is connected Isadora Virtual MIDI Inputs Outputs v1 1 MacOS Isadora on MacOS has both a virtual MIDI input and virtual MIDI output These allow you to connect Isadora to another piece of MIDI software running on your computer To use the virtual inputs or outputs do the following Sending MIDI to another application on Isadora s Virtual MIDI Output 1 Start Isadora before you start up the other piece of software Isadora Manual gt T 2 Start the other application 3 Choose Communications gt Midi Setup 4 Select an Isadora MIDI Output port on which to transmit to the other application In the popup menu under the Outputs heading choose Isadora Virtual Out 5 Goto the MIDI setup for the other application Chose Isadora Virtual Out as the input source Now when you send MIDI messages on the selected Isadora MIDI Output they will be transmitted via Isadora s Virtual MIDI Output and received by the other application Receiving MIDI from another application on Isadora s Virtual MIDI Input 7 Start Isadora before you start up the other piece of software 8 Start the other application 9 Choose Communications gt Midi Setup 10 Select an Isadora MIDI Input port on which to receive MIDI from the other application In the popup menu under the Inputs heading choose Isadora Virtual In 11 Go to the MIDI setup for the other application Chose Isa
353. ols Reference chapter for more information To edit a Control Specific Options e Select the control and choose Controls gt Control Specific Options The control s options dialog will appear Please refer to the documentation for the specific control for more information Isadora Manual 109 Seeing the Control ID Associated with Controls While editing you can choose to show the Control IDs associated with the controls shown in the Control Panel Editor To show the Control IDs used by a control e Choose Controls gt Show Control IDs The Control ID will appear in a small rectangle located at the top right of the control To hide the Control IDs used by a control e Choose Controls gt Hide Control IDs Using FreeFrame Plug ins Isadora supports FreeFrame an evolving video plug in standard for MacOS and Windows You can find out more about FreeFrame at their home page http freeframe sourceforge net Isadora looks for FreeFrame plug ins in a standard location The FreeFrame development community has agreed upon standard locations where application programs should search for FreeFrame Plug ins On MacOS you should place the plug ins in Library Application Support FreeFrame on Windows you should place them in C Program Files Common Files FreeFrame You may need to create these folders they don t normally exist by default You can however choose a different directory in the Video tab of the Preferences
354. om O to 127 the input will go from 0 to 100 Isadora Manual 46 Isadora s default behavior works great when you want an input property to vary over 1ts entire range But what 1f you want a finer degree of control over an effect so that a value will vary between 20 and 40 instead of 0 to 100 Or if you need an input value to go down when the output value driving it goes up This tutorial shows you how to accomplish this e Close any currently open Isadora documents Then choose File gt Open and locate the file called Tutorial 8 in the Isadora Tutorials folder located in the same folder as your Isadora application e This document has three scenes Click on the Scene called Tutorial 8 In it you will find a Sound Player actor and a Mouse Watcher with its horz pos output connected to the speed input of the Sound Player Note that the sound started playing as sound as you clicked on the Scene even though a Sound Player normally doesn t start playing unless you trigger its restart input In this scene we added an Enter Scene Trigger actor to start the sound The Enter Scene Trigger sends a trigger whenever the Scene it is in is activated Thus activating the Scene starts the sound automatically e Now move the mouse left and right You will hear the sound go from a low pitch to a very high pitch as its playback speed varies from O to 10 times normal speed Note that Isadora is already scaling the values as the
355. om the popup menu If you control or right click in an input or output you can choose Actor Input Help or Actor Output Help to see specific information about that input or output To get help for an actor e Control click MacOS or right click Windows and choose Actor Help from the popup menu A small window will appear with the help information Click anywhere to dismiss the help window Text fure wideo in wideo out horz pos vert poz te Help fo lin To Super imposes text upon a video stream allowing you to control m the text s position size and color Double click this actor to edit the text that it shows To get help for an actor s property e Control click MacOS or right click Windows and choose Actor Input Help or Actor Output Help from the popup menu A small window Isadora Manual 79 will appear with the help information Click anywhere to dismiss the help window As a shortcut you can also option click MacOS or alt click Windows an actor or its properties to show built in help information Navigating Inside the Scene Editor In addition to using the scroll bars you can use the mouse to drag the visible area of the Scene Editor up and down or left and right To scroll up or down or left and right using the mouse e Hold down the command key MacOS or alt key Windows and click in the gray portion of the Scene Editor The cursor will change into a
356. omatically crossfades between still images captured from a video stream Isadora Manual 194 Auto Fade works by capturing still images from the incoming video stream and cross fading between them at a specified frequency The result 1s a rather dreamlike stop motion effect Different settings of the freq input produce very different results The diagram below shows how the process works But probably it is best to simply try the actor to see the results The circled numbers show when those captured frames of video are fully visible d DW va vn fa mt la w ws n ds w s Jiu L CH OH Si a Aa E A 3 3 5 3 3 Pa na En 1 Input Properties e video in The video input stream e freq Specifies the rate at which still frames will be captured from the incoming video stream and the rate at which Auto Fade will cross fade between those images bypass When turned off this effect functions normally When turned on the effect is disabled and the video input is passed directly to the video output Input Properties e video out The video input stream Background Color al Video out video Ki Generates a video stream with a solid color The resolution of the output video is determined by the default pixel resolution specified in the Video Tab of the Preferences If you want to generated a Isadora Manual 195 background color at a different horizontal and or vertical resolution use the Resizable Bkg actor
357. ompression setup dialog Initially it will look like this Isadora Manual 188 Compresson Settings Photo PEC S Upton Motion Frames per second Sh H 2 Cancel d ox 4 e Select the Compressor used to compress the video by selecting and option from the pop up menu under the Compressor heading The compressor you choose has a profound influence on the quality of the output image and the speed with which Isadora can compress the frames For instance Sorensen and Cinepak generate very small movies but are extremely slow leading to poor frame rates We have found that using Photo JPEGA Medium Quality at 15 FPS provides workable results You can also try the DV NTSC or DV PAL compressors they look good and are fairly fast though the size of the resulting movie can be quite large e Set the quality of the output by adjusting the slider under the Quality heading The thing to know here is that the higher the quality the larger the resulting movie will be You may need to experiment with various settings to find the best compromise between quality and size of the resulting movie e Set the Frames Per Second Isadora will do its best to output the movie at the rate you specify here However if a Scene is quite complicated and Isadora can t generate video frames at the rate you request the true rate might be less than you specify Remember if you want to ensure full frame rates in the output movie lower the Render Speed s
358. on of the sound Set the play start to 10 and the play length to 5 You will hear a short loop of the sound In fact all of the movie player properties will work in the same way as when playing a video QuickTime movie e Turn off the Movie Player for now by setting is visible property to off Now let s try the playing the AIFF file e Click on the 2 above the Toolbox to display the actors in the Audio Group Drag the Sound Player actor into the Scene Editor and set its sound input property to play the vo1cel aif file the number will be 1 or 2 depending on which number was given to the file when you imported it Take a look in the Media Window to be sure The sound does not immediately start playing like the Movie Player That s because you need to trigger its restart input for it to begin playing Do that now by clicking in the restart input s value box with the mouse Note that this is a trigger input indicated by the dash You can t edit the value but you can send a trigger when you click in the value edit box You should hear the sound of a solo voice singing a short phrase Like the Movie Player actor the Sound Player has a progress bar along the bottom that shows you how much of the sound is playing and a yellow indicator line showing the part of the sound playing now e We can make a simple sampler by adding a watcher to look for keys to be pressed on the computer keyboard Select the Mouse amp Keybo
359. ontrol click MacOS or right click Windows to choose Cancel Link from a popup menu To delete a link e Click on a link to select it It will turn bright red or bright green depending on whether or not there is data flowing through the link to indicate that 1t has been selected You can shift click to select more than one link at a time e Choose Edit gt Clear to delete the link or press the delete key To segment Links for better visual organization You may want to organize your links visually so that you can better understand what your Scenes are doing when it contains several actors You can do so by laying them out in segments For example Isadora Manual 78 mode jump To create a link with segments e Start the process as before by clicking in an output port The link will begin tracking your movements e As appropriate click on the Scene Editor background When you do a new point will be added to the link The red line now tracks from that point e Continue adding segments as desired To finish the link click in the input port of the target actor To move an existing Link segment e Click in the link segment and drag Horizontal segments can only be dragged up and down Vertical segments can only be dragged horizontally Getting Help for an Actor Each actor has built in help information To display help for an actor control click MacOS or right click Windows and choose Actor Help fr
360. oordinate of the point Receiving a value at this input triggers the calculation between the current x y values and the previous x y values e scale The scaling factor Each time a new velocity is calculated it is multiplied by this number to determine the final velocity Output Properties e vel The velocity of the point as it moves Isadora Manual O Controls the orientation and color of the lighting applied to 3D models rendered by the 3D Player Note that the lighting will only take effect if the 3D Player s lighting input is turned on In addition to specifying the rotation of the lighting around the origin of the 3D world you may specify the diffuse ambient and specular color of the lights The diffuse color is normally the color that is generally reflected by the surfaces of the 3D objects in the scene this color is directional The ambient color is a non directional color that can be used to ensure that all of the object surfaces have some level of visibility The specular color is used when rendering reflections Each surface of a 3D object is assigned a material that determines the responsiveness for each of these light sources E g shiny surface materials respond to the specular color dull surfaces may not So the material assigned to a given surface will determine how it responds to the lighting For more information about lighting 3D scenes please refer to one of the many primers on 3D modeling Ope
361. operties e low The low value of the range to which the input value will be compared e high The high value of the range to which the input value will be compared e notify Specifies when a new output value should be sent to the inside output Set this property to change to output a new value only when inside changes Isadora Manual 247 from 0 to 1 or vice versa Set to always to send the value each time a new value arrives at the value input Output Properties e inside Outputs a 1 when value is within the range specified by low and high Outputs a O otherwise e enter Sends a trigger when the last value received at the value input was outside the range specified by low and high and the new value 1s inside this range e exit Sends a trigger when the last value received at the value input was inside the range specified by low and high and the new value is outside this range Integer Counter This actor was renamed to Counter in v1 3 Please refer to the documentation for that actor Interlacer interlacer video 1 output videod Zeit Spacing bypass Interlaces two video images by alternating copying rows from the two incoming video streams Example input and output with height and spacing parameters set to 5 video 1 video 2 Isadora Manual 248 output Example output with no input connected to video 2 height set to 1 1 and spacing set to 0 8 A HTH II i HN
362. or and take a look at the second input of the User Actor This value stays the same as it was previously When updating User Actors Isadora attempts to maintain the existing value of all the inputs to the User Actor 1f possible There are situations where this can t be done e g when you change a User Input from a number input to a video input Now drag another copy of the User Actor from the toolbox and examine it you will see that 1t also matches the copy you just edited and saved The point here is when you choose Save amp Update All you ensure that all instances of a given User Actor stay in sync and will function in exactly the same manner Creating a New Instance Sometimes you want to make a variation of a User Actor that 1s distinct from the other instances within your file or the toolbox In this case you should choose New Instance When you do the User Actor you are editing will be assigned a new unique identifier which makes it distinct from the original User Actor If you later edit copies of this variation and choose the Save amp Update All button then only the matching instances of this new instance will be updated the original User Actor instances from which you made the variation will not be changed Converting the User Actor to a Macro If you no longer want this User Actor to update other instances like it you can choose the Convert to Macro feature This converts the User Actor i
363. or another program running on your computer you may need to set the OSC port number The other application needs to know two pieces of information when transmitting OSC messages to Isadora via UDP your computer IP address and the port number Normally you can set the port number in the other application But in some cases it may be necessary to change Isadora s port number to match the other application Once you change this value you will need to quit and restart Isadora before the change will take affect For more information on Open Sound Control support see Page 156 Warnings hadora Prelerences General dea stage Mrt hMer Warnings Warnings Wun when een Full Bean Mech far Wh COC ie SE eT Dn IR pe ca Warm ae i 8 eer oy Sack hiru ia cor Le ees ei Ware whe wit Pas at fei Warn wher sound ice vier foils Ei Warm hon schen mp recta la ce Feb Warm when cuipraA Gant fine do maie keng ofl Wam of Contra EX Humber C nficta Automatic Upeiates Automatically Check for Mew Versions of issira hiem e To help new users avoid common problems Isadora shows warning messages when certain actions are taken When these warnings appear you have the option of continuing with the operation canceling the operation or choosing Don t Show Again to continue with the operation and to prevent the warning from appearing again in the future Choosing Don t Show Again has the side effect of unchecking the corre
364. or will appear e Choose Controls gt Split Control Panels A new empty control panel will be created and added to the Scene to the right The bar between the two scenes will now be broken indicating that they have two separate control panels The Control Panel for the Scene to the left will be unchanged while the Control Panel to the right will be empty To delete an existing Control Panel from a group of Scenes e Click in the space between Scenes where one Control Panel ends and the next begins 1 e where the bar below the Scenes is broken A blinking cursor will appear e Choose Controls gt Join Control Panels The control panel to the right will be deleted The bar between the two scenes will now be unbroken indicating that they have one control panel The Control Panel for the Scene to the left will be unchanged The Control Panel to the right will has been deleted Showing Hiding Control Panels To see the currently active Control Panel e Choose Controls gt Show Controls The Control Toolbox and Control Panel Editor will appear occupying the same area as the Actor Toolbox and Scene Editor Note that the Group Select buttons above the Actor Toolbox disappear as there 1s only one group of controls This gives you a clear indication that you are looking at a Control Panel editor not a Scene Editor Isadora Manual 99 To see the currently active actors in the Scene Editor e Choose Controls gt Hide Controls The Co
365. ora Manul 108 Control Settings ira Tala Sider 1 WHA 23 Tast aa wi Orar a _ Bold _ Malic Undaria Fan q Cancel L DR The items above the separator line Control Title Width Height Font Settings and the Show Value of Linked Inputs check box are common to all controls Items below the separator are specific to the type of control whose settings are being edited The Control ID will be in the lower section This number is important because its value is used to identify the controls to which they are linked Most controls have one Control ID Some have more than one a few notably the Comment control have none Once the settings are as you desire click the OK button to confirm your changes Note that when clicking OK to confirm your settings if the Control ID for this control conflicts with an existing control in this panel you will be shown a warning dialog indicating there is a conflict Click OK to accept the Control ID as you have set it click Cancel to return to the Settings dialog or click Don t Show Again to accept the Control ID and prevent this warning from being shown in the future setting Control Specific Options Some controls have options that cannot be edited in the Control Settings dialog e g the Video Picker You can access these settings by choosing the Control Specific Options dialog Each dialog is specific to the control so you should refer to the specific documentation in the Contr
366. ormally When turned on the effect is disabled and the video input is passed directly to the video output Output Properties e rgb out The edge detected video output stream output in RGB format Time of Day v1 1 trigger D ony month year a y a a manuia a second 5 kel a Sends a trigger at a specific time at a specific time on a particular day or at a periodic rate based on wall clock time Isadora Manual 344 Input Properties e mode When the mode is set to periodic the hours minutes and seconds specifies the frequency of the output trigger When the mode 1s set to time they specify a specific time of day when the trigger will be sent 1 e once every 24 hours at the specified hour minute and second If the mode is set to date time then the day month and year inputs will also be used allowing the user to specify a trigger that will occur on a particular date at a specific time 1 e once in the history of the world e hour minutes second The time of day that will trigger this actor e day month year The particular day on which the trigger will occur if the mode is set to date time Output Properties e trigger Sends a trigger when at time of day matches that specified by the input properties Toggles between on and off each time a trigger is received Input Properties e trigger The input trigger Output Properties e toggle out Changes from off to on or from on to off each ti
367. ormation is used when the Eye is rendered on top of the Bubbles Where the image from the Threshold actor is white you see the Eye where it is black you see the Bubbles YUV Video Processing v1 1 Isadora v1 1 allows you to process video in the YUV format instead of the RGB format used by most video processing software The advantages of YUV are 1 each YUV pixel occupies half of the memory needed for an RGB pixel and 2 because many movie and picture files use YUV as their native format e g Photo JPEG and DV Because YUV occupies half the memory as RGB and because Isadora Manual e 12 incoming video being does not need to be converted to RGB before Isadora can process it using YUV mode can result in significant speed improvements IMPORTANT The one thing you want to avoid when using YUV processing is horizontal resolutions that are odd i e not divisable by two Because each pair of pixels shares color information using odd widths can cause various algorithms to prouduce unexpected results Isadora helps to prevent this by forcing the horizontal resolution of Movies and Pictures to be an even number when using YUV mode Most actors in Isadora are optimized for to process YUV video Actors that prefer RGB video are indicated by the fact that their video input says rgb in instead of video in For these actors the video stream is automatically converted from YUV to RGB before processing Note too that none of the plug ins creat
368. ormatted data pack multiple values into a single integer covering only a few bytes You can use bitfield elements to specify such bitfields and optionally assign the values of certain fields to output parameters Bitfields are slightly different than the other elements in that the parameter assignment rules described in the following section do not apply Instead multiple parameters may be specified in a single bitfield element For more information on how to define actor output parameters for the other element types read Parameter Assignment below Bitfield syntax is like so name start end name start end BIL The name is optional and defines an actor output parameter to assign the value of the bitfield to The output parameter type will be an integer and the rules for name are the same as described in Parameter Assignment below must not start with number etc The start and end values specify the start and ending bit index into the integer with O being the least significant bit The number of bytes of input matched is implied by the highest bit index here So if the highest bit index is 15 then this actor assumes the integer size is 16 bits and so matches 2 bytes of input data 1 byte is 8 bits The B and L on the end are optional and specify the byte endianness of the binary integer big endian or little endian respectively If neither is specified B is assumed The input bytes are read converted
369. ost important distinction 1s that Movie Player plays 1ts sounds from your hard drive while Sound Player loads all of the sound data into your computer s RAM Random Access Memory much faster than your disk when you tell 1t to play This means that Sound Player can make seamless loops start up instantly and in general be more responsive than Movie Player when manipulating the play start and play length properties The downside is that long sound files can consume much of your available RAM FYI CD Quality Stereo Audio takes up about 10 megabytes per minute Generally if you are going to play a music track that is several minutes long and you don t need to manipulate anything besides the volume and pan you should convert your sound to a QuickTime movie If however you want to instantly trigger short samples or you need to manipulate those sounds using the play start play lengths settings or other settings available only within the Sound Player then you should import your sounds as AIFF wave or Sound Designer II files The properties that the Sound Player shares with the Movie Player namely speed volume pan play start play length and loop enable work in exactly the same way for both actors Sound Player includes two other properties that we will explore presently play channel and crossfade e To try out the crossfade property do the following in the Sound Player actor turn loop enable on set play length to 5 Then co
370. ot compatible When you close a User Actor editor you are presented with a dialog that allows you to choose if you d like to update all matching copies to reflect the recent changes or to create a new instance of the actor Isadora Manual 86 Confirm User Actor Edit Changes to User Actor User Actor have not been saved So This dalog allows you lo spec how other copies of tris Daar Actor wil be La lo m tch ee changes you Pave Ap made Cek More Indo hor detalia Revert Cancel Convert To Macro New Instance Save amp Update All The meaning of each of the choices 1s described below Save amp Update All Updates all instances of this User Actor including any copies in the Global or Local User Actor Toolbox so that they exactly match the changes you ve just made New Instance Create a new instance of this User Actor that is distinct from all previous instances Existing instances are left unchanged Convert to Macro The User Actor is assigned a new unique identifier and is marked as being a Macro This actor will no longer preset the Confirm User Actor Edit dialog or attempt to update other copies of itself throughout the file or the toolbox Cancel amp Revert You may also choose Cancel which will return you to the User Actor editor If you choose Revert all of the changes you ve made since opening this User Actor editor will be discarded You can actually get the change
371. other single quote Then press the Tab key to move to the key 2 property value and type s Repeat this process for key 3 and key 4 entering d and P respectively and finish by pressing enter e Now connect the key num output to the Movie Player s position input e Try pressing the a s d and f keys on your computer keyboard Make sure the Caps Lock key is off Each time you do the value at the key num output will change to indicate which of the four keys you pressed 1 through 4 This causes the movie to jump between 0 33 66 and 100 its total play length How does 1 to 4 become 0 to 100 The output value of the Key Table actor is automatically being scaled to match the range of the Movie Player s position input which can vary between O and 100 More on how Isadora automatically scales values in a later tutorial Isadora Manual 34 The key thing here is to see that all Isadora parameters can be manipulated in real time by sensors yes the mouse and keyboard are sensors in the real world Tutorial 4 Live Video Input Isadora can just as easily process video from a live input as that from a prerecorded source This tutorial shows you how to use live video with Isadora First you must have capture hardware that allows Isadora to see the video coming into your computer On contemporary Macintoshes the Fire Wire input is the most ubiquitous way to input video Fire Wire aka Link or IEEE 1484 is a
372. ough the top image becomes IMPORTANT When attempting to render a transparent image it is essential that it is rendered last otherwise the transparent image feature may not work Generally this will result in on of the lower images appearing opaque and on top of the transparent image To specify the order in which Projectors render their images use the layer input Higher layer numbers are drawn last so you will want to use a higher layer number for Projectors whose blend input is set to transparent Now switch the blend mode on the top projector to additive click on the box to the left of the word blend and type add and hit return Again use the slider to adjust the intensity The intensity fades the image in and out but now the front most image is added to the image below the Eye never totally disappears because the two images are added together Finally restore the intensity of the top projector to 100 and then its layer input to 0 so that the Bubbles are under the Eye again Now even though the blend mode of the Bubbles remains set to additive the Eye isn t being added to the Bubbles Why Because the blend mode of the Eye is still Opaque Since it s now the one in front it is written over the Bubbles not added to it Isadora Manual 127 Just working with these the layer blend and intensity parameters offers incredible flexibility with how you composite images In previous versions
373. ource video stream from 0 to 100 of the source video stream s height Lower numbers have the effect of zooming in vertically e det horz ctr Sets the horizontal placement of the cropped source image specified as a percentage of the background video stream s width from 100 to 100 e dst horz ctr Sets the vertical placement of the cropped source image specified as a percentage of the background video stream e height from 100 to 100 e dst horz size Sets the vertical placement of the cropped source image specified as a percentage of the background video stream e height from 100 to 100 e dst horz size Sets the vertical size of the cropped source image specified as a percentage of the background video stream s height from 0 to 100 e scale fg When turned off prevents the foreground image from being scaled Normally if two incoming video streams to be combined are not the same size Isadora will scale one of the two videos so that their sizes match even if this were to distort the aspect ratio of one of the two streams You can prevent the foreground image from being scaled and thus preserve its aspect ratio relationship to the background by turning this property off e bypass When turned off this effect functions normally When turned on the effect is disabled and the video input is passed directly to the video output Output Properties e video out The resulting matted video image Max Value Hold Max Value Ha
374. output value goes up the input value will go down Whenever you add a new actor to a Scene each input property s Scale Minimum and Scale Maximum values default to the absolute minimum and maximum value allowed by that property Similarly each output property s Limit Minimum and Limit Maximum also default to the absolute minimum and maximum To change the scaling of an input property e Click on the name of an input property found just to the right of the input value box on the left side of an actor The name will turn yellow to indicate that 1t 1s selected and an inspector with information about that property will appear Settings for speed Minimum O Maximum 10 Cti Link mit Scale Min Scale Max At the top is the name of the input along with the absolute minimum and maximum values allowed for this property Below are four value edit boxes Ctl Link Init Scale Min and Scale Max We ll discuss the Init box below and the Ctl Link boxes in the section on Controls The values of Scale Min and Scale Max determine the range of values to which any incoming value will be scaled e Change Scale Minimum and Scale Maximum values to specify the range of values to which values arriving at this input will be scaled These value edit boxes work like the ones inside any actor you can use the mouse to scroll through the possible values or you can enter a value into the box by clicking on it
375. p of the background e or performs a mathematical or operation on the color bits in the sprite and the background e xor performs a mathematical xor operation on the color bits in the sprite and the background e bic performs a mathematical black is changed operation on the color bits in the sprite and the background e blend uses the brightness xfer color to blend the sprite and the background The brighter this color the more of the sprite you see If you were to use the Color Maker actor to fade from white to black the sprite would appear to fade out Note that the transfer color works on the sprite colors individually a pure red xfer color would only allow you to see the red component of the sprite with the green and blue being masked out e transparent uses the brightness xfer color to matte the sprite on to the background Wherever the sprite color exactly matches the xfer color you will see the background Where it does not match you will see the sprite For those of you who have used transparent GIFs on web sites the transparent mode is same concept Note that in compressed images what appears to be a solid color is actually a slight variation on that color and so won t work well when attempting to use the transparent mode To get Isadora Manual A9 best results you should use an uncompressed picture with a solid color that you can match e add over add with overflow
376. pending on the setting of the input properties When a message meeting all of the criterion specified by input properties is seen the values associated with that message are sent out of the output ports and a trigger is sent out of the trigger output Input Properties e port Specifies the MIDI Port on which the message must arrive to be seen These port numbers correspond to the ports shown in the MIDI Setup dialog You may specify a single port or a range of ports e channel Specifies the MIDI Channel on which the message must be received before it will be seen by this watcher from to 16 You may specify a single port or a range of ports prog num Specifies the program number or range of numbers that will be seen from 0 to 127 Note that for a Program Change message to be seen by this watcher its values must fall within the range of values for specified by all three of the input properties Output Properties When this watcher sees a Program Change message that falls within the range of values specified by all of the input properties the following values are sent out of the outputs e port The MIDI Port on which the message arrived e channel The Program Change message s MIDI Channel e prog num The Program Change message s program number e trigger sends a trigger each time a message is seen Isadora Manual 296 Projector Positions scales and renders a video stream to the specified stage To render
377. percentage of the height of the frame from 100 to 100 percent e font height This is given as a percentage of the output stage height from O to 1000 Theoretically a value of 100 would produce text whose capital letters are the same height as the stage In practice because of the need for descenders like the letter J and other factors the text won t be quite as tall as the stage when set to 100 e leading The vertical spacing between lines of text e alignment One of the following left center or right e rotation Rotates the text around its center point specified in degrees from 360 to 360 e font To set the font click on this property s value edit box a menu with all of the fonts available on the system will appear After choosing a font its name will be displayed in the value edit box e color The color with which the font will be drawn bypass When turned off this effect functions normally When turned on the effect is disabled and the video input is passed directly to the video output Output Properties e rgb out The text drawn using the specified font size alignment leading and color superimposed upon the video stream connected to the video in port Output in RGB format Text Formatter v1 3 Generates formatted text with variable parameters This actor was called String Formatter prior to v1 3 To edit the formatting text double click this actor s icon and a dialog will app
378. perty is on any value sent to the input will be echoed at the output When the gate property 1s off values arriving at the input are blocked and not passed to the output Output Properties e out Echoes all values sent to the in input as long as the gate property 1s on Gaussian Blur i D SS rgb out D a Performs a Gaussian blur on a video stream Input Properties e rgb in The video input stream If this stream is YUV it will automatically be converted to RGB e size The diameter of the blur mask The larger this value the blurrier the resulting image bypass When turned off this effect functions normally When turned on the effect is disabled and the video input is passed directly to the video output Output Properties e rgb out The blurred video output stream in RGB format Get Media Count Get Media Count a type count Ek M e bin Returns the number of media objects within a specified bin Input Properties e type The media type of the bin whose objects will be counted Can be video audio midi picture or 3D e bin The index of the bin whose objects will be counted For example if the type input is set to audio and the bin input is set to 3 then the output would be the count of the audio files in the third audio bin Isadora Manual 243 Output Properties e count The number of media objects within the specified bin If the bin doesn t exist the output is zero Get Media Index
379. picker This option is most useful when the Show All of Selected Type option is on because you can ensure that there is always enough vertical space for the bin tabs as you add more bins e Scroll Option There are five possible options None Tabs Top Tabs Bottom Tabs Arrows Top and Tabs Arrows Bottom The top and bottom versions determine if the tabs and or arrows appear at the top or bottom of the control The Tabs only versions does not display left and right scroll arrows the Tabs Arrows version display both The number of movies that you can see at once and the number of tabs will update dynamically as you resize your control adjust the picker s size for the orientation arrangement that suits you best Note that if there is not enough room horizontally all of the possible tabs might not be displayed Isadora Manual 364 Button Displays an on off button that sends one value when turned on and another when turned off The button control is most useful when you need to trigger actors to do something or toggle their state between two values You can choose to display the buttons in a number of colors and styles to help organize your interface Settings Dialog Control Settings tral Ta Button 1 eH 60 A Fari Citrato da kt _ Bo Ref _ LUmgertee Feet Sire Sor aus of linked Poria Butios Tan Burton Ltd Hi DET Wai Cn Vaka Mode Momia Doa Sel CH Fern el Cokeat Backlund KX IRC O ELE D Control Propert
380. play inside an actor To replace the file associated with a media reference e Double click the media reference it is OK if the reference is currently lt Unassigned gt e Or control click MacOS or right click Windows the media reference to choose Replace Media from a pop up menu e A file dialog will appear that allows you to select a different file to associate with that media reference e Select the new file and click Open to confirm the new file The name of the reference in the Media Window will change to match that of the newly selected file Selecting Media References To select an item or bin e Click on a media reference to select 1t Clicking on a bin selects the bin and all media references inside that bin To select multiple media references e Click on an unselected media reference to select 1t Then hold down the shift key and click another item to select all items in between e Or Click on an unselected media reference and drag to select several contiguous items e You can hold down the Command Apple key MacOS or the Alt key Windows and click a media reference to toggle its selection state Isadora Manual 68 To select an multiple bins e Click on an unselected bin to select it All media references within that bin will be selected too Then hold down the shift key and click another bin to select all items and bins in between e Or Click on an unselected bin and drag to select sever
381. ples of how to do this e Select scene two by clicking on it and then choose Edit gt Cut Scene two will disappear from the scene list and you will be left with a blinking insertion point between scenes one and three Note that no scene is currently active as both one and three are not highlighted e gray e Click the mouse to the left of scene one The insertion point will be now be blinking to the left of scene one e Choose Edit gt Paste Scene two will appear where the insertion point was previously and the other two scenes will move to the right e Click the mouse in between scenes two and one Choose Edit gt Paste again You will now have another copy of scene two e With the copy of scene two still selected choose Scenes gt Rename Scene The name two will turn into a text edit box Type four into this scene and press enter Isadora Manual 43 e Activate scene two the first scene by clicking on it Now press the space bar three times Each time you do the next scene in the list will be activated ending up with scene three Press the space bar again Note that scene four becomes active because scene three jumps backwards two scenes Using only the space bar you wouldn t be able to get back to the first scene which is called two The only way to get there would be to click on 1t with the mouse
382. plex keystoning situations This actor only works when Hardware Accelerated Rendering is turned on in the Preferences Input Properties e video in The video stream to be rendered e stage The stage to which the image will be rendered e visible When turned on the video 1s rendered to the stage When turned off the video 1s not rendered which also reduces the processor load e layer Determines the order in which this actor will be rendered in relation to any other 3D actors in the scene other 3D Projectors 3D Player 3D Quad Isadora Manual B2 Distort etc Higher numbered layers are in front of lowered numbered layers 1 e they are drawn last blend Determines the opacity of the video image in conjunction with the intensity input When set to additive the image 1s added to the background image lower intensity settings reduce the brightness of the image When set to transparent lower intensity values makes the object more transparent allowing you to see more of the image underneath When set to opaque lower intensity values will fade the image to a black background that obscures the background image intensity Sets the brightness or transparency of the image from 0 to 100 See blend input for a complete description render back When turned off the image is only rendered on the front side of the rectangle This means that if you rotate the image it will be invisible when viewed from the back When
383. pulse at a rate of 1 Hz divided by 3 or 0 3333 Hz This feature is most useful when you want to trigger other Actors alternately or sequentially Output Properties e trigger 1 trigger 2 etc Sends a trigger at a rate determined by the freq input property If there is more than one output each will be triggered sequentially one after the other pa a E trigger 25 value out Generates random numbers Input Properties e trigger Sends a new random number out of the value out property each time a trigger is received Output Properties e value out Outputs a new random number each time the trigger input receives a trigger Real Time Watcher v1 1 Real Time Watcher port 30 trigger message KK Looks for MIDI Real Time Messages on the specified port Isadora Manual 300 Input Properties e port Specifies the MIDI Port on which the message must arrive to be seen These port numbers correspond to the ports shown in the MIDI Setup dialog You may specify a single port or a range of ports message Specifies the MIDI Real Time message that will trigger this actor Can be one of the following timing start continue stop or reset Output Properties e trigger Sends a trigger when the message specified by the message input arrives on the specified MIDI port Recall Snapshot Recall Snapshot snapshot AA bae simi Recalls a snapshot when triggered For more on Snapshots see the section
384. put to this input but a typical usage would have this input connected to the output of a Keyboard Watcher actor so that the computer operator can tap the tempo using the computer keyboard Output Properties loop dur Connect this output to the play length input of a Movie Player or Sound Player actor to adjust the length of the media s loop based on the tempo measured at the trigger input Note that both the media file and rate specified in this actor must match the corresponding values in the Movie or Sound player that is being controlled for the loop duration value to be calculated correctly Luminance Key Luminance Key foreground video out vK Le background key sre e key top ME S kel kel a key bottom softness a alpha bypass Keys two video streams together allowing the background video stream to show through on the foreground wherever the brightness of the foreground 1s within a range of brightness The Luminance Key module uses the brightness of the foreground image to determine whether you see the foreground video stream or background video stream at the output In the Luminance Key actor you determine the range of brightness by adjusting the key top and key bottom properties Where ever the brightness of the foreground image 1s between these two values 0 being black 100 being white 50 being gray you will see the foreground image When the brightness is outside this range you wil
385. puter keyboard Each time you do a should trigger the first Sound Player and b should trigger the second Again this is a bit like a mini sampler in that you can trigger short portions of each sound e Now press the letter a and before the first sound is done playing press the letter b Note that the first sound stops playing and the second one starts Why does one sound interrupt the other It s because both of the sounds are set to play on the same Sound Channel Look at the Play Channel input of the two Sound Player actors both are set to 1 Because a Sound Channel can play only one sound at a time when a second one starts to play it interrupts the first You can however get both sounds to play by setting them to different sound channels Set the play channel of the second Sound Player to 2 Repeat the experiment above pressing the letter a followed quickly by letter b Now you will hear both sounds playing at the same time Being able to interrupt a sound that is currently playing and being able to play two sounds simultaneously are both useful depending on what you are trying to do Just know that if you have a sound that is cutting out unexpectedly it s probably because you are playing two sounds on the same Sound Channel Tutorial 7 Using Scenes Scenes are a powerful feature of Isadora They allow you to create several complicated setups and instantly switch between them either by
386. r Sound Player sound play channel d restart speed wo lure pan play start play length loop enable crosstade chunk enable chunk size chunk skip Isadora Manual 296 Plays a sound to the computer se sound output allowing control over its playback characteristics There are four main things that you can control when manipulating the playback of a sound its volume and panning 1ts speed the portion of the sound that will play and whether or not that portion will loop and the channel on which it will play The portion of the sound that will play is called the play segment The play segment 1s determined by the play start and play length properties both of which are expressed as a percentage of the sound s total length The play length indicates how long the play segment will be while the play start specifies where that chunk will start For example with a sound that was 60 seconds long a play start of 50 and a play length of 10 would indicate that the play segment would start 30 seconds into the sound and be 6 seconds long You can choose to play this segment continuously by turning the loop enable property on The green bar at the bottom of the actor shows the play segment in bright green The thin yellow line that moves across that bright green bar indicates the current sound position The play channel determines the sound channel on which the sound will play At any given moment only one sound can play on
387. r er 265 OSCAR ni 267 EK al I sssini aaa aaia 268 Media Percent to Time Vii acia aca aaa 268 Media Time to Percent Vl Z coooocconcconcccncocncocnconcconnconrcnnrnnnrnnnconnronnnanrnannos 269 Marena 269 Ode RE 270 MIN VAIS Molde aiUe el ame arene errs 271 Ml AAA uo o seccanes sacesccscessseessea 272 MINIMUM An 273 MONO Pr ss re WALGER EN 273 MOTION BIUr e fan Da 274 MOUS Wales 275 MOVIES Player nana dan 276 Movie Player DICC ciao 279 MOVIE Player VA conan 281 MECO Pa Ounces 282 MUNI BIO GK OU ia 282 MultiMix V1 fN N E 283 e 284 Ne BIO le Onion ci n 285 Note OM WV ALCI acido 286 Note On Watcher E 287 NUMDer TO E Ae a ES EE 288 Number TO SUIZO 288 OSG Listener V Win KG 288 OSC Transiti Vi h resen 289 EE 290 ANNO PAU A a E a 291 Pass Valles 292 A e Oo 292 PITCH Bend Water e he 293 Isadora Manual 10 Point Tracker Wi ee 294 POIV Pressure E 295 Program Change Watcher sccccinacincanaconnnconncondanndanaconenenncindsna dan ronanionlanadede 296 Ste LE 297 Pulse Gene rato loans dia 299 Pra COMM WEE 300 Real Time Watcher vi 1 eeeeeeeeeEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEn 300 Recall SNAPSNO diia 301 PROS IZA CSG D 301 RGB tO YUV af E 302 Seil EE 303 Scale Valle siete eee ee eee 303 IGANG FV Niel GE 304 A 304 O 306 send Bank Selecta 306 le Bee el ePeeer rrr cree cere er rrr rrr err reer mre err trrr S rrr tree er reenter etre atrr errr errr rere errr rrrrrt 307 Send HIRES COM Ol E 307
388. r example if you set this range to 50 100 the mouse will only be seen moving when it is in bottom left half of the stage Output Properties e left mouse down Sends a trigger when the left mouse button is clicked within the stage specified by the stage input property e left mouse up Sends a trigger when the left mouse button is released after it was Clicked within the stage specified by the stage input property e right mouse down v1 3 Sends a trigger when the right mouse button is clicked within the stage specified by the stage input property e right mouse up v1 3 Sends a trigger when the right mouse button is released after it was clicked within the stage specified by the stage input property inside stage Sends on when the mouse is inside the specified stage or off when it is outside the stage wheel delta x v1 3 Sends a value whenever the mouse wheel or scroller is moved in the horizontal direction Simultaneously the wheel changed output will send a trigger wheel delta y v1 3 Sends a value whenever the mouse wheel or scroller is moved in the vertical direction Simultaneously the wheel changed output will send a trigger wheel changed v1 3 Sends a trigger whenever the wheel delta x or wheel delta y values change horz pos The horizontal position of the mouse ranging between 0 and 100 This percentage is measured within the range specified in the limit horz input property not the entire width of the
389. ra H To recall a Snapshot of a Scene e Click in the Snapshot the numbered circle you want to recall To update the contents of a Snapshot e Click on the snapshot that you want to update to make it active e Choose Scenes gt Update Current Snapshot or by holding down the control key and clicking the snapshot A new snapshot of the current Scene will replace the old To Delete a Snapshot e Click on the Snapshot you want to delete and drag it above or below the Snapshots area When you do the cursor will change into a Trash Can e Release to mouse to delete the Snapshot To Delete Invalid Snapshots in a Scene e Choose Scenes gt Clear Invalid Snapshots All of the Snapshots that are red will be deleted Isadora Manual 94 To Delete All Snapshots in a Scene e Choose Scenes gt Clear All Snapshots All of the Snapshots for the currently selected Scene will be deleted To Reorder Snapshots e Select one or more snapshots using the shift key e Click in one of the selected Snapshots and drag the mouse to the right or to the left e As you drag a white cursor will appear between the Snapshots This shows where the Snapshots you are dragging will be inserted when you release the elow the cursor is between scenes 5 and 6 i el da Gw P I poe ro be 1 e e H a in e iff mm p a Y e When the cursor is displayed at the location where you would like the Snapshots to
390. ra Isadora Manual 134 e You can stop mirroring to the external device by choosing Output gt Stop External Video Out Note that the External Video Out feature only mirrors the output of the stage No images will be sent to the camera 1f the stage 1s not visible Using External Multi Channel Sound Output Isadora allows you to output sound to a variety of external multi channel sound output devices This means that you can route the sound output of a Movie Player or Sound Player object to separate outputs which can be very useful in performance situations where you want the various sounds to appear on separate channels of a mixing console To use this feature you must have a multi channel audio device connected to your computer On Windows Isadora uses ASIO Audio Streaming Input Output drivers to communicate with the external hardware On MacOS X it uses CoreAudio Installing Drivers Before attempting to use multi channel output in Isadora you should ensure that the drivers for your device are installed and working properly Here is what you should do for the various operating systems e On MacOS X install the CoreAudio driver for your device using the installer program that came with the device e On Windows install the ASIO driver for your device using the installer program that came with the device Setting Up Multi Channel Sound Once you have installed your drivers run Isadora Then follow this set up procedure
391. re about to add an actor Then move the mouse into the Scene Editor area on the right When the new module is positioned where you want it click again to deposit it into the scene e To delete an actor select it and then choose Edit gt Clear or press the delete key You may select multiple actors by holding down the shift key while clicking or select a group of actors by clicking on the Scene Editor background and dragging a selection rectangle will appear and all actors under the rectangle will be selected when you release the mouse e To send data from the output of one module to the input of another click the output port the blue dot A connection or link anchored to the output port will now track your mouse movements Click on the input port again the blue dot next to the input to which you want the data sent When data flows through the link its color will change from red to green Note that video and sound outputs cannot be connected to number inputs or vice versa e Read the section in the tutorials entitled Understanding Value Scaling Understanding this feature will allow you to get the most out of Isadora e To delete a link click on 1t and choose Edit gt Clear or press the Delete key e Point the mouse at a link that is carrying video and a small window will appear displaying the video moving through that connection This is quite useful when you Isadora Manual 16 have a complicated video patch and you w
392. re drawn last blend Determines the opacity of the particles in conjunction with the intensity input When set to additive the image is added to the background image lower intensity settings reduce the brightness of the image When set to transparent lower intensity values make the object more transparent allowing you to see more of the particles and or images underneath When set to opaque lower intensity values will fade the image to a black background that obscures the background image intensity Sets the brightness or transparency of the image from O to 100 See blend input for a complete description img count The maximum number of particles that can exist at any one time vertices The number of vertices in the object A value of 3 draws a triangle 4 draws a square 5 draws a pentagon etc Higher values will approximate a circle vertex rot The rotation of the object s vertices around the center of the particle use this to spin the object lifespan Determines how long a particle will live after it has been created by triggering the add img input An object grows more transparent or darker depending on the blend input as it approaches the end of its lifespan brt override Used when created multiple copies of the image to override the brightness of objects as they grow older For example if the lifespan of the objects is two seconds and a particular object is one second old it would normally be 50 brightness
393. re this property was turned off will still be visible on the stage Isadora Manual 298 e stage Specifies the stage upon which the video stream will be displayed e render Determines the method by which the video stream will be rendered to the stage NOTE This input has no effect when Hardware Accelerated Rendering is turned on in the Preferences There are four options available auto which is the default setting does its best to determine the best rendering option from those available It will generally default to decom copy uses QuickTime s CopyBits function which is slower than decom description to follow but does not have any delay due to initialization decom uses a QuickTime decompression sequence which is generally the fastest method but does require a small amount of time to initialize when a new stream of video appears at the video in input This initialization only becomes an issue if you are routing multiple streams of video to a single projector e g using the Router actor and switching between them frequently If this is the case it is best to use the copy or direct option direct is the fastest method but is only useful in specific situations Namely when using a Macintosh G4 computer and when the stage height and width is exactly the same or exactly double the height and width of the video being rendered If you chose the direct option and these conditions are not met then the copy will be use
394. recording is stopped If this property is set to add then the newly recorded movie will be added after the last movie currently in the Media Window If this property is set to a number then the movie currently at that location in the Media Window will be replaced by the new movie In terms of organizing the Media Window when using the Capture To Disk actor the best practice is to add some movies into the window and clear them using Edit Isadora Manual O gt Clear so that they appear as lt Unassigned gt Then you can use these locations in the Media Window to hold your newly recorded movies It is important to understand that if you specify a number in the movie property there must be a movie at that location in the Media Window Otherwise the movie will not appear in the Media Window Furthermore if you have a Movie Player in the same scene with the Capture To Disk actor then its visible property must be off while you are recording Otherwise the movie is busy and cannot be replaced If you want a Movie Player to play a newly recorded movie in the same scene in which it was recorded by the Record To Disk actor take the following steps 1 Make sure that the visible property of the Movie Player is off while you are recording 2 Use the Record To Disk actor to start recording specifying the place where the new movie will appear in the Media Window 3 Use another Record To Disk actor to stop recording 4 Set the mov
395. res Native YUV e The most important feature is Rectangular Textures having this feature is very import to speeding up the rendering process If you don t have this feature the Hardware Acceleration may not work well for you e Click OK to close the Preferences Dialog Once you ve ensured that Hardware Rendering is enabled you can start working with the new Projector actor features e Close any currently open Isadora documents Then choose File gt Open and locate the file called Tutorial 11 in the Isadora Tutorials folder located in the same folder as your Isadora application e Choose Output gt Show Stages to show the stage If the Stage fills the screen press Command G MacOS or Control G Windows to hide it Then choose Output gt Force Stage Preview and again choose Output gt Show Stages to show a smaller version of the stage e Click on the scene labeled First Test This scene simply plays a movie If you see the movie being drawn on the Stage skip to the next step If you don t see the movie in Stage 1 then your computer is not capable of hardware acceleration You should turn off Hardware Accelerated Rendering in the Preferences menu and discontinue the remainder of this tutorial Isadora Manual 58 The Proj ector Actor wdeo in be Ft top width height 00m blend intensity ua spin ai aspect perspective layer active stage render Since in V1 0 of Isadora
396. respectively You can use the left level and right level outputs as continuous control inputs to other actors Note that when you set the left min level and right min level properties to a value greater than zero the value at the output is scaled so that as the input level varies between the minimum level and 100 the output will vary between O and 100 E g if you set the minimum to 50 and the incoming audio level is 66 7 one third of the way between 50 and 100 the output value will be 33 4 one third of the way between 0 and 100 The left trig level and right trig level input properties also determine when the left trig and right trig outputs will send a trigger Each time the output level goes above these minimums a trigger will be sent out of the corresponding output This allows you to trigger events based on the volume of the sound Input Properties e channel The live audio input channel that will be measured See the Live Capture Settings window on Page 150 for more information on configuring live capture e left min level The level that must be exceeded before the left volume level will be sent to the left output from 0 to 100 percent e right min level The level that must be exceeded before the right volume level will be sent to the left output from 0 to 100 percent e left trig level Whenever the left output level goes above this value a trigger will be sent out of the left trig output Isadora Manul B e righ
397. rial port and attempts to match the specified pattern When turned off ignores data from the serial port This should be used with caution as enabling this input in the middle of a message may result in the data being read erroneously msg len The length of the data blocks to be received by this watcher Each time the specified number of bytes arrives on the specified serial port an attempt will be made to use the pattern matching specifier to decode the incoming data timeout Specifies a timeout for the input buffer If more than this amount of time passes between receiving any two bytes the input buffer will be cleared and the incoming message length count reset to zero This is to help avoid erroneous messages should the serial input cable be accidentally disconnected etc e reset Clears the input buffer when triggered and resets incoming message length count is reset to 0 Output Properties e trigger Sends a trigger when a valid message has been parsed and it matches the pattern specified by the pattern matching specifier e value outputs The output for one of the parsed values The names and number of these outputs are based on the pattern matching specifier Isadora Manual e BNE Serial In Watcher Text Serial In Watcher Text port a msg rey enable e Reads a variable length data block from the specified serial port using a user specified pattern matching specification Note To read data consisting of
398. ribed below are exactly the same The text actor has an input named eom char This is the delimiter character Typically you would set this to a newline or a carriage return but any values are acceptable The current default is 13 carriage return The binary actor has three inputs msg len timeout and reset The msg len parameter specifies the length of a block of data in bytes Each time this many bytes is read from the input the data is matched to your pattern If no bytes arrive within the timeout period then any partial input data is discarded the pattern is not matched and the actor continues to wait for new input The reset input can be used to force a reset just as if the timeout period expired Serial Input Patterns Patterns are composed of a series of one or more elements where an element defines the format of one part of the input data Pattern elements can match say a word or a number in the input data a sequence of bytes etc There are two flavors of pattern elements text and binary indicated in the table below Text elements are typically used when matching human readable text input data for example a video player that sends the string FRAME 2482 SPEED 1 0 Binary elements are used to match bytes of raw data such as 2 byte integers or bitfields You can mix both text and binary elements together in a single pattern Text and binary elements can be used interchangeably in both the text and binar
399. rimary Scene indicated by the mode and scene properties is activated scene indicates which Scene to activate This field works in tandem with the mode field When mode is set to relative the number in this field indicates the scene to activate relative to the current scene 1 would be the scene after this scene 1 would be the scene before this scene 2 would be the second scene after this scene etc When mode is set to absolute the number 1n this field indicates a Scene in the Scene List by its position where 1 is the first scene in the list two 1s the second scene etc When a valid scene has been specified in this property its name will appear after the number mode determines how the number in the scene property is interpreted When this property 1s set to relative the scene to be activated is relative to the position of the current scene in the Scene List When this property is set to absolute the Scene to be activated is based on its position in the Scene List See scene property above for more information xfade V1 1 Specifies an optional visual and aural crossfade between the current scene and the scene that is the target of the jump Note The visual aspect of the fade in will only work if Hardware Accelerated Rendering is turned on in the Video tab of the Preferences The visual result of the fade in depends on a number of factors what video is being rendered in the current scene the setting of the blend and layer inpu
400. rmines the order in which this actor will be rendered in relation to any other 3D actors in the scene other 3D Projectors 3D Player 3D Quad Distort etc Higher numbered layers are in front of lowered numbered layers 1 e they are drawn last lighting When turned on this object will be lit and shaded based on the setting of the currently active 3D Light Orientation actor If there is no 3D Light Orientation active then the default lighting orientation will be used See the 3D Light Orientation actor for more information about lighting 3D objects x y z rotation Rotates the object around the x y or z axes by the number of degrees specified x y z translation Translates the object along the x y or z axes by the number of degrees specified all scale Scales the object in all three dimensions equally by the specified percentage of its original size x y z scale Scales the object in the x y or z dimension by the specified percentage texture map Texture maps the incoming video stream on to the model in real time but only if the model had a texture map assigned to it when it was saved If no texture map was defined for the model when it was created video sent into this input will have no effect If no video is sent to this input the model will be rendered using it s default texture map and or color materials tex map scale Scales the texture map by the specified percentage use alpha V1 1 When turned on the
401. rol the resolution with which Isadora captures the live video In North America Digital Video cameras typically provide an image that 1s 720 pixels across and 480 pixels down While the quality of such an image 1s very good it contains so much data about 40 megabytes per second that Isadora can get bogged down attempting to process it all You can improve up Isadora s performance by scaling the image down to a smaller size In the Resolution popup in the Live Capture Settings window you can choose from the following resolutions e Full Size Leaves the captured video at original resolution e Half Size Scales the captured video to one half of its original resolution e Quarter Size Scales the captured video to one quarter of its original resolution e 640 x 480 NTSC Full Scales the captured video to a resolution of 640 x 480 e 320 x 240 NTSC Half Scales the captured video to a resolution of 320 x 140 e 160 x 120 NTSC Quarter Scales the captured video to a resolution of 160 x 120 e 768 x 576 PAL Full Scales the captured video to a resolution of 768 x 576 e 384 x 288 PAL Half Scales the captured video to a resolution of 384 x 288 e 192 x 144 PAL Quarter Scales the captured video to a resolution of 192 x 144 e Custom Size Scales and crops the captured video using the settings in the Set Custom Size dialog see below Setting a Custom Capture Size v1 1 The Set Custom Capture Size dialog allows you
402. rs from Port 1 through Port 6 Isadora Manual 154 2 Click on the popup menu to the right of that port name under the heading Outputs 3 In the popup menu you will see a list of physical output ports available on your MIDI interface Choose the physical output to which your MIDI device is connected and release the mouse F CH O Nope up MIR Port 1 Port Name A MTF Port 2 Port 1 a MTP Port 4 Porte MIP Port 5 PS Port 3 MTP Port 6 pa MTP Part 7 E Port 4 MTP Port8 a MTP Met Port oh Port 5 ij MIP Adat Port T Port amp MTP Sync Port pa l kadora Virtual Dut 4 If you haven t already set up a MIDI output actor e g the Send Note actor Set its port input to match the port you chose in Step 1 e g for Port 2 you would set the port input to 2 Then trigger the actor you should hear see your device respond If your device has a MIDI Status indicator see if it blinks when you trigger the actor If your device 1s not receiving any MIDI data check the following 1 Ensure that you have connected the MIDI Out of your interface to the MIDI In of your device e g Keyboard Synth etc and that the MIDI cable is in working order 2 If your MIDI interface has an indicator that shows when MIDI data is being sent make sure this blinks when you trigger a MIDI output actor set to transmit on the correct port 3 Check that the physical output you chose in the MIDI Setup dial
403. s back one step at a time by choosing Edit gt Redo Further details regarding all of these choices can be found in the section below entitled Saving the User Actor after an Edit Considerations for User Actors Created Before v1 3 User Actors created prior to version 1 3 of Isadora do not have the unique identifier that allows the automatic User Actor synchronization described above In essence User Actors created before 1 3 function as what are now called Macros when you close the editor for a pre v1 3 User Actor you will notice that no dialog box will appear asking if you d like to Save amp Update All etc This is because Isadora cannot identify which User Actors are instances of the User Actor you ve just edited In other words you can continue to use and edit pre v1 3 User Actors as you did in previous versions of the program But you may want to update the User Actors in your document to make the new features available To do this simply select the User Actor and choose Actors gt Update User Actor to New Format Isadora Manual 87 No Recursive References Allowed Because pre v1 3 User Actors did not offer the Save amp Update All feature you were allowed to recursively reference those actors 1 e a copy of a given User Actor could be placed inside itself This is no longer allowed in v1 3 and later because 1t would lead to an infinite loop when attempting to update the actors If you attempt to double
404. s control You have the option of showing a thumbnail the movie s title or both in the Movie Picker If all of the files that you have chosen for the picker cannot fit within the control s area then you may optionally display scroll arrows tabs or both so that you can navigate through all of the possible movies To prepare this control to be used you must first select the movies that it will display To do this select the control and choose Controls gt Control Specific Options The following dialog will appear Isadora Manual 3I Select Media Objects blowing sheet bubbling water bubbling water cu bubbling water invert dawn in door dawn milk dawn mummy dawn red mummy 10 dawn red mummy 2 hand milk 12 rain i4 train 1 15 train2 16 windmill pullback 17 blowing sheet 18 bubbling water 19 bubbling water cu 20 bubbling water invert clouds 22 dawn in door 25 dawn milk In it you will find listed all of the movies currently in the Media Window To include a movie in the picker click on it to select it Use shift click to select a group of movies or cmd click to toggle the selection of an individual movie You may also click the Select All button to select all of the movies or Select None to deselect all of them Once you the movies that you want the picker to display are selected click OK Settings Dialog Control Settings Csa
405. s dialog without dropping frames See Rendering Complicated High Resolution Scenes above for more details on this feature If you want Isadora to abort the recording process if it cannot achieve the frame rate specified in the Compression Settings dialog check the Abort Recording On Dropped Frames checkbox Isadora will automatically stop recording and show an alert box if this box is checked and it drops a frame during recording Select the Stage whose output you would like to record using the Record From pop up menu Select the size of the movie by selecting an option from the Record Size pop up menu There are four options Full Stage Size Half Stage Size Quarter Stage Size and Custom If you choose one of the first three the output size of the movie will be based on the size of the stage If you choose Custom two text edit boxes will appear allowing you to set the horizontal and vertical size of the movie output respectively If you check the Maintain 4 3 Aspect Ratio checkbox typing a number in the horizontal or vertical custom size will automatically update the other field so that the ratio of horizontal to vertical is 4 to 3 Note that all of the settings you make here are remembered in the Preferences They will be as you left them the next time you run Isadora Adjusting the Compression Settings To set the compression settings for the movie e Choose Record gt Compressing Settings to show a standard QuickTime c
406. s field indicates the scene to activate relative to the current scene 1 would be the scene after this scene 1 would be the scene before this scene 2 would be the second scene after this scene etc When mode is set to absolute the number in this field indicates a Scene in the Scene List by its position where 1 is the first scene in the list two 1s the second scene etc When a valid scene has been specified in this property its name will appear after the number intensity The setting of the intensity input determines whether or not the secondary Scene 1s active When the intensity input is O the secondary scene is not active When intensity rises above O the secondary scene is activated and its intensity is set the appropriate value auto deac When this input is turned on the Secondary Scene will automatically be deactivated when leaving the current scene When turned off the secondary Scene will remain active even after you leave this Scene you must explicitly deactivate the scene by setting the intensity property of a another Activate Scene Intensity actor to 0 or by using the Deactivate Scene actor Activate Scene Activate Scene trigger Pai mode scene fade Isadora Manual 190 Activates a secondary Scene in addition to the primary active scene When you activate a secondary scene all of the actors in the currently active Scene and all of the actors in the newly activated secondary Scene will run at the
407. s how the Note Watcher actor looks in all of its possible states Hote Watcher port port channel vz channel Hote Watcher pitch jm pitch We or ity Se veloc ity trigger Standard Hote Watcher port port channel as channe pitch See pitch we loc ity a veloc ity trigger Values Hidden Collapsed To make one or more actors as small as possible e Select the actors you wish to collapse e Choose Actors gt Collapse Isadora will hide both the value edit boxes and property titles making the actor as small as possible To restore one or more actors to its standard state e Select the actors you wish to restore e Choose Actors gt Expand Isadora will show both the value edit boxes and property titles returning the actor to its normal state You may also hide or show the value edit boxes independently e To hide the value edit boxes of the currently selected actors Choose Actors gt Hide Values Isadora will hide the value edit boxes of the selected actors Choose Actors gt Show Values to make the value edit boxes visible again e To hide the property titles of the currently selected actors Choose Actors gt Hide Names Isadora will hide the property titles of the selected actors Choose Actors gt Show Names to make the property names visible again You can still edit any actor s input property value even when its value edit boxes and property titles are no longer visible To see the tit
408. s normal speed The default setting is 1 0 which plays the movie forward at normal speed 0 5 would play the movie forward at half speed 2 0 plays the movie forward at twice normal speed Negative values play the movie in reverse position Jumps to the specified position within the play segment whenever a new value is received on this input The play segment is defined by the play start and play length properties see below This parameter is expressed as a percentage of the play length from O to 100 play start Determines the starting point of the play segment the portion of the movie that will play as a percentage of the movie s total length ranging from 0 to 100 play length Determines the length of the play segment the portion of the movie that will play as a percentage of the movie s total length ranging from O to 100 loop enable If this property is turned off the play segment will play once each time the Movie Player s Scene is activated or when its visible property is turned on If this property is turned on once the movie starts playing 1t will continue by looping back to the start of the play segment when the end of that segment is reached Isadora Manual 277 e volume Sets the volume of the Movie s sound track if one is present Expressed as a percentage of the sound track s normal volume e pan Controls the panning of the sound from O to 100 0 is left 100 is right 50 is center e snd out
409. s simultaneously Each of the four channels has it s own configuration The settings for these channels are made using the Live Capture Settings window e To show the Live Capture Settings window choose Input gt Live Capture Settings The window shown below will appear Isadora Manual A L rm Live Captus Selina Channel Selina Canal besot H ball tte Video boat E d ih s Follow the steps below to configure each channel Channel Select Enable e Select and enable channel you wish to configure Use the Channel Select popup to select a channel and then tick the Enable checkbox to enable that channel for live capture Video Input Section e Select the Video Device After connecting and turning on your video capture device you should select it in the Device popup menu If your device does not appear try clicking the Scan for Devices button and try again If that fails check the other channels using the Channel Select popup a device might be busy because 1t 1s in use by another enabled live input channel or because it 1s being used by another application If none of this works 1t simply may be that your device is improperly connected to the computer or that it 1s not recognized by the operating system Select the Video Resolution The Resolution popup offers several resolution options Full Size will deliver the video input at the maximum resolution offered by the capture device Half and Quarter
410. s that will be seen from 1 to 127 A velocity of O means that this is a Note Off message per the MIDI Specification For a Note On message to be seen by this watcher 1ts values must fall within the range of values for specified by all four of the input properties Isadora Manual 287 Output Properties When this watcher sees a Note On message that falls within the range of values specified by all four of the input properties the following values are sent to the outputs e port The MIDI Port on which the message arrived e channel The Note On message s MIDI Channel e pitch The Note On message e MIDI Pitch e velocity The Note On message s velocity e trigger Sends a trigger each time a message is seen Number To Text v1 3 Number To String input 123 output Converts a number into text which may be received by any actor with a text input e g the Draw Text actor This actor was called Number to String prior to v1 3 Input Properties e input A number to be converted to text Output Properties e output The value specified by the input input property as text Number To String v1 2 This actor was renamed to Number to Text in v1 3 Please refer to the documentation for that actor OSC Listener v1 1 OSC Listener aj channel ge value E Le type trigger ke Receives Open Sound Control messages from another application which may be running on the same computer as I
411. s well as my experience teaching numerous workshops on integrating digital media into live performance It reflects my own desire for a flexible powerful and reliable tool with which to make my own pieces and to create a friendly working environment for those who do not have extensive computer experience Perhaps the most difficult aspect of Isadora is that a new file is a blank slate it won t do anything for you until you begin to bring actors into the program and link them together For those just beginning this can be a bit daunting So we have supplied a complete set of tutorials that lead you through the process of creating several Isadora programs In addition you will find several example files included with the application Looking at these may be the best place to start as it will give you a sense of what you can do with Isadora and how to begin using it On the other hand those who have more experience with media manipulation software may want to head directly for the Quick Start section It gives the essential information required to start using the program It is worth mentioning here that help is always available Control clicking on MacOS or the right clicking on Windows on an Isadora module will display a pop up menu Choose Actor Help to display help information for that module To see help for an input or output control or right click the name or value of an input or output and choose Actor Input Help
412. sadora or which may be running on a computer connected to your computer via a local area network Isadora Manual BB Open Sound Control is a standardized way to send high resolution data from one application to another The OSC Receive actor allows Isadora to receive values from another application For more information on Open Sound Control please refer to Open Sound Control Support on Page 156 Note values sent to Isadora must include OSC type tag information otherwise Isadora will not recognize the values Input Properties channel The channel on which messages will be received Isadora has 32 input channels with OSC addresses ranging from isadora 1 to isadora 32 When sending data from the other computer you must transmit to the correct address for the OSC Receive actor to see the data For example if channel is set to 5 then messages received on the isadora 5 OSC channel will be seen by this listener e type This determines the type of the value output When this is set to float the output type will be a floating point number When this is set to integer the output will be an integer If you select the latter and the other application sends a floating point number the part after the decimal point will be discarded Output Properties e value When a value is received on the channel specified by the channel input it will be sent out of this output e trigger sends a trigger whenever a value is sent
413. sage will appear in the area marked Last Message Live Input The live input section gives you information and feedback about the video input device and sound input device including the frequency content of the incoming audio stream Video Input When you are capturing video e g Start Live Capture has been chosen from the Capture menu the Video Input panel displays the name of the video input device that is being captured the resolution of the video and the format RGB or YUV that is being captured and a thumbnail of the incoming video image Sound Input When you are capturing audio e g Start Live Capture has been chosen from the Capture menu the Sound Input panel displays the name of the audio device from which the sound is being captured along with a VU meter that allows you to monitor the current input volume See the Sound Level Watcher actor to find out how to use the sound input volume to control other actors Frequency Display If you are capturing audio and the Sound Frequency Analysis checkbox in the Live Capture Settings Window is turned on you will also see the Frequency Display panel Here you can see a real time display of the frequency spectrum of the sound coming into the computer If Sound Frequency Analysis is not enabled you can enable it by 1 choosing Input gt Live Capture Settings to show the Live Capture Settings Window 2 selecting the desired live capture channel in the Isadora
414. se Triggers are numeric values essentially 0 and 1 displayed as a dash or an X but respond to incoming values in a special way Whenever any new value arrives at a trigger input the trigger fires You could illustrate this by linking horz pos output of the Mouse Watcher to another actor s trigger input Every time you move the mouse new values are sent out of the horz pos output and the trigger input to which it is connected will fire You can easily find out the type of a property Just move the mouse cursor over the property s value edit box and then don t move it for a moment An information box will appear that shows you the property s name type and minimum and maximum values It looks something like this Send Control part channel controller Understanding Value Scaling When connecting two numeric properties whose ranges of values are the same you don need to think too much about what happens to the values as they pass through the link when a value 1s sent out of the output that same value appears at the input to which it is connected Even when both properties don t vary between 0 and 100 Isadora behaves in a consistent way by scaling the range of output values to match the range of inputs values For example when an output that varies between 0 and 127 e g a MIDI value is connected to an input that varies between O and 100 Isadora will scale the values proportionally so that as the output goes fr
415. se two actors for more information Each Scene is visually represented by rectangular shaped objects displayed in the Scene List at the bottom of an Isadora document Each Scene is associated with a Control Panel indicated by the bar just below the Scene proper When the bar goes between two or more scenes it indicates that those Scenes share the same Control Panel Control Panels allow you to create a user interface for your Scene consisting of one or more Isadora controls See the section Using Control Panels on Page 96 for more information Isadora Manual 71 Activating Deactivating Scenes To activate a Scene manually e Click on the Scene you want to activate which means that that Scene will be selected The highlighting on the previously activated scene 1f there was one will be removed the Scene you clicked on will be highlighted the actors for the selected Scene will appear in the Scene Editor and they will begin communicating with each other and the outside world To deactivate the currently active Scene leaving no Scenes active e Click on the background area of the Scene List If there was a scene activated its highlighting will be removed and its actors will disappear from the Scene Editor indicating that no Scene is active currently This will stop all output video sound MIDI that was being generated by the Scene that has been deactivated selecting Scenes To select a Scene e Click on the
416. see Page 116 for more information Saving Files as Run Only v1 1 Isadora now allows you to save your files as run only so that others can use the file but can modify in specific ways One place this might be useful 1s when Isadora is used to create installations that will be maintained by others Making a document run only means that only you will be able to modify the file To save a file as Run Only e Choose File gt Save As Read Only The following dialog will appear Cancel L Proceed e Type the password for this file into both the Password and Confirm Password fields Isadora Manual TO e Choose what users opening this document may edit Choosing User Can Edit Controls means that the user can modify the Control Panels of your document Choosing User Can Edit Media Window means that the user will be able to import media into the Media Window Finally choosing User Can Save Changes means that the user can save any changes that they make if they have a registered version of Isadora e Click OK to confirm your choices At this point Isadora will ask you to save the file so that it will be saved on disk with the password protection enabled Once you ve done this the document will open in the run only mode you specified To edit it you will need to unlock it using the File gt Unlock Document command To unlock a Run Only file so that you can edit it e Choose File gt Unlock Document The following dialog
417. segment a trigger is sent out of the end trigger output When set to ind one or ind end each trigger ramps the next segment of the envelope If no segments have been triggered yet or if all the segments have been triggered then the ramping begins at the first segment The difference between ind one and ind end has to do with the end trigger output When set to ind one a trigger is sent out of the end trigger output at the end of each segment When set to ind end the end trigger output is triggered at the completion of the last segment level 0 the starting value for the first segment rate 1 rate 2 etc Determines the number of seconds that it takes to get from the previous level to the next level E g rate 1 specifies how long it takes to get from level O to level 1 value 1 value 2 etc The value at that point in the envelope between 0 and 100 Together with the rate between them a pair of subsequent levels e g level 1 rate 2 level 2 defines a ramp segment Output Properties e value The value of the envelope as it moves through the segments between O and 100 e end trigger sends a trigger at the end of the entire envelope or at the end of a segment depending on the setting of the trig mode property See trig mode above for more information Explode v1 1 Explodes a video stream by breaking the source image into a series of rectangles and shifting their position Isadora Manul 298 Before I
418. ses floating point numbers Input Properties e mode Determines how to constrain the output value when it exceeds minimum or maximum When set to limit and an addition or subtraction is made to the output value that would exceed minimum or maximum the output value is limited to these values When set to wrap and the calculated value 1s less than minimum or is greater than maximum it wraps around to other extreme For example if the maximum is 100 the current output value is 85 and you trigger the add input while the amount property is set to 27 the new value Isadora Manual 26 would be 112 Since this would exceed the maximum 100 the float counter subtracts the maximum value from the result and sets the output to the resulting value of 12 amount The amount to add or subtract the counter receives a trigger on the add or subtract trigger input minimum The minimum possible value which can be set to any integer value See mode for more information on how this value is used maximum The maximum possible value which can be set to any integer value See mode for more information on how this value is used cur value This is the value to which the amount property is added to or subtracted from when calculating the output It is an unusual input in that it is automatically set to match the output value each whenever the add or subtract trigger inputs are pulsed You can make use this property in two ways firs
419. ses the entire list add Adds a new line to the end of the list containing the current input values index Indicates line within the list where the next insert delete or replace operation will occur See help for the insert delete and replace inputs for details on how this number is used insert Creates a new line in the list using the current input values The new line is inserted after the existing line specified by the index input If the index is greater or equal to the total number of lines in the list the intervening lines will automatically be inserted replace Replaces the data values on the line specified by the value of the one based index input If there is no line at this index triggering this input has no effect delete Deletes the data values on the line specified by the value of the one based index input If there is no line at this index triggering this input has no effect Isadora Manual e 220 Output Properties e lines Outputs the current number of lines in the list Sent whenever the size of the list changes e cur line Whenever a new line 1s selected with the recall input sends the index of the line being displayed e value 1 value 2 Output value corresponding an item within each line of the list value 1 being the first value value 2 being the second etc These values are sent to the output whenever the recall input receives an index value corresponding to an existing line within the table T
420. set this range to 50 100 the mouse will only be seen moving when it is in bottom left half of the screen Output Properties e horz pos The horizontal position of the mouse ranging between 0 and 100 This percentage is measured within the range specified in the limit horz input property not the entire width of the screen So if the limit horz property was set to 0 50 and the mouse was 25 of the way across the main screen 1 e halfway between 0 and 50 then horz pos output would be set to 50 e vert pos The vertical position of the mouse ranging between 0 and 100 This percentage is measured within the range specified in the limit vert input property not the entire height of the screen So if the limit vert property was set to 50 100 and the mouse was 75 of the way down the main screen 1 e halfway between 50 and 100 then vert pos output would be set to 50 e trigger Sends a trigger every time the horz pos or vert pos changes Movie Player Movie Player movie wdeo out visible trigger speed loop end position position play start play length loop enable volume pan snd out mto ram Plays a movie to a video stream allowing control over its playback characteristics Isadora Manual 276 There are three main things that you can control when manipulating the playback of a movie its speed the portion of the movie that will play and whether or not that portion will loop and is sound characteristics
421. smaller images up to match the size of the largest image This results in slower performance but better resolution e Scale To Smallest When this option is chosen Isadora will combine video images that are of different sizes by scaling the larger image down to match the size of the smaller image This results in faster performance but lower resolution e Scale To Preferred Resolution When this option is chosen Isadora will scale all video images to the default resolution specified above If you want to speed up video processing make this a smaller value 1 e 160 x 120 Rendering To Stage v1 1 When the Hardware Accelerated Rendering checkbox is enabled Isadora will attempt to use OpenGL software that communicates directly with your computer s graphics card to render video to the Stage This results in significant speed increases on most modern computers and produces better looking output You should only uncheck this box if the Hardware Acceleration feature is causing trouble on your computer Video Input Settings v1 1 Some video cameras notably the iSight on MacOS have a number of settings that are not normally remembered after you disable live video input in the Input menu If you would like Isadora to retain all of the settings associated with the camera you can enable the Load Save All Settings when Starting Stopping Live Input checkbox Note that if you do this it is likely that starting up live inp
422. sparent where the foreground color matches the key hue hue width and saturation inputs Or the inverse if the inverse input is turned on The Projector actor will respect Isadora Manual 210 this alpha mask when compositing images on the stage For more information on this using alpha channels see Compositing with the Projector on page 126 bypass When turned off this effect functions normally When turned on the effect is disabled and the video input is passed directly to the video output Output Properties e rgb out The resulting keyed video image in RGB Format Color Maker e D Saturation ha brightness Creates a color by specifying its hue saturation and brightness The color output of this module can be connected to actors that have a color input such as the Video Fader actor As you adjust the input property values the resulting color is displayed in the round area in the center of the actor Properties hue The hue of the color ranging from O to 360 degrees Values to achieve some of the primary colors are Red 0 Yellow 60 Green 120 Aqua 180 Blue 240 Purple 300 Red 360 e saturation The purity of the color 100 results in a pure color lower values add more white to the color moving it towards a pastel brightness The brightness of the color 100 is as bright as possible Lower values yield darker colors with a value of O giving black Isadora Manual 21 Color
423. splayed at the location where you would like the Scenes to be inserted release the mouse button The Scenes will be move to that location Isadora Manual 73 Renaming Scenes To change the name of a scene e Highlight the scene whose name you want to change Then choose Scenes gt Rename Scene A text edit box will appear in place of the scene Type the new name of the scene and press enter The text edit box will disappear and the scene will be displayed with its new name e Shortcut Control clicking MacOS or right clicking Windows will show a popup menu From that menu choose Rename Scene to open the text edit box for a Scene s name Changing the Width of a Scene Sometimes it is useful to change the width of a scene to better visually organize your Isadora document To change the width of a scene e Hold down the Command Key MacOS or the Control Key Windows and place the cursor at the right edge of the Scene you wish to modify The cursor will change to indicate you are ready to change the width of the scene e Drag the mouse left or right to adjust the size of the scene Editing Scenes and Using Actors As described in the previous chapter a Scene is a collection of actors that manipulates one or more streams of digital media So the Scene Editor is where you define the way in which those actors work together Using the Scene Editor you place your actors and connect the outputs of one to the inpu
424. sponding checkbox in the Warnings section of the Preferences Isadora Manual 19 Note that the Warn when video input start fails and Warn when sound input start fails boxes are unchecked by default This 1s to prevent these errors from stopping operation of a Scene especially when using the Capture Control actor to enable live input programmatically You can enable the warnings again by checking the appropriate box in this section of the Preferences window Status Window Monitoring Performance and External Input The Status Window exists to give you information about data arriving into Isadora from the outside world about external devices connected to Isadora and about Isadora s performance To see the Status Window choose Windows gt Show Status You will see a window that looks like this AA Status e a ae Coles 238 1 WRG 4 7 FAS 22 4 TE in Meet TE Deeg 8 LLN HHH LN NM 0000 0005 0000 0000 0000 0000 DCH pagg a000 OLM ODO gogg DODO DOGO DCH NON LOCH gogg DOdoO gogog Last Perro irra Ei Sun An ges ECH 320240 XA di Dan e Microphone ranma merio There are four sections Performance MIDI In Monitor Live Input one for each channel to a maximum of four and DV Devices The Performance and MIDI In Monitor sections are always visible The other sections may or may not be visible 1f your computer does not have the appropriate hardware or drivers Performance This section tells you Isadora s Cyc
425. st be above this value for Eyes to see it If the contrast between the objects being tracked and the background is not very high you may see the bounding box extend beyond the actual edge of the object being tracked In this case you would increase increase the threshold to improve tracking inverse Turn this property on to track the darkest objects in the frame instead of the brightest median filt Turn this property on to enable a median filter which reduces noise in the image This may improve tracking but will also increase CPU usage bounds track EXPERIMENTAL If you turn this property on Eyes will only attempt to track one the biggest blob it finds Instead of tracking multiple blobs 1t will attempt to break down the biggest blob into several constituent parts This may or may not yield useful results depending on your application Experimentation with this setting 1s required smoothing When this property is greater than zero all values sent out of the blob decoder will be smoothed reducing the amount of jitter as the object is tracked Higher values smooth the outputs more Be cautious of setting this value too high as the values will begin to lag behind the object being tracked by a noticeable amount min width amp min height Specifies the minimum size of an object to be tracked specified as a percentage of the width and height of the frame respectively Setting this to higher values means that smaller bl
426. stage So if the limit horz property was set to 0 50 and the mouse was 25 of the way across the stage 1 e halfway between 0 and 50 then horz pos output would be set to 50 vert pos The vertical position of the mouse ranging between 0 and 100 This percentage is measured within the range specified in the limit vert input property not the entire height of the stage So if the limit vert property was set to 50 100 and the mouse was 75 of the way down the stage 1 e halfway between 50 and 100 then vert pos output would be set to 50 Isadora Manual ii ieststs lt lt lt lt lt lt 288 e trigger Sends a trigger every time the horz pos or vert pos changes String Formatter v1 2 This actor was renamed Text Formatter in v1 3 Please refer to the documentation for that actor String v1 1 This actor was renamed Text in v1 3 Please refer to the documentation for that actor Sends values from a list of several inputs to the output Input Properties e select Each time this value changes the value at the corresponding input property value 1 value 2 etc is sent to the output e values Sets the number of values in the list Increase this value to add input values decrease it to remove input values e value 1 value 2 etc Specifies values in the table Each time that a new value 1s arrives to the select input the corresponding input value value 1 va
427. stance of the User Actor so they will all work in exactly the same way This is very useful when you ve have a User Actor in several scenes and you want the functionality of the other instances to stay in sync A Macro on the other hand will not update copies of itself when you make changes You would most often use a Macro when you simply wanted to logically group some actors or when you want to save screen real estate by embedding several actors into a smaller object In this example we will focus on creating User Actors Let s ay we wanted to turn two actors Luminance Key and Zoomer into our own actor called Feedbacker e Close any currently open Isadora documents Then choose File gt Open and locate the file called Tutorial 10 in the Isadora Tutorials folder e Click on the Scene called Feedback to activate 1t This 1s the same Scene we looked at in Tutorial 9 e Click on Group 8 in the Toolbox This is the User Actor Group e Bring a User Actor into the current Scene Initially the user actor will look like this because it does not yet have any inputs or outputs e Select the Luminance Key and Zoomer actors and choose Edit gt Cut Double click the User Actor A new Scene Editor will appear which looks exactly like a normal Isadora document except that it does not have a Scene List at the bottom Note too that the title of this window is Tutorial 10 izz User Actor This shows you
428. t n chars Isadora Manual Example hello Zelle SE 4 digits 8X 4 hex 8A 8 letters 4 hex AG characters 4 hex Description Case insensitive string match example also matched HELLO HeLIO etc Question marks and backslashes have special meaning in these strings see table below Case sensitive string match Question marks and backslashes have special meaning in these strings Matches a decimal number Specifically matches an optional at the start of a number and up to n digits to the left of the decimal point and m digits to the right If you leave out n or m any number of digits matches but keep in mind that if you leave out the period then this element will not accept input with a decimal point in it i e signifies a number with an optional decimal point of any length specifies an integer only The words digit digits and all mean the same thing is just a shortcut Matches a hexadecimal number up to n digits If n not specified then matches any number of digits making the longest possible match Both x and hex mean the same thing Matches up to n letters depends on current locale but these are letters in the alphabet only of any case If n not specified then makes the longest possible match The keywords a letter and letters all mean the same thing Matches up to n characters any printable character pretty much an
429. t Show Controls e Ensure that Controls gt Show Actor Control Split is turned on has a checkmark If it does not choose it now e Click in the Control ID shown at the top right of the control and drag the mouse A red line will track your mouse as you do e Move the mouse to the output of the actor to which you want to link it and release the mouse e Once you have done this a small link indicator will appear to the right of the output showing the Control ID linked to that output movie video out visible trigger speed loop end position position play start play length loop enable volume pan snd out anto ram Isadora Manual 10 Once you see the link indicator you know that whenever a control with that Control ID changes value this input property will see that change and automatically set its value appropriately e Note that if you want the control to track the value of the input property when it is changed by another actors or when you change it manually you will need to turn on the Show Value of Linked Input Properties checkbox in the Control s Settings Dialog Unlinking a Control from an Actor Input or Output To unlink an Actor input property to a Control e Click on the actor s input or output title A small popup window will appear e Click on the value edit box to the right of Ctl ID Link The edit box will turn blue to indicate that it is ready for you to type a number
430. t from O to 1000 Theoretically a value of 100 would produce text whose capital letters are the same height as the stage In practice because of the need for descenders like the letter j and other factors the text won t be quite as tall as the stage when set to 100 e rotation Rotates the text around its center point specified in degrees from 360 to 360 line If you have entered multiple lines of text 1 e words or phrases followed by a carriage return you can use this property to select which line of text will be shown e font To set the font click on this property s value edit box a menu with all of the fonts available on the system will appear After choosing a font its name will be displayed in the value edit box e color The color with which the font will be drawn bypass When turned off this effect functions normally When turned on the effect is disabled and the video input is passed directly to the video output Output Properties e rgb out The text drawn using the specified font and color superimposed upon the video stream connected to the video in port Output in RGB format Isadora Manual AR The Edge rgb in 4 gt ou ideo o d bypass RE Performs edge detection on a video stream which results in light colored lines wherever an edge between two objects is found The Edge works by looking at the source image and detecting the areas on the image where there is
431. t you can click it s title check the Init checkbox and specify an initial value from which the counter will begin counting second you can send a value to it to preload the next value that will be added to or subtracted from add Adds the value specified by the amount input property to the current value at the output The resulting value is limited by the minimum and maximum properties sub Subtracts the value specified by the amount input property from the current value at the output The resulting value is limited by the minimum and maximum properties Output Properties e output The current output value of the counter fore back left right ale top bottom bypass Crops the foreground video stream optionally superimposing it on a background video stream Input Properties e fore The video stream to be cropped Isadora Manual gt BIT e back The video stream on to which the cropped foreground stream will be superimposed If no link is made to this property the background is black e left Specifies the inset of the crop from the left edge of the frame expressed as a percentage from 0 to 100 of the stream s width e right Specifies the inset of the crop from the right edge of the frame expressed as a percentage from 0 to 100 of the stream s width e top Specifies the inset of the crop from the top edge of the frame expressed as a percentage from 0 to 100 of the stream s height e bottom Specifi
432. t and the input so that as the output goes up the input goes down set Scale Minimum to a value greater than Scale Maximum For example if the output property ranges from O to 100 and its is connected to an input whose Scale Minimum is 100 and Scale Maximum is 0 then as the output property goes from 0 to 100 the input will go from 100 to 0 Presetting a Property Value There are situations when you may need to preset a property s value when its actor s Scene is activated This is accomplished using the Init checkbox and value To mark a property value to be preset when its Scene is activated e Click on the name of an input property found just to the right of the input value box on the left side of an actor The name will turn yellow to indicate that it 1s selected and an inspector with information about that property will appear Isadora Manual 82 Settings for speed Minimum O Max imum 10 Ctl Link nit Scale Min Scale Max e At the top is the name of the input along with the absolute minimum and maximum values allowed for this property e Click in the checkbox to the left of the word Init to enable initialization Then enter the value to which the property will be initialized in the value edit box to the right Editing Property Values To change the value of one of the actor s properties do one of the following e Click on the value edit box the black box next to the property s name
433. t output will send a trigger e monitor Turn this property on to see a monitor window inside the actor This will show you what the Eyes actor is seeing this will help you to adjust the threshold input The red crosshairs show the center of the object and the yellow rectangle shows the bounding box of the object as it 1s tracked Because displaying the monitor consumes some of your CPU speed you should turn it off once you have configured eyes to your satisfaction Output Properties e tracking Outputs a 1 when an object is being tracked Otherwise it outputs a O e hit col Reports grid column within which the last object was seen e hit row Reports grid row within which the last object was seen e row col chg Sends a trigger whenever the grid row or grid column changes e enter Sends a trigger whenever an object appears in the grid row and column specified by the watch row and watch col inputs e exit Sends a trigger whenever an object disappears from the grid row and column specified by the watch row and watch col inputs brightness reports the overall brightness of the incoming video stream A completely black frame gives a value of 0 a completely white frame gives 100 This input can be quite useful if you connect the Difference actor to the input as the more motion there 1s in the incoming video input the higher the output value will be e obj ctr h and obj ctr v Reports the center of the bounding box of the
434. t properties 1s seen the values associated with that message are sent out of the output ports and a trigger 1s sent out of the trigger output Input Properties e port Specifies the MIDI Port on which the message must arrive to be seen These port numbers correspond to the ports shown in the MIDI Setup dialog You may specify a single port or a range of ports e channel Specifies the MIDI Channel on which the message must be received before 1t will be seen by this watcher from 1 to 16 You may specify a single port or a range of ports e pitch Specifies the MIDI pitch or range of pitches that will be seen from O to 127 or C 2 to G8 You can choose to see the pitches using their note names by clicking on the title pitch next to the value edit box and choosing Actors gt Display gt MIDI Note e velocity Specifies the velocity or range of velocities that will be seen from 1 to 127 A velocity of O means that this is a Note Off message per the MIDI Specification For a Note Off message to be seen by this watcher 1ts values must fall within the range of values for specified by all four of the input properties Output Properties When this watcher sees a Note Off message that falls within the range of values specified by all four of the input properties the following values are sent to the outputs Isadora Manual 286 e port The MIDI Port on which the message arrived e channel The Note Off message s MIDI Channel e pitch
435. t the actors you will to enable in the Scene Editor e Choose Actors gt Enable Actor Snapshot If the actor names are visible the Snapshot Disable icon shown to the right of the actor s name will disappear indicating this actor is again responding to snapshots Using Control Panels Overview Untitled fi Yideo On Chroma Low Ip Chroma High E One Four two Three 4 EN mg ex WE LL 2 i Ll s AE An Example Control Panel The Control Panels feature of Isadora allows you to create a user interface for a Scene or group of Scenes Each Control Panel communicates with the Actors inside the Scene s with which it is associated via a variety of Isadora Controls including Isadora Manual 96 Sliders Buttons Dials etc The Control Panel Editor occupies the same area as the Scene Editor you toggle between the two views using Controls gt Show Controls and Controls gt Hide Controls menu commands You may also see the Control Panel and the actors in the current Scene by choosing Controls gt Show Actor Control Split You can choose to have one Control Panel for an entire document or to have several Control Panels each associated with a group of one or more Scenes Whenever a Scene 1s activated its associated Control Panel is also activated which in turn makes the controls for that panel visible Each control has one or more Control IDs numbers that uniquely identify that
436. t trig level Whenever the right output level goes above this value a trigger will be sent out of the right trig output Output Properties e left level Sends the current volume level of the left sound input channel from O to 100 percent This output will change only when the level is above the value specified in the left min input property Note that if the left min level is greater than 0 this value 1s scaled see above for details e right level Sends the current volume level of the right sound input channel from 0 to 100 percent This output will change only when the level is above the value specified in the right min input property Note that if the right min level is greater than 0 this value is scaled see above for details left trig Sends a trigger whenever the left volume level goes above the left trig level e right trig Sends a trigger whenever the right volume level goes above the right trig level Sound Movie Player Sound Mowe Player mowie loop end onoff speed position play start play length loop enable preload meter volume track count trk val 1 trk pan 1 znd out 1 trk val 2 trk pan 2 znd out 2 Plays a QuickTime movie with multiple sound tracks allowing you to control the volume panning and output routing of each track individually QuickTime Movies can have multiple tracks of sound embedded in each movie The Sound Movie Player actor allows you to manipulate the volume and pan
437. tance Save de Update All The five choices have the following meanings Isadora Manual 90 e Save amp Update All All instances of the User Actor you have just edited will be updated to reflect the changes you just made This includes all User Actors in all currently open Isadora documents as well as all instances in the Global or Local Actor Toolboxes Any existing links into or out of the User Actor are preserved as long as the corresponding User Input or Output was not deleted and if the types are compatible If you change a User Input or Output from a number type to a video type for instance all corresponding links will be broken Isadora also attempts to preserve the input values for the other instances even though the internal structure of the actor will be updated to exactly match your recent edits This behavior recognizes that not every input to a User Actor will be driven by some output value sometimes the inputs are just edited manually and such values should be preserved In some cases the input value cannot be maintained for instance when a numeric input type 1s changed to a text input type the value cannot be preserved because the types are incompatible Another case is when the range of a User Input was changed inside the User Actor in this case the old value 1s limited to the current possible values New Instance Choosing this option assigns a new unique identifier to this User Actor making it distinct fro
438. ted Rendering is turned on in the Preferences Isadora Manual T The first step in displaying a 3D object is to import the object s model which must be in the 3D Studio Max 3DS format into the Media Window If the 3DS files uses a texture map the image file must be in the same folder as the 3DS file that references it If you would like the 3D object to be rendered directly to the stage then you must turn on the to stage input If you would like to output the 3D model as a video stream that can be sent through Isadora s other video processing actors you must also have a 3D Renderer actor in the same scene and its channel number must match that specified m this actor Each 3D Player actor will show one object on a specified rendering channel or stage If you have multiple 3D Player actors set to the same channel then all of the 3D objects on that channel will appear together For example let s say you have two files Cube 3ds and Wedge 3ds You import these into the Media Window Then you create a scene with two 3D Players both of which have their channel input set to 1 If the stage input of both 3D Players is turned on then both objects will simply be rendered to Stage 1 If the stage inputs are both off you would need a 3D Renderer actor in the same scene and it s channel input would need to be set to 1 You could then connect the 3D Renderer s video output to a Projector and to show the rendered objects You could also
439. that this User Actor belongs to the document Tutorial 10 1zz and that it is currently called User Actor We will change the name of this user actor in a moment e Choose Edit gt Paste to paste the Luminance Key and Zoomer actors inside of the User Actor e Click on group number 8 above the Toolbox When you are inside a User Actor s editor the User Group has three more actors available User Input User Output and User Actor On Off Bring two User Input actors and one User Output actor into the Scene e Make a link from the first User Input to the video input of the Luminance Key actor and the from second to both the horizontal and vertical zoom inputs of the Zoomer actor Then connect the User Output to the video output of the Zoomer actor The User Actor s editor now looks like this Isadora Manual 52 User Input Luminance Key User Output Input 1 o foreground wideo out Output 1 background key src key top key bottom softness bypass User Input video in video out Input 1 pa horz zoorn wert zoom a horz pan E vert pan a horz center RH vert center D decay bypass When you link a User Input or User Output to another actor 1t will change to match the properties of the input or output to which they were connected This includes the type minimum and maximum and the scale minimum and scale maximum etc In this case both two of the actors changed to a type of video because they were co
440. the bar at the bottom for a graphic indication of the portion of the movie that is playing You can also change values using the mouse Currently the speed property value is set to 1 which means play forward at normal speed e To adjust this property using the mouse click the speed property value the black box to the left of the property title and while holding the mouse button down drag slowly towards the bottom of the screen You will see the value get lower as you do e Continue dragging down until the speed says 0 5 and then release the mouse button The movie is now playing in slow motion specifically at 1 2 of its normal rate You can also make the movie play backwards e Again click in the speed property value and while holding the mouse button down drag slowly towards the bottom of the screen until the value reads 1 0 Release the mouse button The movie is now playing at normal speed but backwards instead of forwards Finally you can make the movie play at twice its normal rate e Using the mouse click in the speed property value and drag up until the value reads 2 Release the mouse button Another interesting property in the Movie Player is position Do the following e Change play start back to O e Change play length to 25 e Change the speed to 0 0 e Using the mouse to change the value click in the position property value and drag the mouse up and down As you movie the mouse you will
441. the control a message giving the Control ID and the control s value is broadcast to the active Scene Any actor properties that are linked to this Control ID will have their value set appropriately Generally speaking you will want this number to be unique within a given Control Panel e Show Thumbnail If this checkbox is selected a thumbnail of the media file will be drawn in the control if one is available Isadora Manual 863 e Show Name If this checkbox is selected the media file s name will be drawn in the control e Media Type Determines which type of media file the picker will display Video Audio Pictures or MIDI Files e Show All of Selected Type If this option is enabled the picker will display all bins of the selected type as chosen by the Media Type popup When this option is on the Bin Selector below will be gray to show it is disabled e Bin Selector Once you have chosen the type of media file you want to display in the Media Type popup menu all available bins of that type will appear in this area To allow a bin to be chosen check the box to the left of its name e Item Width Set the width of each item within the picker in pixels The minimum width is 16 e Bin Tab Min Width Sets the minimum width for a bin selector tab at the top of the picker e Bin Tab Reserve Setting this to a non zero value will ensure that the specified number of pixels are always available for the bin tabs at the top of the
442. the decimal point e Trigger sends receives a trigger e On Off sends receives an integer value that is either on 1 or off 0 e Video sends receives video e Movie Audio Picture MIDI 3D File sends receives an integer number that represents the number of an object in the Media Window The name of the file is displayed with the number In this case we don t need to change the Data Type of our User Input and Output so you can leave it set to Match Property To close the editor for your User Actor choose File gt Close In version 1 3 and later following dialog will appear Confirm User Actor Edit Changes to User Actor User Actor hava not been saved i This dalog allows you lo specty how other copies of thas Usar Actor wil be kb C y d m 5 i KM ste updated lo m tch e changes you Pave ap made Click More Indo lor detalia siis Revert Cancel Convert To Macro New Instance Save de Update All Choose Save amp Update All to save this User Actor Normally this would update all other copies of your User Actor to match the changes you ve just made In this tutorial you have not yet made any copies of this User Actor so making this choice has no real effect But if there were copies of this actor either in the document or in the Global or Local User Actor toolbox more on those later all of these would be automatically updated to match the changes you ve just made The editor window w
443. the different groups by moving the mouse over the eight numbers at the top of the toolbox They are 1 Video Group 2 Audio Group 3 MIDI Group 4 Generator Group 5 Mouse amp Keyboard Group 6 Calculation Group Isadora Manual 27 7 Control Group 8 User Group When you start up Isadora Group 1 Video Group will always be selected You can only drag modules into the Scene Editor from the active group To make the modules under a different group available e Click on that group s number at the top of the Toolbox Let s create a scene that plays a movie To do this e Click on the number at the top of the Toolbox to ensure that the Video Group is selected e Click on the scene called Untitled The scene should become selected 1f 1t wasn t already and the empty Scene Editor should be visible in the top right portion of the scene e Click on the module named Movie Player The cursor will change to a plus sign to indicate that you are about to add a new module e Move the mouse into the Scene Editor e Click a second time to deposit the Movie Player actor into the Scene Editor The Movie Player actor will appear in the Scene Editor e Follow the same procedure with the Projector actor if it is not visible then use the scroll bar to the right of the list of modules to scroll through the list of modules Place it to the right of the Movie Player actor Your document should now look something like th
444. the horz pos and vert pos output property values These outputs tell you the horizontal and vertical position of the mouse as a percentage of the total screen size Move the mouse all the way to the top left corner of the screen the outputs will both read 0 Now move the mouse across the top of the screen You 1l see the horz pos value gradually increase until it reads 100 Then move the mouse down along the right side of the screen The vert pos will gradually increase until it reads 100 Set the play length property to 5 by clicking on it and typing from the computer keyboard Then link the Mouse watcher s horz pos output port to the Movie Player s play start input port You can see how the horizontal mouse movements scrub through the movie as it s playing Then connect vert pos to the play length input port on the Movie Player You 1l remember from the previous tutorial that the Movie Player s play start and play length values are also expressed as a percentage from O to 100 of the movie s total duration Your patch should look something like this Movie Player Projector mov ie video out video in visible trigger left speed loop end top Mouse Watcher position position width modifiers a horz pos play start height limit horz vert pos MENA e LAN zoom limit vert trigger loop enable active volume stage pan render snd out into ram e Show the stage and experiment by moving the mouse around on the screen Try movi
445. the input hardware either your computer s FireWire port or the composite video input of your video capture hardware e Make sure you can actually see an image on the camera 1 e look through the viewfinder e Choose Input gt Start Live Capture to start capturing Note that you must choose Input gt Start Live Capture each time you start Isadora before any video input will be available to the Video In Watcher Input Properties e channel The live video input channel that will be sent to the output See the Live Capture Settings window on Page 150 for more information on configuring live capture Output Properties e video out The video input stream captured from the live input e trigger Sends a trigger each time a new frame of video arrives Isadora Manual A Video Inverter DE v ideg video in je wdeo out E elj i nmvert color La bypass Inverts the color of a video stream The default behavior of the Video Inverter is to generate a negative image 1 e like a photographic negative of the video input stream However by changing the invert color a wide range of bizarre though unpredictable colorization effects can be achieved Connect the Color Maker actor to the invert color input to experiment with inversion colors other than white Input Properties e video in The video input stream e invert color The color used to invert the video input stream When set to white the output is the photographi
446. the volume of your sound system to a medium level the low pass filter can make very loud sounds when the resonance is high 10 Finally click the start input of the Default Output Unit You should hear your sound playing Moving the mouse will change the cutoff frequency and resonance of the low pass filter affecting the sound s timbre 11 You can also experiment with changing the volume 1 and panning inputs of the AUMixer actor 12 To mix two sounds add another AUSoundPlayer actor to the scene and connect it s out 1 output to the in 2 input of the DefaultOutputUnit Then click the start input of the DefaultOutputUnit You will now hear both sounds and can control the volume and panning of each using the volume and panning inputs of the AUMixer actor 13 The DefaultOutputUnit s active property controls the entire change of audio actors connected to that output unit Change this property to off you will see that all sound will stop Change 1t back to on and both sound files will start playing again 14 Now try changing the active property of both AUAudioFilePlayers You will see that you can use this property to start or stop the sound file playback independently As you can see using the CoreAudio filters to perform real time manipulation of sound is very much like using the video filters that have been part of Isadora since the beginning Spatialized Sound Tutorial CoreAudio offers the ability to spatialize sound
447. the zoomed image and to control the position of the resulting image within the output video stream Note that the two panning properties only have an effect when their corresponding zoom factors are zoomed in 1 e greater than 100 This is because when the zoom factor is less than 100 you are seeing the entire source video image so there is no place left to pan When you zoom in you are using only a portion of the source video image so there is some extra image left over This remaining area is used to pan the image Input Properties video in The video input stream horz zoom The horizontal zoom factor from 0 to 1000 percent 100 is normal lower numbers zoom out higher numbers zoom in vert zoom The vertical zoom factor from 0 to 1000 percent 100 is normal lower numbers zoom out higher numbers zoom in horz pan When zoomed in horizontally pans left or right within the zoomed image Values range from 100 to 100 negative numbers pan left positive numbers pan right Note that this property has no effect when the horz zoom property is 100 or less vert pan When zoomed in vertically pans up or down within the zoomed image Values range from 100 to 100 negative numbers pan up positive numbers pan down Note that this property has no effect when the vert zoom property is 100 or less horz center Determines the horizontal position of the zoomed image within the output video stream with values rangi
448. ties e video out The delayed video stream Video Fader Video Fader wdeo in wdeo out _ bkg color ma amount bypass Fades between a video stream and a solid color Input Properties e video in The video input stream Isadora Manual 850 bkg color The color with which the video input stream will be faded You can set this color by linking the Color Maker actor to this input property or you can click on the value edit box and choose the color from within a Color Picker dialog box e mix amount Determines the mixture between the video input stream and the background color from 0 to 100 When set to 0 you see only the video input stream As the value moves towards 100 you will see more of the background color bypass When turned off this effect functions normally When turned on the effect is disabled and the video input 1s passed directly to the video output Output Properties e video out The mixed video stream Video In Watcher ideo in Watcher channel ia E PA trigger Outputs a video stream captured from a live video source The Video In Watcher will deliver a video stream captured from a live source To use this actor you must have hardware that allows you to connect an external video camera to your computer either in the form of a digital FireWire connection or a with standard composite video input To get live video coming into sadora do the following e Connect the video camera to
449. tiisd Stare Note that the Eye image has been scaled horizontally and moved to the righ and the Bubbles image has been scaled vertically and moved down This has been accomplished using the top left height and width inputs which have been available in the Projector actor since the first version of Isadora But when both Projector actors are turned on the result looks like this Isadora Manual T This kind of layering was not possible in the first version of the program Now try the following experiments to see other features that are available in v1 1 e Look at the layer input of both projectors the top one the Bubbles is set to 0 while the lower one the Eye 1s set to 1 Try changing the layer input of the top Projector to 2 You will see that the Bubbles are now rendered on top of the Eye Click on the dot to the left of the intensity input on of the top projector Drag the slider down to the bottom As you do you ll notice that the top image eventually turns black When the blend mode is set to opaque and you lower the intensity the image eventually becomes a solid black square Switch the blend mode on the top projector to transparent click on the box to the left of the word blend and type transparent and hit return Now try the same experiment from the previous paragraph Now instead of fading to black the intensity controls the transparency of the image The lower the intensity the more see thr
450. ting will have no effect However forcing the 4 3 ratio is useful when capturing digital video DV streams via Fire Wire For instance a DV NTSC stream has a resolution of 720x480 an aspect ratio of 1 5 to 1 Using this setting improves performance if in your Isadora file you are combining captured live video that does not have a 4 3 aspect ratio with movies that do In addition it makes the image a bit smaller leaving fewer pixels to process Capturing Video and Audio To Disk The Capture To Disk actor allows you to start or stop recording the current capture input to your computer s hard drive After capture is completed the newly recorded movie will appear in the Media Window so that you can play it using any of the Movie Player actors Note that if video and or audio capturing must be active for this actor to have any effect You start live capture using the menu commands under the Capture menu or with the Capture Control actor Capture Ta Disk channel function i gt movie file name trigger This function 1s useful in interactive setups where you want to record something that is happening live and subsequently manipulate that recorded imagery in Isadora otarting Capture To Disk To have the Capture To Disk actor start recording you would set the function property to start and then send a trigger into the trigger input The movie property determines where the recorded movie will appear in the Media Window when
451. tion of the single input video processing actors included with the Isadora along with a description of what they do so that you can get started e Colorizer Individual manipulation of the intensity of the red green and blue components of the source video image Desaturate Allows you to incrementally remove the color information from the source video e Difference Compares the brightness of the current frame of video with the previous frame The greater the difference in brightness between the two frames is the brighter the resulting video Can produce lovely ghosting effects Dither Allows you to make grainier in various ways e Dots Manipulates the incoming video so that it resembles a photograph printed in a newspaper The dots vary in size to represent the brightness of the source image You can vary the size of the dots from quite small to huge e Flip Allows you to flip the video image horizontally vertically or both e Freeze Allows you to freeze the incoming video stream e Gaussian Blur Blurs the incoming video stream Be cautious with the size parameter values above 8 can cause Isadora to run very slowly sometimes to the point where you might think that it has crashed e HSL Adjust Adjusts the hue saturation and or luminance brightness of the video image e MultiVid Produces numerous copies of the source video you can select the number of copies across and down indep
452. to an integer value according to the specified endianness and then bitfield values are extracted Note that multiple fields may cover the same bits if you want This syntax sounds complicated but it s not Hopefully some examples will clear it up Say you are using the Monome button box see http wiki monome org view SerialProtocol The Monome button box has 2 output messages each are 2 bytes long To extract the values of press messages Isadora Manual O address 15 12 state 11 8 x 7 4 y 3 0 lf you don t care about state you can just leave it out entirely address 15 12 x 7 4 y 3 0 In both cases the maximum bit index is 15 so 2 bytes of input data are matched and those 2 bytes are treated as a big endian integer Now let s say you don t care about address or state You re still going to want to leave a placeholder there so that Isadora knows you need 2 bytes 11 10 x 7 4 y 3 0 The 11 10 is a silly value but illustrates a point The number of bits required is rounded up to the nearest byte and also it s OK if there are bits that aren t part of bitfields 11 rounded up to the nearest byte is 16 bits Bits 12 15 and 8 9 are unused Here is a slightly more complex example that specifies a little endian 64 bit 8 byte integer you are not limited to 32 bits the highest bit index you can use is unlimited however if a single field spans more than 32 bits you will likely encounter some probl
453. to start or stop recording the current capture input to your computer s hard drive as a QuickTime movie After capture 1s completed the newly recorded movie will appear in the Media Window so that you can play it using any of the Movie Player actors For more information on how to use this actor see the section Capturing Video and Audio To Disk on Page 150 Isadora Manual 205 Properties e channel determines which live capture channel will be affected by this actor See the Live Capture Settings window on Page 150 for more information on configuring live capture e function Determines the action taken start start recording to disk stop stop recording to disk e movie Determines where the recorded movie will appear in the Media Window When this property 1s set to add then the newly recorded movie will be added after the last movie currently in the Media Window When this property is set to a number then the movie currently at that location in the Media Window will be replaced by the new movie e trigger Starts or stops recording based on the setting of the function input property Chop Pixels v1 1 wideo in video out vid a horz res max 5 a Ee oF VEIL res max gt dl ki 4 a e force 4 3 hor ctr went ctr Crops a video stream outputting it at a new resolution Chop Pixels will take an incoming video stream and crop it to s a specified horizontal and vertical resolution This can be useful in a
454. tor Let s complete our patch First connect the video out output Movie Player actor to the video in input of the Projector actor To do this e Click on dot to the right of video out output on the Movie Player actor A red line will appear and follow the position of your mouse as you move it You don t have to hold the mouse button down while you do this a single click will suffice e Move the mouse to the dot to the left of the video in port on the Projector actor The red line will become thicker to let you know that you are inside the input port e While the red line is thick click to complete the link Note that at this point the link between the actors is red indicating that no data is flowing through it Now we need to tell the Movie Player actor which movie to play Remember we imported the movie called dancer mov into the media window previously and it was number 1 in the list e Click in the box to the left of the movie input in the Movie Player actor The number will disappear and the black box will become blue to let you know that you can type a new value Type the number 1 and then press enter Once you do this you will see the name of the movie or at least part of it to the right of the number 1 e g dancer mov That is the movie we previously imported into the Media Window Also the link between the Movie Player and Projector will turn green indicating that data
455. tream Whenever a new frame of video arrives at the tiles in input 1t is broken into a series of tiles whose height and width are specified by the tile cols and tile rows inputs Then the brightness of each tile is analyzed and stored When a new frame of video arrives at the video in input it is reconstituted by creating a mosaic of tiles of the appropriate brightness For instance consider the following tiles in input which is the ASCII character set Each character occupies 6 pixels across and 8 pixels down Because there are 67 characters across the total size of this image is 67 x 6 402 pixels across by 8 pixels down Using the Picture Player to supply this image as an input to the tiles in input you would set tile cols to 67 and the tile rows to 1 Upon receiving this input the Image Tile actor would analyze the each tile determining its brightness Finally as frames of video arrive at the video in input they would be broken down into tiles of matching size 6 across 8 down Each of the tiles in the video in stream 1s replaced by the tile from the tile in input whose brightness most closely matches the original Using the ASCII character set example above note the transformation of the image Because the image 1s small you may need to blur your eyes a bit to appreciate the result higher resolution images look better aia FL H HA E F H H web before Isadora Manual 246 While this exampl
456. trol Title A Width 32 Height e Font Geneva wH Siwe Bei E h alar Under Font Hire 17 Sr el dl Ll Petr Catral Mumber I MR See Thuria K Stace hr ttem Width EZ Ge ell Option base H Control Properties e Control Title The title used to identify this control e Width The width of the picker e Height The height of the picker Font Popup menu selects the font used to draw text for this control Isadora Manual 879 es Bold Italic Underline When checked uses the bold italic or underline variations of the specified font e Font Size Sets the size font used to draw text for this control e Show Value of Linked Properties When an actor input property is linked to this control and this box is checked the control s value will be set to match the property s value This causes the control to display the property s current value at all times e Control ID This number is used to identify the control when linking it to actor properties When this control s value changes because a user clicked in the control a message giving the Control ID and the control s value is broadcast to the active Scene Any actor properties that are linked to this Control ID will have their value set appropriately Generally speaking you will want this number to be unique within a given Control Panel e Show Thumbnail If this checkbox is selected a thumbnail of the Movie file will be drawn in the co
457. ts in the Projector actors that become active etc See the section Compositing with the Projector using Isadora Manual e 2850 Hardware Accelerated Rendering on Page 126 for more information on taking advantage of multiple projectors Key Table Watcher num keys key num key 1 A PA Be key 2 key 3 Generates a number identifying which key on the computer keyboard of a specific set was pressed The Key Table is useful when you want a set of keys on the keyboard to control another actor You specify the number of keys for which you want to look and then enter the keys into the watcher When one of those keys is pressed Key Table outputs a value indicating the position of that key in the list Input Properties e num keys Determines the number of keys that this watcher will see from 1 to 32 Note that when you set this property the Limit Min and Limit Max settings of the key num output property will be reset to 1 and the value you just entered e key 1 key 2 etc The list of keys that this watcher will see When typing a key into this value edit box you should enclose it in single quotes e g the letter B is entered as B Output Properties e key num When a key is pressed on the computer keyboard that matches one of the keys given in key 1 key 2 etc outputs the position of that key in the list starting with 1 for the first key 2 for the second etc Keyboard Watcher Keyboard Wat
458. ts of the other In so doing you define the how the media whether it is video sound MIDI etc is manipulated You will also edit the property values associated with each actor here allowing you to determine the specific way in which a given actor functions Finally you will edit how data is scaled as it moves through a link Most Scenes follow this model a media stream arrives from a source whether it be prerecorded media stored in the Media Window or media arriving in real time from the outside world the media stream flows through one or more actors to change it in some way and then the manipulated data is sent to an appropriate output Interactive setups have an added component in that some information from the Isadora Manual 14 outside world is changing the way in which one or more actors manipulate their media streams in real time To understand what each of the actors do take a look at the Tutorials or read the Isadora Actors Reference portion of this manual This section describes how to add remove organize and connect actors within a Scene Adding New Actors to a Scene Using the Toolbox The actors available in Isadora can be found in the Toolbox which is located along the left side of an Isadora document The actors have been divided into eight groups indicated by the eight circled numbers at the top of the Toolbox Video Group Audio Group MIDI Group Generator Group 2D Velocity 20 Wam Mapper aD Velocit
459. u i e drawn last so you will want to use a higher layer number for Projectors whose blend input is set to transparent intensity v1 1 HAR Sets the brightness or transparency of the image from 0 to 100 See blend input for a complete description This feature only works when Hardware Accelerated Rendering is turned on in the Preferences spin v1 1 HAR Specifies the rotation of the image from 360 to 360 degrees This feature only works when Hardware Accelerated Rendering is turned on in the Preferences perspective v1 1 HAR Allows you to change the horizontal perspective of the image from 200 to 200 Vales less than zero make the right edge less tall values greater than zero make the left edge less tall This feature only works when Hardware Accelerated Rendering is turned on in the Preferences layer v1 1 HAR This value determines the order in which the images will be rendered when using multiple projectors in the same scene Lower numbers are further away from you 1 e the Projector with the highest layer value will be seen in front of the other images This feature only works when Hardware Accelerated Rendering is turned on in the Preferences active Determines whether or not the video stream is actually sent to the stage When turned on new frames of video are sent to the Stage as they arrive When turned off the frames of video are ignored This means that the last frame of video received befo
460. u later edit this actor or copies of it you will be presented with the Confirm User Actor Edit dialog as you would with any User Actor Isadora Manual 91 Converting a User Actor to Macro e Select the Actor e Choose Actors gt Convert Macro to User Actor Adding User Actors to the Toolbox If you create a User Actor that you would like to use frequently you can add it to the Global Toolbox After you do so the actor will appear in the User section of the Toolbox even after you quit and restart Isadora You can drag this actor into the Scene Editor like you would any other You may also add an actor to the Local Toolbox In this case the user actor 1s stored along with your Isadora document This feature may be useful if you create user actors that would only be needed within a particular file Choosing a Folder to Hold Your Global User Actors Before you can store any actors to the Global Toolbox you must choose a folder to which they will be saved This 1s the folder that Isadora will look in to find your user actors the next time it is started up e Choose Actors gt Set Global User Actor Folder A dialog will appear that allows you to select a folder e Click OK to confirm your selection To Add a User Actor to the Global Toolbox e Select the User Actor e Choose Actors gt User Actor To Global Toolbox The Toolbox will automatically switch to the User Actor Group and the new actor will be shown there e Note that
461. ue to 5 and the key bottom value to 0 Now you see a silhouette of the dancer showing the bubbles inside of that outline We ve reversed the operation we see the foreground image where that image is dark and the background image where it is bright You can experiment further by connecting the Mouse Watcher s horz pos and vert pos to the key top and key bottom properties and moving the mouse around the screen Note that as you move the mouse around the graphic in the center of the Luminance Key actor will give feedback regarding the range of brightness currently specified by the key top and key bottom properties Displace e Activate the Scene called Displace by clicking on it This time you will find a Movie Player a Picture Player a Projector and yet another actor we haven t seen called Displace e So that you know what imagery you are dealing with link the video out of the Movie Player to the video in of the Projector You should see a dancer moving on a black background Choose Edit gt Undo to undo the link Do the same with the video out of the Picture Player You should see some bubbles floating on a blue background Again choose Edit gt Undo to remove the link Now connect the video out of Displace to the video in of the Projector Isadora Manual 50 e You should see the dancer on the black background Now use the mouse to adjust the displace amt property in the Displace actor As you increase its value the
462. ures from the s video input component captures from the component video input e aud input V1 1 Determines which audio input will be used to capture default captures from the video driver s default input line in captures from the line input jack mic in captures from the built in microphone 1 4 captures from the device with this index Used when you have multiple input devices connected to the system e size V1 1 Determines the resolution that will be used to capture default captures at the size currently chosen in the Video Capture Size menu full captures at the camera s native resolution third captures at one third of the camera s native resolution half captures at one half of the camera s native resolution quarter captures at one quarter of the camera s native resolution 640x480 captures at one a resolution of 640x480 320x240 captures at one a resolution of 320x240 384x288 captures at one a resolution of 384x288 192x144 captures at one a resolution of 192x144 custom captures at the size specified by the Set Custom Capture Size dialog See page 148 for more information e trigger Starts or stops live capture based on the setting of the function input property Capture To Disk Capture To Disk channel function A a a mole a e E file name tigger Start or stop recording the current live capture input video and or audio to disk The Capture To Disk actor allows you
463. urned on changing this value will automatically update the horz res max so that the horizontal and vertical resolution stays in a 4 3 ratio horz ctr In tandem with vert ctr specifies what portion of the incoming image will be seen from 100 to 100 percent When set to O the cropped image is taken from the center of the incoming video stream As this number goes negative you will see more of the left side of the image As it goes positive you will see more of the right side of the image horz ctr In tandem with horz ctr specifies what portion of the incoming image will be seen from 100 to 100 percent When set to 0 the cropped image is taken from the center of the incoming video stream As this number goes negative you will see more of the top side of the image As it goes positive you will see more of the bottom side of the image Input Properties e video out The cropped video stream Chopper v1 1 Video in video out gt horz ctr horz Wert Cir y e wert horz size wert size Zoom Crops a video stream outputting it at a new resolution that is a percentage of the original resolution Chopper works in a manner very similar to Chop Pixels in that it allows you to crop an incoming video stream and output it at a new resolution The difference between Chopper and Chop Pixels is that instead of specifying a specific output resolution the final output resolution is specified as a percentage of the incoming vi
464. ut will take noticeably longer than when this option is not enabled If you are using the Capture Control actor to enable disable Live Input programmatically this may cause notable freezes in the video output sound drop outs etc External Video Output v1 1 MacOS X Only Isadora now has the capability to mirror one of its Stages to a FireWire camera or a video card See on Page 134 for more information on this feature Choose the stage that to be mirrored when External Output is enabled here You can also Isadora Manual T5 choose to disable the external output feature entirely this is important if you plan to use the DV Device Control actor because this feature 1s disabled when the External Video Output is enabled FreeFrame Plug in Directory v1 1 Isadora now looks for FreeFrame plug ins in the Library Application Support FreeFrame on MacOS or the C Program Files Common Files FreeFrame on Windows The FreeFrame development community has agreed upon these directories as the standard place for application programs to search for FreeFrame Plug ins You can choose to have Isadora look in a different folder however Choose Isadora gt Preferences MacOS or Edit gt Preferences Windows and click on the Video tab In the section marked FreeFrame Plug in Directory uncheck the Use Default Path checkbox When you do a folder selection dialog box will appear Choose the folder where you d like Isadora to look for plug ins
465. utput is set by the Width and Height values seen under the Destination Size heading These are specified in pixels If you don t want to scale the image set these to match the Width and Height shown under Cropped Size 6 Once you are satisfied with the settings click OK to save them To capture video with the custom cropping and size you ve specified choose the Custom option in the Resolution popup of the Live Capture Settings window Controlling Capture Quality You can also control the quality of the capture It is a bit hard to describe what effect this will have on the image as each capture codec interprets the capture quality setting in a different way Nevertheless you can depend on the fact that capturing using at a lower quality will speed up the rate at which frames will be captured and processed e To change the quality with which Isadora is capturing video choose a setting in the Quality popup menu in the Live Capture Settings window The possible choices are Maximum Quality High Quality Normal Quality Low Quality and Minimum Quality Isadora Manual 149 Forcing a 4 3 Aspect Ratio There is also a setting in the Live Capture Settings window called Force 4 3 Aspect Ratio When this option is enabled the captured video stream is scaled so that its aspect ratio ratio of width to height is 4 to 3 Some capture cards capture at this ratio e g 640x480 or 320x240 normally and so turning on this set
466. v1 1 Returns the media index of a media object within a specified bin For example if the type input is set to audio the bin input is set to 3 and the item input 1s set to 5 then the output would be the media index of the fifth audio file within the third audio bin The output value could then be passed a Sound Player actor to play the specified sound Input Properties e type The media type of the bin whose objects will be counted Can be video audio midi picture or 3D e bin The index of the bin within which the media object is located e item The index of the bin within the specified bin Output Properties e count The absolute index of the specified media object which can be passed to an appropriate player actor to play the specified media If no media object can be found within the specified bin the output value will be 0 Hold Range nan inputs MISE max value range Outputs the minimum and maximum value ever received on any input and the range between the two Input Properties e reset Resets the min max and range outputs e inputs Sets the number of value inputs from 1 to 16 Isadora Manual A e value 1 value 2 etc Whenever a value is received at any value input it 1s compared to the current minimum and maximum values If 1t 1s less than minimum or greater than maximum the corresponding output is set and the range output is updated to reflect the new range between minimum and maximum
467. value sent to isadora 5 will be received by the OSC Listener with its channel set to 5 For more information on the OSC Listener see Page 288 In addition there are four multi inputs isadora multi 1 through isadora multi 4 On these four ports you can send a message with a list of multiple floats and or integers Again the type tag must be sent with these messages or the message will be ignored The individual values will be sent sequentially to a range of OSC inputs For example if a message consisting of two integers and two floats 5 525 1 234 5 869 type tags 11ff were sent to isadora multi 1 the OSC Listener actors with their channels set to 1 2 3 and 4 will receive 5 525 1 234 and 5 869 respectively If the same message were sent to isadora multi 2 the values would appear on channels 100 103 The TCP IP Port Number used to receive OSC messages can be set in the Preferences See Page 119 for more information When receiving values from another application the port number specified when transmitting the data must match the one set in Isadora s Preferences Isadora Manual 187 Transmitting Open Sound Control Packets The OSC Transmit actor will transmit OSC packets consisting of a single floating point value to another computer You simply need to specify the IP address and port of the target computer or localhost 1f transmitting to an application running on the same computer as Isadora as w
468. ways stay on top e Status Window check this box to make the Status window a floating window e Video In Preview check this box to make the Video In Preview window a floating window Thumbnails You can choose whether or not Isadora will store thumbnails for the movies and pictures imported in the Media Window with your Isadora documents If you don t Isadora Manual MB choose to store the thumbnails Isadora creates them when the document is loaded which can be time consuming 1f you have of lots of media Choosing to store the thumbnails with the document results in larger files but ensures that Isadora won t spend time creating thumbnails after the file is loaded Font Size These pop up menus allow you to choose the font size for the Actor Toolbox and for the Actors displayed in the Scene Editor Editing Options Here you can enable or disable the Control ID Linking feature available when you enable the Control Panel Scene Editor Split feature Video Preferences Isadora Preferences General Video Stage Midi Net Warnings Video Image Processing Defaut Resolution B20 Hr 240 VW When Combirrg ideo Scale To Smallest image Faster EI Rendering To Stage e Mardware Accolerated Rendermg Open Unica Show Stage with OpenGL Enabled To Amad Features Video Input Settings has Load Saro Al Settings When Starting Stopping Live input Enabling this festge restores and faved mery setting shown im the Video and Sound input
469. whenever the select input changes and a new input is routed to the output the current value of the newly selected input is sent to the output Note that the value inputs and output of this actor are mutable This means they will all change their type integer float video etc to match the first link made to one of these properties Once a link has been made to any of the mutable properties their types will remain fixed based on that first connection until all have been disconnected Then the properties become mutable again This module is especially useful when you want to route multiple video outputs to one input Input Properties e select Chooses which input will be routed to the output This value can range between 1 and the number of inputs specified by the inputs property inputs The number of value inputs available to be routed to the output e value 1 value 2 etc The value inputs that will be routed to the output Output Properties e output Passes on any value arriving at the input to the output specified by the select input property Send Bank Select Send Bank Select port channel bank program trigger Sends a MIDI Bank Select message each time a trigger is received Isadora Manual W Input Properties e port The MIDI port on which the message will be sent These port numbers correspond to the Destinations shown in the MIDI Setup dialog e channel The MIDI Channel on which the mess
470. y Mouse amp Keyboard Group AGSOlOLO Sia CACA Calc Angle 30 Calculator Calculation Group Control Group E SS E User Group When you select a group the actors in that group become available in the Toolbox so that you can bring them into a Scene To make a group of actors available in the Toolbox e Click on the circled number indicating the group you want to select The number will highlight and the actors in that group will appear in the Toolbox and the name of that group will appear directly below To quickly locate an actor by name v1 2 v1 3 e Click in the textbox at the top of the toolbox and type any portion of the actors name Any actor from any of the eight groups whose name contains the text you type will appear in the toolbox e You may also choose Actors gt Search for Actor or Command Shift A MacOS or Control Shift A Windows to activate the search text box This feature added in v1 3 e To clear the search text box click the small X to the right of the text field To see the names of the Toolbox groups e Move the mouse over the numbers above the Toolbox The name of that group you are pointing to will be shown directly below Isadora Manual 73 To add a new actor into a Scene e Click in actor you want to add in the Toolbox The cursor will change into a plus sign to let you know you have selected an actor e Move the mouse into the Scene Editor As you do you will see the actor
471. y Serial In Watcher actors Again the only difference between the text and binary actors is what defines a block of input data Between any two text type elements any amount of whitespace tabs spaces etc but not the delimiter character in the input data is ignored Between any two binary type elements or a text and binary type element the pattern must match the input exactly While this rule sounds a little convoluted in the end it hopefully allows matching text data to be more convenient and intuitive because you don t have to explicitly write rules to match whitespace between words in text data the actor takes care of that for you The value of any element can also be assigned to user defined actor output parameters The syntax for assigning values to output parameters 1s detailed below You define the parameter name and type and the value of the element is interpreted depending on the parameter type you define serial Input Elements Separate each element in your pattern string with whitespace Here 1s the syntax and description for all of the pattern elements you can define In the syntax column below bold things are literal characters words that you type italic items are variables and parameters you make up and square braces enclose optional items Isadora Manual T Syntax Type string Text string Text n m Text n m digits n X Text n hex n A Text n letters n C Tex
472. y be times however when you want to specify these values in measures beats and ticks This actor allows you to convert the time specified in measures beats and ticks into a percentage appropriate for the Midi Player Because each MIDI file may have a different time signature you need to specify the MIDI file Input Properties e midi file The number of the MIDI file you want to play as shown in the Media Window When the number of a valid movie is entered here its name will appear to the right of the number It is important that the MIDI Play to which you are connecting this actor references the same MIDI file measure the measure number starting with measure If you want to calculate the play length parameter use the add one to the measure number I e if you want to specify a duration of 6 measures set this value to 7 because the distance between measure 7 and measure is 6 measures e beat the beat number from 1 to the numerator of the MIDI file s time signature e tick the tick within the beat The range of this value is specific to the MIDI file that is being referenced e trigger sends the resulting percentage to the output Output Properties location The location within the MIDI file expressed as a percentage of its total length You can connect this output to the Midi Player s play start or play length inputs Calculator operation output value values Performs mathematical calculations o
473. y character with a picture on your keyboard except for whitespace this includes letters numbers and punctuation If n not specified then makes the longest possible match The 164 character set E character_set 1 eol n n bytes byte_set byte set bitfields y type Isadora Manual Text Text Text Binary Binary Binary Binary 4 17 bytes sb es Olea Oe 70 et EE EH ZS ki PEATE See below keywords c char chars character and characters all mean the same thing Matches one or more characters in character_set see below Matches exactly one character in character_set Matches any sequence of characters possibly none at all up to and including a CR LF then matches all following CR LF characters This can be used to match the remainder of a line of text Please note that for the Serial In Watcher Text actor the use of the delimiter character makes this element a little bit ambiguous You may want to avoid this with the text actor for the time being unless you are sure you want to use it if all you want to do is say this input data ends with a linebreak consider using the text actor with the eom char input parameter instead Matches a sequence of n bytes of any value If nis left out 1 is assumed byte and bytes all mean the same thing Matches one or more characters in byte_set see below
474. y connected to computer Then try clicking the Scan for Devices button and look for your device in the popup menu Select the Audio Format Once you have selected a device the available audio formats for that device will appear in this menu These vary from device to device but since Isadora s live audio input is used only to feed the Sound Level Watcher and or Sound Frequency Watcher actors you simply must decide a reasonable quality to allow those actors to work well A best practice choice would be 44 1 kHz 2 Channels 16 Bit if is available Choosing high sampling rates e g 96 kHz and above is probably overkill for this setting Enable Disable Sound Frequency Analysis If you would like to use the Sound Frequency Watcher actor to manipulate other actors based on the Frequency Content of the live audio input you will need to check the Sound Frequency Analysis checkbox If you are not using the Sound Frequency Watcher then you will want to leave this box unchecked to save CPU resources Once this option 1s enabled you can view the frequency content of the incoming audio using the Status Window which is can be shown by choosing Windows gt Show Status Select the Gain adjustment If the audio input is too loud or too soft you can use the Gain popup to decrease or increase the volume of the incoming sound Positive values e g 6 dB increase the amplitude negative values decrease it Refer to the VU meters at the
475. y start of 50 and a play length of 10 would indicate that the play segment would start at measure 31 30 measures from measure 1 and have a duration of 6 measures You can choose to play this segment continuously by turning the loop enable property on The green bar at the bottom of the actor shows the play segment in bright green The thin yellow line that moves across that bright green bar indicates the current position Isadora Manual gt 200 Input Properties e midi file The number of the MIDI file you want to play as shown in the Media Window When the number of a valid movie is entered here its name will appear to the right of the number e port The MIDI port to which the file s MIDI data will be sent These port numbers correspond to the Destinations shown in the MIDI Setup dialog e channel When this value is set to 0 the channel given in the MIDI file itself is used If this value is set to a number between 1 and 16 all MIDI messages in the file are forced to that channel restart When triggered starts playing from the position specified by the play start parameter stop Stops playing the MIDI file turning off any sounding notes velocity mod When set to 100 the Note On messages are sent with the velocity specified in the MIDI file When set to values between O and 99 the Note On velocities are scaled by that percentage For instance if this property were set to 50 and the note on in the file had a velocity
476. you have the option of showing a thumbnail the movie s title or both in the Bin Picker For sounds and MIDI files you can only display the name If all of the files that you have chosen for the picker cannot fit within the control s area then you may optionally display scroll arrows tabs or both so that you can navigate through all of the possible movies Isadora Manual Settings Dialog P Contral Settings Contra Tithe ST E Witth BZ Weight T Font Genta E Sy be 2 Bed we _ h Fani Die L gi ad Lage Properties Piem w niii A3 Bin Tab Hin Width 20 Bin Tab Erir y D Gs all Opiion ke WE Control Properties e Control Title The title used to identify this control e Width The width of the picker e Height The height of the picker e Font Popup menu selects the font used to draw text for this control es Bold Italic Underline When checked uses the bold italic or underline variations of the specified font e Font Size Sets the size font used to draw text for this control e Show Value of Linked Properties When an actor input property is linked to this control and this box is checked the control s value will be set to match the property s value This causes the control to display the property s current value at all times e Control ID This number is used to identify the control when linking it to actor properties When this control s value changes because a user clicked in
477. ys a good choice because it 1s often an even multiple of the size of the video you are processing MacOS X On Mac OS X you can adjust the resolution of your monitors using in the System Preferences You can open the System Preferences on the by clicking in its icon in the dock After the System Preferences window appears click on the icon labeled Displays On each monitor connected to your computer you will see a window that looks like this OO Color LCD 4 p 4 P SW i OA 43 h ita A Display Sound Meraai Sirius Disk Display Color Resolutions Colars Millions SH Reiresb Rate Bl ll amp bat 3800 x 600 Stretched S Show modes recommended by display 83965 600 BUG modes are ortweiterb bv he vides Ltr ane Woot e muro ter ke te dins 1024 76a Ce d ng may PE E DEMOESEG Ey 1 d D n 1024 x 76E Stretched _ Show displays in men bar 1152 ET A 12380 m E54 Detect Haplla Engi You can change a monitor s resolution by clicking on the desired resolution as shown in the list on the left side of the window On the main monitor choose whatever resolution you find most comfortable when working If you have two monitors we recommend that you set the resolution of the second monitor to 640 by 480 this will give the fastest performance when Isadora renders video to that second monitor It is possible that the 640x480 resolution may be grayed out on your system Usually you can access this resolution by un checking

Isadora Manual v1.3

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents